The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About171-91 RESOLUTION• RESOLUTION NO. 171_91 • A RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING A CONTRACT WITH C.W. COMBS CONSTRUCTION COMPANY FOR THE SUNRISE MOUNTAIN WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: Section 1. That the Mayor and City Clerk are hereby authorized and directed to execute a contract with C.W. Combs Construction Company for the Sunrise Water System Improvements in the amount of $123,140.00 plus a contingency of $4,150.00. The residents of Sunrise Mountain have agreed to reimburse the City an amount not to exceed $20,000.00 upon completion of project. A copy of the contract authorized for execution hereby is attached hereto marked Exhibit "A" and made a part hereof. PASSED AND APPROVED this 17th day of September , 1991. APPROVED: By:ga Mayor t��/�i1 ATTEST: • •0 8O Ny`� OO 8 8 8. 8 O 8. OO 8. O O 8.888 p8 Op8 O 4 S i 15 NM N 8 N§ 11 i 8§ 1 '18N O 8 N 3 N 6 NNN N M N - �MM Mp 8CyO8 8 8 8888 p8 8 8NN8 9 M In MN s 8 CONg 3 O OM J N in N MNo4M idS M M M N 11 • ▪ W.O ="isIII N W■FY I■_■A y - Y y11 N Z640 W — 6•T 8A 88 j818 42 A N 6N 8 O MN �=YK WNiY- 8 O S 8 8 8 8 8888 s 8 1 8 8 8 O O O O O NIC 8 8 0 8 8 «« Esti' =x1«"x»3 • N M S129.511.85 8 O O O 8.8.8. 8 8 8 8 8 O 8 SSS 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Es k 1 co in IM N N 111 GM Mp M M C G p N Np p G p N O NC M G p 11G1 N 8 8 8 O 1 Ny $ 8p 8 8 p8 8 8 1/8� o8 8 8 8 8 8 oO p 8 8 Op 8 iM M M M M N `�i P IOI1 Ldp . hod N E 3 N N O O i 9 M J 1i P51 1 N N N 111 111 1�1 N M N YYY111 N N M M YYYIII rrr111 II1 Y1 M 11 g8 O ■ Y OF ■ F IN H H F H m t t i < t t<< M < Mt i i i Y Y H M IL W W LL J YI W W IY Yl la W W W p 0- p� U N N Ia. W O O O O A M J N J J O �O O • O S N O A O N $ $ 8 1�ea�45 � OF F - W y y0. _ <�� K V pHA • 1 ��pypyp�� yyyppp+��1 yyyUILI J�� xp xp 3 ' O 2S 2 a Ca `. i i■ Y• i § ■per( 6 ; _ ` ` A 2 :y K zt : ` O Z ■yyyWyN[�� Y 6- § .p U M urn., 11]yy 1N ] i N _ J �Wy yW1 ` w W N �y • 1y M yy > > SIL ••• P i FZ Ui• f = G NN ■W� 111-1 f■�� 1.••FFF .6pp .p6pp W y�OS�11 i i i O� ~ num( W I C c - >> i Ir G W J d. H N N J 8 > >NNW p YIi Fiygl �.y� - d IN. t I- W IA W Y11 OF �' I� Luc:: W i W N< .1 Mi p■� ppb 2171, Mal II- <H yf1 L ■N ■Y ��++�� +,� Stlll r 3� �■( tlai la pU¢y GYl OYl X yppW ■WIC U S U < • .{ �i M S3 .o Ni 'Yil i 1A' Ndo�.l NNWM i FQ § < § j Wo ■r iEppIiiisiallu 3■3.3� . : Jc ■if {- o 101.3 NU SOLI N :3 ■ •-0 N M N •0 A O P O - - , O 04 R N N N N N N 8 8 8 88 888 8 8 888 8 8 888 88 8888 88 r N M 'a' M YI !I'M!! W1�y -" S N � 8 8M Nry NryHyry� Mryg pHp 8H 8 8 �Q8 8.8. 8 8 y8�� 8 8 82 8.8. 8 « a N M M N N M .. M S M M N N M M M M M 8 MM« MM « NN �«1 « M N 5 Y "218 8 8 8 SS SHS 8 8 SSH 8 8 SSH 88 SSHH H 8 §N 0x E.M g 1 �NyM yE� i x M k 1 1 �i §.§.1112. �y '4 LI g. W i M N M N M S« N M M 2 31 N188YY8 H H H HM 888 8 H HP. • GH IV N 2 M N~ all x M 3.1 « 3 ■rp =:M88M«««3 M GG': :'W'8 8 H H 88 SSH 8 8 SSH 8 8 HHS 88 8888 H Mgr$ 'I .1F yril11 111 x a 113 �sy$p 511 'rz ��pi I"'3 M «x «N « 1M Ma M« 8 M1 _iii _ YYY111 0 gel Mp 2 H M IC 8.1 H 8 8 88 88$ 8 88 8 8 G88 8 SA H H3 8 H ry8 N M M ~« 5 i 28 M r1 kis M « M M« M N S M« 3 N « iliN Y� 888 88888 8 N M N it 5333 LI W Yf W W W t`3" Ill W • zW W W H f F U N N V• le • 0 H A M . M. a a §g 1 8 M o M o O 14 a $ E d M H z 3411 I IR 2 '- o _ g 8 " & IN i-nrInn4.W,EM r_z; LaW 11+ OY� 1 r- Y Y W ` W W i W W' W J W • 1 F N M C M a A N P 0 ✓ r - 4 - 1 ' O P N N N N N N • • NI I 0 • 8N g• 8 pis 8 .4.8 ligh »1 if o1— 0 r ps 8 H r1 ., 3 1 818 3 8 g 8 8 8 8 3 12 8 8 88 NM M C 888 is I 8. 2 MO M M N 8 88 888 54 E. 1 1 gg 8 88 8 x 8 & 8 1 8 a x 8 GN 0M0 Q8 511.8 a 4 8 x x 8 s x M 888 111 888 8 8 888 §.11 1 1 41","1.3 88 8888 8 $ 88N$ 88 8G �2 oM22 8 M M 8« M M 88 8888 8 x«fit§ 8 8 8 O O O O O O O $8M R 8 2x5 ss M M M NN GC W H F M. a R F8 m 226 N J 1.1 oI I pu ppa •O 'd O N o $ 8 M a a 9 9 « J J Y f 8 3 I g i $ s$31 =8� u8s NxN,JmNr~ 4 z -.ii Yd E% K El s Is Nal 11 11 W Na0`E5 0Nu -lctiiOYKFyi N M J N C NOM O u a a M O M M 1« N N ■ NM. r ' O' P N N N N N N N • • • • • • SECTION 00500 CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, made and -_entered -into on the /7,4-4 day of irrai..�.1..) , 1914, by and between C. W. Construction. gavetteville. Arkansas herein called the Contractor, and the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, hereinafter called the Owner: WITNESSETH: That the Contractor, for the consideration hereinafter fully set out, hereby agrees with the Owner as follows: 1. That the Contractor shall furnish all the materials, and perform all of the work in manner and form as provided by the following enumerated Drawings, Specifications, and Documents, which are attached hereto and made a part hereof, as if fully contained herein and are entitled WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS, Sunrise Mountain Water Pump Station and Pipelines, dated July, 1991, including: Advertisements for Bids; Addenda; Instructions to Bidders; General Conditions; Supplementary Conditions; Performance and Payment Bonds; Specifications; the Proposal and acceptance thereof; and the Drawings. Sheet No. 1 Cover Sheet No. 2 Sunrise Mountain Water System Plan Sheet No. 3 Pump Station - Site Plan Sheet No. 4 Details Sheet No. 5 Details Sheet No. 6 Structural Sheet No. 7 Mechanical Sheet ME 1 Electrical and Gas - Site Plan Sheet M 1 Heating and Ventilation Plan and Details Sheet E 1 Electrical Plan and Details 2. That the Contractor shall commence the work to be performed under this Agreement on a date to be specified in a written order of the Owner and shall fully complete installation of all pipelines and service lines in 60 calendar days and shall fully complete all work hereunder in a total of 150 calendar days. Section 00500 - 1 1 AREIKCnllanl ulling .qlnrn s or Innerond Fayetteville, Arlmros • • • 3. That the Owner hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor for the faithful performance of this Agreement, subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Specifications or Proposal, in lawful money of the United States, the amount of: One hundred twentv-three thousand. two hundred forty and 00/100 Dollars ($123,240.00), based on the Base Bid Price contained herein. 4. That within 30 days of receipt of an approved payment request, the Owner shall make partial payments to the Contractor on the basis of a duly certified and approved estimate of work performed during the preceding calendar month by the Contractor, LESS the retainage provided in the General Conditions, which is to be withheld by the Owner until all work within a particular part has been performed strictly in accordance with this Agreement and until such work has been accepted by the Owner. 5. That upon submission by the Contractor of evidence satisfactory to the Owner that all payrolls, material bills, and other costs incurred by the Contractor in connection with the construction of the work have been paid in full, final payment on account of this Agreement shall be made within 60 days after the completion by the Contractor of all work covered by this Agreement and the acceptance of such work by the Owner. 6. In the event that the Contractor shall fail to complete the work within the time limit or the extended time limit agreed upon, as more particularly set forth in the Contract Documents, liquidated damages shall be paid at the rates designated in the Proposal. 7 It is further mutually agreed between the parties hereto that if, at any time after the execution of this Agreement and the Surety Bond hereto attached for its faithful performance and payment, the Owner shall deem the Surety or Sureties upon such bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason such bond ceases to be adequate to cover the performance of the work, the Contractor shall, at his expense, within 5 days after the receipt of notice from the Owner, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such form and amount and with such Surety or Sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Owner. In such event, no further payment to the Contractor shall be deemed to be due under this Agreement until such new or additional security for the faithful performance of the work shall be furnished in manner and form satisfactory to the Owner. Section 00500 - 2 MKl.11.na Consulting from.M. IMVCM.NO F.F.A.vilp, Artiness • • • • 8. No additional work or extras shall be done unless the same shall be duly authorized by appropriate action by the Owner in writing. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement— on -the day_and date first above written, in. ( 1 counterparts, each of which shall, without proof or accounting for the other counterpart be deemed an original Contract. WITNESSES: C. W. Construction Contractor �Xr�CI� By Zv CJ ATTEST: Approved as to form: Attorney for Owner Title $ayor Title Section 00500 - 3 nCI. IoM Conwnlnp fnp.nesn P1corp.rotHE Forsf W111, Arkansas • P.dgc /7/ a q WATER SYSTEMS IMPROVEMENTS FOR FAYETTE\/I LLE SUNRISE MOUNTAIN WATER PUMP STATION AND PIPELINES FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS PROJECT NO. FY912116 JULY, 1991 Prepared By: McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. 1810 North College, P.O. Box 1229 Fayetteville, Arkansas 72702 i • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 WATER SYSTEMS IMPROVEMENTS FOR F—AYETTE\/I LLE SUNRISE MOUNTAIN WATER PUMP STATION AND PIPELINES FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS PROJECT NO. FY912116 JULY, 1991 Prepared By: McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. 1810 North College, P.O. Box 1229 Fayetteville, Arkansas 72702 • 1 1 1 1 1 '1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 f PART/SECTION NO, TABLE OF CONTENTS SUBJECT PAGE NO. PART I DIDDING REOUIREMENTS 00030 Advertisement for Bids 1-2 00100 Instructions to Bidders 1-7 00300 Proposal 1-9 00350 Bid Bond 1-2 00360 Notice of Award 1 PART I1 CONTRACT FORMS 00500 Contract 00550 Notice to Proceed PART III CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00700 General Conditions 00800 Supplementary Conditions 1-7 PART IV SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION I GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000 Abbreviations 1-3 01009 Summary of Work 1-2 01011 Site Conditions 1-4 01014 Protection of the Environment 1-2 01016 Safety Requirements and Protection of Property 1-4 01027 Applications for Payment 1-2 01028 Change Order Procedures 1-3 01070 Cutting and Patching 1-2 01210 Preconstruction Conference 1 01300 Submittals During Construction 1-8 01311 Schedule and Sequence of Operations 1-3 01400 Quality Control 1-3 01500 Temporary Construction Facilities and Utilities 1-4 01600 Material and Equipment Shipment, Handling, Storage, and Protection 1-4 01700 Contract Closeout 1-3 01710 Final Cleaning 1-2 01720 Project Record Documents 1-3 1-5 1 1-38 DIVISION 2 SITE WORK 02102 Clearing, Grubbing, and Stripping 1-3 02200 Earthwork, Trench Excavation and Backfill 1-13 02218 Landscape Grading 1-3 02223 Railroad Undercrossing 1-5 02485 Finish Grading and Grass 1-3 02601 Asphalt and Concrete Restoration 1-10 MacNli na CM s IsgAlksrn Inlakkra/N Font1.00I1• Arkansas FART/SECTION NO. DIVISION 3 03210 03215 03300 DIVISION 4 04230 DIVISION 5 DIVISION 6 DIVISION 7 07210 07510 07600 DIVISION.8 08100 08712 DIVISION 9 09900 DIVISION 10 10520 DIVISION 11 11002 11002-1 11503 DIVISION 12 DIVISION 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS SUBJECT PAGE NO. CONCRETE Reinforcing Steel Expansion, Construction and Contraction Joints Concrete MASONRY Reinforced Concrete Masonry Units METALS - Not Used WOOD AND PLASTICS - Not Used - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Building Insulation Built -Up Bituminous Roofing Flashing and Sheet Metal DOORS AND WINDOWS Metal Doors and Frames Door Hardware FINISHES Painting SPECIALTIES Portable Fire Equipment EQUIPMENT Multi -Stage Vertical Centrifugal Pumps - General Detailed Pump Specifications, Multi -stage Vertical Centrifugal Pumps Hydropneumatic Tank FURNISHINGS - Not Used - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION - Not Used - 1-4 1-5 1-16 1-12 1-2 1-6 1-5 1-5 1-6 1-18 1-3 1-6 1-3 1-2 hicadalanEngler/ EngineersIncorDwaMd renviIN, AI /WAS FART/SECTION NO. DIVISION 15001 15001-2 15001-14 15001-31 15010 15012 15013 15014 15080 15082 15111 15421 15463 TABLE OF CONTENTS SUBJECT PAGE NO. 15 MECHANICAL Piping - General Cement -Lined Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings Miscellaneous Building Drainage Systems (Gravity) General Mechanical Work Miscellaneous Tubing Miscellaneous Piping Specialities Miscellaneous Metering and Measuring Devices Manually Operated Valves and Check Valves Self -Contained Automatic Process Valves Balancing and Testing of Air and Water Systems Roof Exhaust Fan Centrifugal Direct Drive Door Grilles - Intake DIVISION 16 16010 16050 16111 16120 16130 16141 16190 16195 16401 16421 16430 16440 16470 16500 16510 16601 16921 ELECTRICAL Basic Electrical Requirements Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Conduit Wire and Cable Boxes Wire Devices Supporting Devices Electrical Identification Motor Starters Service Entrance Metering Disconnect Switches Panelboards Lighting Lighting Fixtures Standby Engine Generator Mechanical Equipment Controls Drawings - (Bound Separately) 1-9 1-5 1-3 1-3 1-9 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-6 1-2 1-3 1-2 1 1-2 1-7 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-4 1-2 1-2 1-2 1 1 1-2 1-3 1 1-2 1-6 1 YKNIIend CoEintivenlinIns incerperated Fa)arievilI., Athos t - PART I BIDDING REQUIREMENTS MKNI/end a CMN/IIn/ EIgtM/n fo}ItttvW, Alton/ gly SECTION 00030 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS BID NO. OWNER: City of Fayetteville 113 West Mountain Fayetteville. AR 72701 ENGINEER: McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. 1810 North College Fayetteville, AR 72703 (501) 443-2377 PROJECT NO.: FY912116 The City of Fayetteville will receive sealed bids for construction of Sunrise Mountain Water System Improvements consisting of Approximately 3070 feet of 8 -inch water main. 1940 feet of 2 -inch water line. a =MD station, a bored railroad crossing and related items. Bids shall be on a unit price basis. The City of Fayetteville will receive bids until 2:00 P.M. local time on Thursday, August 22, 1991 at the office of the Purchasing Officer. Bids received after this time will not be accepted. Bids will be opened and publicly read aloud immediately after specified closing time. All interested parties are invited to attend. Bidding Documents may be examined at the offices of the Engineers and at: ABC Plans Room Ozark Floor Co. 928 N. College Fayetteville, AR Copies of the Bidding Documents may be obtained through the Engineers office upon payment of $70.00 for each set of documents. Return of documents is not required, and amount paid for documents is not refundable. Partial sets are not available. For information concerning the proposed work or for an appointment to visit the site of the work, contact Mr. Robert White at the Engineer's office. Section 00030 - 1 MGCNIIaS Ca, ,IAna inalMrs MoorOrati Fontana% Arkansan In order to perform public work, the successful Bidder shall, as Applicable, hold or obtain such Contractor's and Business Licenses as required by State statutes and the Rules and Regulations of the Arkansas Contractor's Licensing Board. The attention of the Bidder is directed to the applicable federal and wage rates to be paid under this contract. Each Bid must be submitted on the prescribed form and accompanied by a certified check or bid bond executed on the prescribed form, payable to the City of Fayetteville, in an amount not less than 5 percent of the amount bid. The right is reserved to reject all Bids or any Bid not conforming to the intent and purpose of the Contract Documents, and to postpone the award of the Contract for a period of time which shall not exceed beyond 90 days from the bid opening date. Dated this 6th day of Auaust, 1991. City of Fayetteville, Arkansas Publish: peau Bates P.O. # Purchasing Officer Section 00030 - 2 MKNINIK OoasulMrI Enpnasrt higElnosantod Fo ttnISM, Arkansas 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 00100 fNSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER PARAGRAPH NO./TITLE PAGE NO. 1. FORMAT 1 2. SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE 1 3. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 1 4. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 1 5. DOCUMENT INTERPRETATION 1 6. BIDDER'S UNDERSTANDING 2 7. PROJECT MANUAL & DRAWINGS 2 8. TYPE OF BID 2 9. PREPARATION OF BIDS 3 10. STATE AND LOCAL SALES AND USE TAXES 3 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 3 12. TELEGRAPHIC OR WRITTEN MODIFICATION OF BIDS 4 13. WITHDRAWAL OF BID 4 14. BID SECURITY 4 15. RETURN OF BID SECURITY 5 16. AWARD OF CONTRACT 5 17. BASIS OF AWARD 5 18. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 5 19. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS 6 20. FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT AND FURNISH BOND 6 21. PERFORMANCE OF WORK BY CONTRACTOR 6 22. TIME OF COMPLETION 7 23. PROVIDING REQUIRED INSURANCE 7 lia:McClellandnginee ns Engineers Fayetteville, Arkansas SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. =BEAT The Contract Documents are divided into parts, divisions, and sections in keeping with accepted industry practice in order to separate categories of subject matter for convenient reference thereto. Generally, there has been no attempt to divide the Specification sections into work performed by the various building trades, work by separate subcontractors, or work required for separate facilities in the project. 2. SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE "Command" type sentences are used in Contract Documents. These refer to and are directed to the Contractor. 3. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT A general description of the work to be done is contained in the ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS. The scope is indicated on the accompanying Drawings and specified in applicable parts of these Contract Documents. 4. OUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS The prospective bidders must meet the statutorily prescribed requirements before Award of Contract by the Owner. Before a Contract will be awarded for the work contemplated herein, the Owner will conduct such investigation as is necessary to determine the performance record and ability of the apparent low Bidder to perform the size and type of work specified under this Contract. Upon request, the Bidder shall submit such information as deemed necessary by the Owner to evaluate the Bidder's qualifications. 5. DOCUMENT INTERPRETATION The Contract Documents governing the work proposed herein consist of the Drawings and all material bound herewith. These Contract Documents are intended to be mutually cooperative and to provide all details reasonably required for the execution of the proposed work. Any person contemplating the submission of a Bid shall have thoroughly examined all of the various parts of these Documents, and should there be any doubt as to the meaning or intent of said Contract Documents, the Bidder should request of the Engineer, in writing (received by the Engineer at least 5 working days prior to bid opening) an interpretation thereof. Any interpretation or Section 00100 - 1 kaClel.n s Can ting Engineers Inaarnraaa Fo,.11avills, Arkansas 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 change in said Contract Documents will be made only in writing, in the form of Addenda to the Documents which will be furnished to all Bidders receiving a set of the Documents. Bidders shall submit with their Proposals, or indicate receipt, of all Addenda. The Owner or Engineer will not be responsible for any other explanation or interpretations of said Documents not issued in writing by Addendum. 6. BIDDER'S UNDERSTANDING Each Bidder must inform himself of the conditions relating to the execution of the Work, and it is assumed that he will inspect the site and make himself thoroughly familiar with all the Contract Documents. Failure to do so will not relieve the successful Bidder of his obligation to enter into a Contract and complete the contemplated Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. It shall be the Bidder's obligation to verify for himself and to his complete satisfaction all information concerning site and subsurface conditions. Information derived from topographic maps, or from Drawings showing location of utilities and structures will not in any way relieve the Contractor from any risk, or from properly examining the site and making such additional investigations as he may elect, or from properly fulfilling all the terms of the Contract Documents. Each Bidder shall inform himself of, and the Bidder awarded a Contract shall comply with, federal, state, and local laws, statutes, and ordinances relative to the execution of the Work. This requirement includes, but is not limited to, applicable regulations concerning minimum wage rates, nondiscrimination in the employment of labor, protection of public and employee safety and health, environmental protection, the protection of natural resources, fire protection, burning and nonburning requirements, permits, fees, and similar subjects. 7. PROJECT MANUAL AND DRAWINGS No return of Project Manual or Drawings is required and no refund will be made. The successful Bidder will be furnished three sets of Documents without charge. Any additional copies required will be furnished to the Contractor at $70.00 per set. Partial sets will not be available. 8. TYPE OF BID Unit prices shall be submitted in the appropriate places on the Bid. The total amount to be paid the Contractor shall be the total amount of the unit price items as adjusted based on quantities Section 00100 - 2 nmoCiviand Coniumn Enamors Inwporora ny.r.Hlln. Arkoma installed and/or any adjustment for additions or deletions resulting from additive or deductive alternates or change orders during construction. 9. PREPARATION OF BIDS All blank spaces in the Bid form must be filled in, preferably in BLACK ink, in both words and figures where required. No changes shall be made in the phraseology of the forms. Written amounts shall govern in cases of discrepancy between the amounts stated in writing and the amounts stated in figures. In case of discrepancy between unit prices and totals, unit prices will prevail. Any Bid shall be deemed informal which contains material omissions, or irregularities, or in which any of the prices are obviously unbalanced, or which in any manner shall fail to conform to the conditions of the published ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS. Only one bid from any individual, firm, partnership, or corporation, under the same or different names, will be considered. Should it appear to the Owner that any Bidder is interested in more than one bid for work contemplated, all bids in which such Bidder is interested will be rejected. The Bidder shall sign his Bid in the blank space provided therefor. If Bidder is a corporation, the legal name of the corporation shall be set forth above, together with the signature of the officer or officers authorized to sign Contracts on behalf of the corporation. If Bidder is a partnership or sole proprietorship, the true name of the firm shall be set forth above, together with the signature of the partner or partners authorized to sign Contracts in behalf of the firm. If signature is by an agent, other than an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership or sole proprietorship, a notarized power-of-attorney must be on file with the Owner prior to opening of bids or submitted with the Bid. 10. STATE AND LOCAL SALES AND USE TAXES Unless the Supplementary Conditions contains a statement that the Owner is exempt from state sales tax on materials incorporated into the Work due to the qualification of the Work under this Contract, all state and local sales and use taxes, as required by the laws and statutes of the state and its political subdivisions, shall be paid by the Contractor. Prices quoted in the Bid shall include all nonexempt sales and use taxes, unless provision is made in the Bid form to separately itemize the tax. 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS All Bids must be submitted, not later than the time prescribed, at the place, and in the manner set forth in the ADVERTISEMENT FOR Section 00100 - 3 WE McCMnM CanIsuffing EMw Ina010araMa FayeWilli, Arkansas BIDS. Bids must be made on the Bid forms provided herein. Each Bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope, so marked as to indicate its contents without being opened, and addressed in conformance with the instructions in the ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS. Bids may not be submitted by FAX machines. 12. TELEGRAPHIC OR WRITTEN MODIFICATION OF BID Any Bidder may modify his bid by telegraphic or written communication at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids, provided such communication is received by the Owner prior to the closing time. The telegraphic or written communication should not reveal the bid price; it shall, however, state the addition or subtraction or other modification so that the final prices or terms will not be known by the Owner until the sealed bid is opened. 13. WITHDRAWAL OF BID Any Bid may be withdrawn prior to the scheduled time for the opening of Bid either by telegraphic or written request, or in person. No Bid may be withdrawn after the time scheduled for opening of Bids, unless the time specified in Item, AWARD OF CONTRACT, of these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS shall have elapsed. 14. BID SECURITY Bids must be accompanied by cash, a certified check, or cashier's check drawn on a bank in good standing, or a bid bond issued by a Surety authorized to issue such bonds in the State where the Work is located, in the amount of 5 percent of the total amount of the Bids submitted. This bid security shall be given as a guarantee that the Bidder will not withdraw his Bid for a period of 90. days after bid opening, and that if awarded the Contract, the successful Bidder will execute the attached Contract and furnish properly executed Performance and Payment Bonds, each in the full amount of the Contract price within the time specified. The Attorney -in -Fact (Resident Agent) who executes this bond in behalf of the Surety must attach a notarized copy of his power-of-attorney as evidence of his authority to bind the Surety on the date of execution of the bond. All bid bonds and Contract bonds shall be executed by a licensed resident agent of the surety having his place of business in the State of Arkansas and in all ways complying with the laws of the State of Arkansas. The mere countersigning of a bond will not be sufficient. Section 00100 - 4 APE ACMHNM Ceitrya in y N n pn FOHfhWla, Ailment C P I I I [l I I C C [] I I I I [I I 1 If the Bidder elects to furnish a Bid Bond, he shall use the Bid Bond form bound herewith, or one conforming substantially thereto in form and content. Within 15 days after the award of the Contract, the Owner will return the bid securities to all Bidders whose Bids are not to be further considered in awarding the Contract. Retained bid securities will be held until the Contract has been finally executed, after which all bid securities, other than Bidders' bonds and any guarantees which have been forfeited, will be returned to the respective Bidders whose Proposals they accompanied. Within 90 calendar days after the opening of Bids, unless otherwise stated in the ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS or SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS of these Documents, the Owner will accept one of the Bids or will act in accordance with BASIS OF AWARD, below. The acceptance of the Bid will be by written notice of award, mailed or delivered to the office designated in the Bid. In the event of failure of the lowest responsible and responsive qualified Bidder to sign and return the Contract with acceptable Performance and Payment Bonds, as prescribed herein, the Owner may award the Contract to the next lowest responsible and responsive qualified Bidder. Such award, if made, will be made within 90 days after the opening of Bids. ::!,1 t'1 ayji0 , If, at the time this Contract is to be awarded, the total Base Bid of the lowest acceptable Proposal exceeds the funds then estimated by the Owner as available, the Owner may reject all bids or take such other action as best serves the Owner's interests, including consideration of selected Deductive Alternates. 4(jU. tO�tgi7S:T'i The successful Bidder shall, within 15 consecutive days after receiving notice of award, sign and deliver to the Owner the Contract hereto attached together with the acceptable bonds as required in these Documents. Within 15 consecutive days after receiving the signed Contract with acceptable bonds from the successful Bidder, the Owner's authorized agent will sign the Contract. Signature by both parties constitutes execution of the Contract. The successful Bidder shall conform to the Rules and Regulations of Arkansas Department of Finance and Administration concerning nonresident contractor's notice and bond requirements. MCCI.II.ne Qenwllln9 (nyllU Ingrl.r.I.O Foy*MvUM, Arbn .. Section 00100 - 5 [1 I J H IrIe -J C L I I I I I I [] The successful Bidder shall file with the Owner a Performance Bond and Payment Bond on the form bound herewith, each in the full amount of the Contract Price in accordance with the requirements of the State of Arkansas as applicable, as security for the faithful performance of the Contract and the payment of all persons supplying labor and materials for the construction of the Work, and to cover all guarantees against defective workmanship or materials, or both, for a period of 1 year after the date of final acceptance of the Work by the Owner. The Surety furnishing this bond shall have a sound financial standing and a record of service satisfactory to the Owner, shall be authorized to do business in the State of Arkansas, and shall be listed on the current U.S. Department of Treasury Circular Number 570, or amendments thereto in the Federal Register, of acceptable Sureties for Federal projects. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of the preceding paragraph, Contractor shall within five days thereafter substitute another Bond and Surety, both of which must be acceptable to owner. The Attorney -in -Fact (Resident Agent) who executes this Performance Bond and Payment Bond in behalf of the Surety must attach a notarized copy of his power -of -attorney as evidence of his authority to bind the Surety on the date of execution of the bond. All Contracts, Performance and Payment Bonds, and respective powers -of -attorney will have the same date. The Bidder who has a Contract awarded to him and who fails to properly execute the Contract and furnish the Performance Bond and Payment Bond, within the time frame stipulated elsewhere in these documents, shall forfeit the bid security that accompanied his bid, and the bid security shall be retained as liquidated damages by the Owner, and it is agreed that this sum is a fair estimate of the amount of damages the Owner will sustain in case the Bidder fails to enter into a Contract and furnish the bond as hereinbefore provided. Bid security deposited in the form of cash, a certified check, or cashier's check shall be subject to the same requirements as a Bid Bond. 21. PERFORMANCE OF WORK BY CONTRACTOR ' The Contractor shall perform on the site and with his own organization, work equivalent to at least forty percent of the ' total amount of the work to be performed under this Contract. if, Section 00100 - 6 I MCCNIIOM COnwlln• EMMOOr MO.rPOZOIOO FOHHONIM, Arfomw C I C I I I I I I I I I I [I I C Li during the progress of the Work hereunder, the Contractor requests a reduction of such percentage, and the Engineer determines that it would be to the client's advantage, the percentage of the Work required to be performed by the Contractor's own organization may be reduced; PROVIDED prior written approval of such reduction is obtained by the Contractor from the Engineer. Each bidder must furnish with his bid a list of the items that he will perform with his own forces and the estimated total cost of these items. frt.y •• •tir 40 1 The time of completion of the Work to be performed under this Contract is of the essence of the Contract. Delays and extensions of time may be allowed in accordance with the provisions stated in Section GENERAL CONDITIONS. The time allowed for the completion of the work is stated in the Proposal. Ftp;• • ; • a_s The Bidder's attention is directed to the insurance requirements set forth in the GENERAL CONDITIONS (amended in the SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS, if appropriate). Submittal of a bid indicates full understanding and intent to comply with the insurance requirements which are a condition of the contract. MKI•ll•nd Conwlllny En•In•r. Inaryer•M! ftyWovll. ArkenM• Section 00100 - 7 C I H I I I I I 1 j I I I J I SECTION 00300 NOTE TO BIDDER: Please use BLACK ink for completing this Proposal form. Address: City Adminis Project Title: Water System Imrrovements. Sunrise Mountain Water Pump Station and Pipelines Engineer's Project No. FY912116 Bidder: i' LJ &9st/57 RtX 7 -i0 -I) &9. Address: Rte '1, Fi9XETT v/at ,4Z '7a'701 Date: 22 f 1A of I Bidder's person to contact for additional information on this Proposal: Name: I2. .i l'Dlrl/3S Telephone*ZW—/�LZ'? The undersigned, hereinafter called the Bidder, declares that the only persons or parties interested in this Proposal are those named herein, that this Proposal is, in all.respects, fair and without fraud, that it is made without collusion with any official of the Owner, and that the Proposal is made without any connection or collusion with any person submitting another Proposal on this Contract. The Bidder further declares that he has carefully examined the Contract Documents for the construction of the project, that he has personally inspected the site, that he has satisfied himself as to the quantities involved, including materials and equipment, and conditions of work involved, including the fact that the description of the quantities of work and materials, as included herein, is brief and is intended only to indicate the general MCCN'Innd canwlrin/ Ern.. 'a Inaa/Forcfd F@YWWW1b, Arbnaw Section 00300 - 1 I I I L I I L I I I I L I I [1 L C nature of the work and to identify the said quantities with the detailed requirements of the Contract Documents, and that this Proposal is made according to the provisions and under the terms of the Contract Documents, which Documents are hereby made a part of this Proposal. The Bidder further agrees that he has exercised his own judgement and has utilized all data which he believes pertinent from the Engineer, Owner, and other sources in arriving at his own conclusions. The Bidder agrees that if this Proposal is accepted, he will, within 15 consecutive calendar days after notice of award, sign the Contract in the form annexed hereto, and will at that time, deliver to the Owner the Performance Bond and Payment Bond required herein, and will, to the extent of his Proposal, furnish all machinery, tools, apparatus, and other means of construction and do the work and furnish all the materials necessary to complete all work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Bidder further agrees to furnish the Owner, before commencing the work under this Contract, the certificates of insurance, Payment. Bond, and Performance Bond as specified in these Documents. The Bidder further agrees to begin work within 10 calendar days after the time stated in the Notice to Proceed issued by the Owner to the Contractor and shall complete the construction of all pipelines and service lines, outside the limits of the pump station site, within 60 calendar days after the date specified in the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor shall further complete the construction in all respects within a total of 150 calendar days (which includes the initial 60 days) after the date specified in the Notice to Proceed. In the event the Bidder is awarded the Contract and shall fail to complete the work within the time limits or extended time limits agreed upon, as more particularly set forth in the Contract Documents, liquidated damages shall be paid to the Owner for all work awarded under the Contract until the work shall have been satisfactorily completed as provided by the Contract Documents, plus any monies paid by the Owner to the Engineer for additional engineering and inspection services associated with such delays. McCNllond Onwffiafl CnvANn FcMl.vllld, Arbdw Section 00300 - 2 U I I P I 1 42'000•+ 3O700•+ 9'700't 280•+ 3'650•'- 3.75Q. + 2 100•+ 570•+ 600•+ 50''- 350•+ 5'200•+ 1'250•+ 600•+ 300•+ 360•+ 300•+ 5'000•+ 200•+ 1'800•+ 8'S00•+ 400•+ 400•+ 200•+ 40480•+ 200•+ I 026 123240•* i [1 I I C I I I H I I C I 11 I I I Liquidated damages shall be cumulative for work not completed on schedule. Work which is not completed on schedule shall be rated at $300 per day until the work is completed. The $300 per day liquidated damages applies both to the 60 day time limit for completing the pipelines and the 150 day time limit for completing the entire project. The bidder hereby acknowledges that he has received Addenda No's these specifications. (Bidder insert No. of each Addendum received.) The Bidder agrees that all federal, state, and local sales and use taxes are included in the stated bid prices for the work. 11 1. Lump sum sunrise Mountain Water $421Oib. /LS Pump Station, Complete (Numerals) Including Yard Piping, Existing Station Demolition and Temporary Pump Facilities 2t .%.ol dollars/LS $ OD1 (Words) 2. 3070 FT 811 PVC Pipe, C-900 $_10.00 /FT Class 200 (Numerals) 3wa,� dollars/FT s34'700. (Words) 3. 1940 FT 2" PVC Pipe, SDR-21 $ 5:OO /FT Class 200 (Numerals) dollars/FT $ Vii, 7co. (Words) 4. 20 FT 8" Ductile Iron Pipe $_/4.00 /FT Class 51 (Numerals) dollars/FT $fi2SOe (Words) flMcClelland CanwlINa/ [n/lneere 1naMaarord Fa,e/levllle, Arnonnw Section 00300 - 3 I C I C P 1] I I L_1 I I P I I I I I J • ITEM UNIT NO. QUANTITY ITEM PRICE EXTENDED 5. 730 FT 3/4" Copper Service Line $ Y"90 /FT (Numerals) �-- dollars/FT $Q� (Words) 6. 1500 LBS Ductile Iron or $ 2.50 /LB Cast Iron Fittings (Numerals) 49D dollars/LB $ % O. (Words) 7. 7 EA 6" Gate Valve w/Box $DO.DO /EA (Numerals) _ _ '4* 1 dollars/EA 8. 3 EA 2" Gate Valve w/Box $ i9D.O D /EA (Numerals) s,t �, eh.. -rani dollars/EA (Words) 9. 1 EA Remove and Reinstall $ .49,DO /EA Existing Fire Hydrant (Numerals) —4-L- .i Q dollars/EA $ (Words) 10. 1 EA Raise Existing Valve $ $000 /EA Box to grade, and (Numerals) Regrade Ditch 2 M dollars/EA $ .rd. (Words) 11. 1 EA Blow Assembly w/2" $ 249200/EA Gate Valve and Box (Numerals) A.ede __46.10 249E dollars/EA $ (Words 12. 4 EA Three Way Fire Hydrant $ 1,30A00/EA (Numerals) �.___ . ..! , .. .I/ "KNI/.M Ca..al,l.a jUFI.00ra.r.,.e Faywtnlll.. ArMMO. Section 00300 - 4 13. 5 EA Meter Setting 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. $2�0t /EA (Numerals) .%mP it' A.eQ �4,2r dollars/EA $ /15& (W r ) 4 EA Connection to Existing $ /5D,G1O /EA Meter Setting (Numerals) 9"4JL itt. ....lug cjy dollars/EA $ eo, (Wo d ) 4 EA 8" Saddle and 3/4" Corp $ 75.D& /EA Stop for Service Tap (Numerals) dollars/EA $ 300. (Words) 6 EA 2" Saddle and 3/4" Corp $ Ze*OD /EA Stop for Service Tap (Numerals) dollars/EA $ 360, (Words) 6 EA Cap Existing 2" and 1" $ 50,€,O /EA Lines (Numerals) ° Qti dollars/EA $ 3tt9, (Words) 100 Cl Rock Excavation $ / CY (Numerals) dollars/Cl $ . DDD• (Words) 20 TN Trench Stabilization $ /0,00 /TN Material (Numerals) dollars/TN $_________ (Words) 180 TN Granular Fill $ /O,420 /TN (Numerals) H oM dollars/TN (Words) Section 00300 - 5 MCI•Iland Maullln• Fq•IN•IIN. Arft N Li I I I I I I I I H H I I I I C I H ITEM NO. QUANTITY ITEM UNIT PRICE EXTENDED 21. 1100 TN Granular Pipe Bedding $jO _/TN Material (Numerals) dollars/TN $ RR[x9, (Words) 22. 5 CI Concrete Encasement $ $D•DD /CI (Numerals) dollars/Cl S (Words) 23. 10 SY Asphalt Surface $ �/c''%Dl� /SY Restoration (Numerals) dollars/SY $ (Words) 24. 5 SY Concrete Surface $ 4pC) /SY Restoration (Numerals) dollars/SY $ (Words) 25. 56 FT 16" Bored Steel Casing $ ,O D /FT for 8" Pipe (Numerals) dollars/FT $ (Words) 26. 10 FT Extend 18" Culvert North of $ 2Od) D /FT Pump Station (Numerals) �cvo dollars/FT $ aDD• (Words) TOTAL BID $ 1423, .2 So. Enclosed herewith is a bid bond for S% &An dollars (S _sue eiAn 1 which we agree the owner may cash and retain as liquidated damages in the event of our failure to enter into contract for the work covered by this Proposal, provided the Contract is awarded to us within ninety (90) days from the date fixed for the opening of bids and we fail to execute the required bonds as called for in the Specifications within fifteen (15) days after the execution of the Contract. "cCIOIIOIIO COOSJIIIftQ Elglnuot InooryxONO Fo,O/NWll*, Artonoe. section 00300 - 6 C1 I F I H I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I H The Bidder further certifies that supply firms or businesses will following portions of the work awarded the Contract: ww; J= k4 �Mw; : " C RvbE Name the following subcontracting and be awarded subcontracts for the in the event that the Bidder is Street City 1: p.Mw;:h\.; Name PP TJox G'7a Street City (The following space is supplied for additional subcontractors) Pu" P5 -SUBCONTRACTOR Name PD /3oX I/ ?SL Street City ; airs a. at.;a ,ate •: The Bidder shall perform at least 40 percent of the work with his own forces (refer to Paragraph 21, INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. Bids from so called "Brokerage Contractors" will not be considered.) List below the items that the Bidder will perform with his own forces, if awarded this Contract, and fill in the blank showing the estimated total cost of these items. I<C� Elie r A13a)C MCC,nlland annpnlnd Enbinpprs ffiwperoNd Fdyn"MIN, Arkdn'fl Section 00300 - 7 I U I I I I 7 H I I I I Estimated total cost of the above items the Bidder states that will be performed with his own forces, if awarded Contract: m-l..cDollars The Bidder states that he is an experienced Contractor and has completed similar projects within the last 5 years. (List similar projects, with types, names of clients, construction costs, and references with telephone numbers. Use additional sheets if necessary.) /a IZT1V-J N -e 'f B L�it fi'F(% .✓ 'ys/1a-3 ra4> If the Bidder is awarded a construction Contract on this Proposal, the Surety who provides the Performance and Payment Bond will be r-natrEE3 ,,,K.,rao.,,4 ,ui. whose address is PD /BDX h 12 Jx≥'✓ i=.a...E3 .FO4dfI 51 3O3 Street City State Zij The name of the Bidder submitting this Proposal is /,,, &a&-,cr ,oeQ ey/G' &J C'—,) S doing business at D G)7 y1? -7O / Street City State Z ' which is the address to which all communications concerned with this Proposal and with the Contract shall be sent. The names of the principal officers of the corporation submitting this Proposal, or of the partnership, or of all persons interested in this Proposal as principals are as follows: ' Section 00300 - 8 I fl MCCNgaM Cbnwl'in g F.nalnaan Inaraarat.d FsrINHN., Arkansas C L I I I I I I I The Bidder's Arkansas Contractor's License No. is: 9 /-997 If Sole Proprietor or Partnership IN WITNESS k3ereto the undersigned has set his (its) hand this _ day of .2Z191L. Ze God Signature of Bidder Title If Corporation IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned corporation has caused this instrument to be executed and its seal affixed by its duly authorized officers this day of , 19_. Name of Corporation Title Attest MCCM IInnd Canwll i fnpin irs InoerpOroMd FYp,IvflII. Arkaan Secretary Section 00300 - 9 SECTION 00350 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned, ' and I I I I I I I I I I H I I I I as Principal, as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the City of Fayetteville. Arkansas as Owner in the penal sum of for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. Signed this day of 199_. The condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the City of Fayetteville. Arkansas a certain Bid, attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a contract in writing, for Water System Improvements. Sunrise Mountain Water Pump Station and Pipelines. NOW, THEREFORE: (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or in the alternate, (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the Form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a bond for his faithful performance of said contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect; it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. YCCMIIaad an,allln0 Enaln,art lnaorprsd FaYWOVI p. Arkanow I I I I I I II Ii I-i I I I I I [1 I H The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Owner may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above. (L.S.) (Surety) By: Principal SEAL YcCNllow Caaullln9 Efliflirs InorleroraM Fo)MMHIIl, AroenoW I NOTICE OF AWARD ' To: C I C I Li I I I I I Li I I I PROJECT DESCRIPTION: The OWNER has considered the PROPOSAL submitted by you for t above described WORK in response to its ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS. You are hereby notified that your PROPOSAL has been accepted for the in the amount of $ You are required by the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS to execute the CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT in its entirety and furnish the required PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND and certificates of insurance within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of this NOTICE OF AWARD. If you fail to execute said Contract and to furnish said bonds within fifteen (15) days from the date of this NOTICE OF AWARD, said OWNER will be entitled to consider all your rights arising out of the OWNER'S acceptance of your PROPOSAL as abandoned and as a forfeiture of your BID BOND. The OWNER will be entitled to such other rights as may be granted by law. You are required to return an acknowledged copy of this NOTICE OF AWARD to the OWNER. Dated this day of , 19_. Receipt acknowledged this By: Title: _ _ day of By: Title: MCI Ilea Elsa.'. laa por Fey.n.v lli, Arkomw ,19__ I 1 1 1 1 1 1 PART II 1 CON 1 TRACT FORMS 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 p CenMllriny Inlayprmy FO)rlrprllln, Ark. - 1 L SECTION 00500 u I I L L CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into on the __ day of 19 '9/, by and between ct iJ cSs7cs4a-Cpa.&j herein called the Contractor, and the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, hereinafter called the Owner: That the contractor, for the consideration hereinafter fully set out. hereby aarees with the Owner as follows: Ii. That the Contractor shall furnish all the materials, and perform all of the work in manner and form as provided by the following enumerated Drawings, Specifications, and U. Documents, which are attached hereto and made a part hereof, as if fully contained herein and are entitled WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS, Sunrise Mountain Water Pump ' Station and Pipelines, dated July, 1991, including: Advertisements for Bids; Addenda; instructions to Bidders; General Conditions; Supplementary Conditions; ' Performance and Payment Bonds; Specifications; the Proposal and acceptance thereof; and the Drawings. Sheet No. 1 Cover Sheet No. 2 Sunrise Mountain Water System Plan Sheet No. 3 Pump Station - Site Plan ' Sheet No. 4 Details Sheet No. 5 Details Sheet No. 6 Structural ' Sheet No. 7 Mechanical Sheet ME 1 Electrical and Gas - Site Plan Sheet M 1 Heating and Ventilation Plan and Details Sheet E 1 Electrical Plan and Details L n I 2. That the Contractor shall commence the work to be performed under this Agreement on a date to be specified in a written order of the owner and shall fully complete installation of all pipelines and service lines in 60 calendar days and shall fully complete all work hereunder in a total of 150 calendar days. IrcClolload Mpa/ling Englnorts Incorpora /M FoyarNNllo, Arkonws I I I I I L I I I I I I I L I I I I That the Owner hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor for the faithful performance of this Agreement, subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Specifications or Proposal, in lawful money of the United States, the amount of: Dollars ($ ), based on the Base Bid Price contained herein. 4. That within 30 days of receipt of an approved payment request, the Owner shall make partial payments to the Contractor on the basis of a duly certified and approved estimate of work performed during the preceding calendar month by the Contractor, LESS the retainage provided in the General Conditions, which is to be withheld by the Owner until all work within a particular part has been performed strictly in accordance with this Agreement and until such work has been accepted by the Owner. 5. That upon submission by the Contractor of evidence satisfactory to the Owner that all payrolls, material bills, and other costs incurred by the Contractor in connection with the construction of the work have been paid in full, final payment on account of this Agreement shall be made within 60 days after the completion by the Contractor of all work covered by this Agreement and the acceptance of such work by the Owner. 6. In the event that the Contractor shall fail to complete the work within the time limit or the extended time limit agreed upon, as more particularly set forth in the Contract Documents, liquidated damages shall be paid at the rates designated in the Proposal. It is further mutually agreed between the parties hereto that if, at any time after the execution of this Agreement and the Surety Bond hereto attached for its faithful performance and payment, the Owner shall deem the Surety or Sureties upon such bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason such bond ceases to be adequate to cover the performance of the work, the Contractor shall, at his expense, within 5 days after the receipt of notice from the Owner, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such form and amount and with such Surety or Sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Owner. In such event, no further payment to the Contractor shall be deemed to be due under this Agreement until such new or additional security for the faithful performance of the work shall be furnished in manner and form satisfactory to the Owner. kHXNlload CbnwHlfl o fl EnylMoro Foy.HOYIIN, Arkonn H I I I L I I I 8. No additional work or extras shall be done unless the same shall be duly authorized by appropriate action by the Owner in writing. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and date first above written, in counterparts, each of which shall, without proof or accounting for the other counterpart be deemed an original Contract. WITNESSES: T br�cl�ecr ATTEST: 1 I H I [1 I I I I City Clerk Approved as to form: Attorney for Owner can__GZ� Contractor By (�GJ �•�r/3S Title CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE Owner By. Mayor Title wctunar a aMlfln/ [nnun Inaaraanna Fajatta Ylln. ArkoMa H. C C r [Ti I I I I I H Li I I I I ARKANSAS STATUTORY PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND We as Principal, hereinafter called Principal, and a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Arkansas and authorized to do business in the State of Arkansas, as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fayetteville. Arkansas as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of Dollars ($ ), for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. Principal has by written agreement dated entered into a contract with Owner for construction of pump station and water system improvements, which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if the principal shall faithfully perform the Contract on his part and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all cost and damage which he may suffer by reason of failure to do so and shall fully reimburse and repay the Owner all outlay and expense which the Owner may incur in making good any such default, and further, that if the Principal shall pay all persons all indebtedness for labor or materials furnished or performed under said Contract, failing which such persons shall have a direct right of action against the Principal and Surety, jointly and severally, under this obligation, subject to the Owner's priority, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. No suit, action or proceeding shall be brought on this bond outside the State of Arkansas. No suit, action or proceeding shall be brought on this bond except by the Owner after six months from the date final payment is made on the Contract, nor shall any suit, action or proceeding be brought by the Owner after two years from the date on which the final payment under the Contract falls due. Any alterations which may be made in the terms of the Contract, or in the work to be done under it, or the giving by the Owner of any extension of time for the performance of the contract, or any other forbearance on the part of either the Owner or the Principal to the other shall not in any way release the Principal and the Surety or Sureties, or either or any of them, their heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns from their liability hereunder, notice to the Surety or Sureties of any such alteration, extension or forbearance being hereby waived. McClelland Canty/fla/ a / Engineers Inoai'ple Fayef evllle. Arbnade In no event shall the aggregate liability of the Surety exceed the sum set out herein. Executed on this day of 19 Principal Surety By Attorney -in -fact flMCCMISad En Re MWOMaI/G F.rjl.v1/M, A'S I 1 1 1 1 To: NOTICE TO PROCEED Date: Project: City of Fayetteville Water System Improvements Sunrise Mountain Water Pump Station and Pipelines You are hereby notified to commence WORK in accordance with the Contract dated . 19_, on or before 19, and you are to complete the WORK by , 19_. By: Title ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE Receipt of the above NOTICE TO PROCEED is hereby acknowledged by this the day of 19 By Title Sc - MCCM IIlS assWNn/ [nylnasrs Inwnrolid Ful»IHWIM. Arkansas F PART III CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT I I I J I I I 1 1 H I I r 11 I I [I I I I I I DOCUMENT 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS DEFINITIONS Paae Ii. AS APPROVED..............a............a..... 1 2. AS SHOWN, AND AS INDICATED ................... 1 3. BIDDER...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a..... . . . . 1 4. CONTRACT ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 ' 5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 2 6. CONTRACTOR .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 7. DAYS...... a. a a... a a a • • a • • • . • • • a... • . . . . • . . a. a 2 8. DRAWINGS.......a...a.........a............... 2 9. ENGINEER..........a.........a........a....... 2 10. NOTICE.... a... a a...... . a. a. a.... aa.• a..... a. a 2 Iii. OR EQUAL. .......a......a.................a... 3 12. OWNER ....................................... 3 13. PLANS (See DRAWINGS) ............. ... . . . ...... 3 14. SPECIFICATIONS..... a..... a....... a.. a. a...... 3 ' 15. NOTICE TO PROCEED... a......... a......... a.... 3 16. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 11.14 ................. 3 17. WORK......................................... 4 [I I I I I I I CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 18. INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ................. 4 19. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS .................. 4 20. ALTERNATIONS - CHANGES IN WORK .............•• 5 21. VERIFICATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS........... 5 22. DOCUMENTS TO BE KEPT ON THE JOBSITE.......... 6 23. ADDITIONAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ................ 6 24. OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS............"""" 6 i flYCCN 'load cmwilin/ End."" IIINryNCNd FOF/INNIN. Art -OASIS Section - 00700 I I I I I I I I I [I I LI I C1 I [1 I THE ENGINEER Page 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER .................... DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER . REJECTED MATERIAL............................ UNNOTICED DEFECTS ............................ RIGHT TO RETAIN IMPERFECT WORK ..............• LINES AND GRADES ............................ SHOP DRAWINGS SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE............ ADDITIONAL DETAIL DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS.. 6 7 8 8 8 8 9 10 33. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR ...................... 10 34. SUBCONTRACTING ............................... 10 35. INSURANCE AND LIABILITY ...................... 11 36. INDEMNITY ................................... 15 37. TAXES AND CHARGES............................ 16 38. ORDINANCES, PERMITS, AND LICENSES............ 16 39. SUPERINTENDENCE..... •e.... ....•••• . ..•. see... 16 40. RECEPTION OF ENGINEER'S DIRECTIONS........... 17 41. SANITATION ................................... 17 42. EMPLOYEES.................................... 17 43. PROJECT MEETINGS ............................. 17 44. SAFETY. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 45. CONTRACTOR'S TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT ...........•• 19 46. PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY .............. 19 47. RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR TO ACT IN EMERGENCY.................................... 19 48. MATERIALS AND APPLIANCES .................... 20 49. CONTRACTORS' AND MANUFACTURERS' COMPLIANCE WITH STATE SAFETY, OSHA, AND OTHER CODE REQUIREMENTS................................. 20 50. SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS .................... 20 51. TESTS, SAMPLES, AND INSPECTIONS............. 21 52. ROYALTIES AND PATENTS ........................ 22 53. CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP WORK OR TERMINATE CONTRACT.................................... 22 54. CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK FOUND DURING WARRANTYPERIOD .............................. 22 ii YCCleftaad a Cann/ [npn.ars InavaaralM Faysn.vlas. Arkankak Section - 00700 AOMbe DATE (MMl D7M) /'9 1 REBSAMEN INSURANCE/SPRINGDALE 1501 West Sunset P. O. BOX 829 Springdale, AR 727650829 SUB -CODE C. W. Construction Route 7 Fayetteville, AR 727010000 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND. EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE COMPANY LETTER U. S. Fidelity & Guaranty Co. COMPANY LETTER COMPANY C LETTER COMPANY LETTER COMPANY E LETTER FBMBBIA .- _. .��L` THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION ALL LIMITS IN THOUSANDS DATE (MM(DD/YY') DATE (MMIDD/1'Y) GENERAL LIABILITY COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS MADE OCCUR. OWNER'S & CONTRACTOR'S PROT. AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS GARAGE LIABILITY GENERAL AGGREGATE S PRODUCTS-COMP/OPS AGGREGATE S PERSONAL & ADVERTISING INJURY $ EACH OCCURRENCE $ FIRE DAMAGE (Any one tire) S MEDICAL EXPENSE (Any one person) S SINGLE $ LIMIT BODILY INJURY $ (Per person) BODILY INJURY S (Per accident) PROPERTY $ DAMAGE EXCESS LIABILITYEACH AGGREGATE OCCURRENCE E $ OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM - _— WORKER'S COMPENSATION STATUTORY A AND 3904845 90 0 10/04/90 10/04/91 $ $100 (EACH ACCIDENT) EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY . $500 (DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT) $ f100 (DISEASE —EACH EMPLOYEE OTHER DESCRPRON OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLESIe IREF: SUNRISE MOUNTAIN WATSON ADDITION City of Fayetteville 113 W. Mountain Fayetteville AR 72701 DH SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL _O= DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT. BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANY, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE I I I C Li I I H I I I I I I I I I I I I SINOER.0 A T9WORMY • INSURANCE C0NT . OF TWS FORK . Arkansas 72116. > 1 City of Fayetteville 113 West Mountain, an 307 Fdy tevil3E, *"S 72701 rr+�- at 9/19/91____ SUBJECT TO THE CON 8 SH0WN.0N THE E _c D1LWl1[r L�su4lty Ctn^�_}. TEt x'AM 9/29/91 12:01 ~` f 10/19191.. N TIE ABOVE INI� &a S[in> ise ,1tViSdt water Puip Station i Pipe ,{{L{ .1�,. FattteviUe, Are CUntractar0 ` thanes W. Oanlbs DB& C W Const. Rt. 7,.DS.ausRoad Fayetteville, A. 72701 NUJ. r*Str4a. a. •qk '.1w' . ___ __ K ••..V.yyi{,. 11.1 n . ♦ '. t - , ,.. ♦ 114 T4. N I !'r . ', y • _ ~ •.•t tom`.' • - •4 '1 11 3"" ,= •u:. >l 1. �. 1• . cO.S * M1IAEERY •<..'^.�( l)' ^ , ♦ ., `t F ^• '' • 'II< ^•lwr•Y lilq♦s•> e +ti{ -.l•+ u , ;i /. ,• .} 1'PEA�MIL..Y•.. NANV tj y� j "-Y• r_. - I �( OINEEi1 11fMCION "-'I. - .. - I EACII O 1_ 40QQ,00Os _ AE DAMAGEWM'ana M Fj$.: _ ___ RETRODATEPCQQAW MADE: wNMM(MwaaiP�s1-.. - -•---Er 1 i Y AUTO > • • N10LY {KRIIY• (Ppi'aa1l $ AN ieAOIOe F .. - M0MOMe AyIOE k tONMO[I.iW ey .rl 'A k, ;J:-' .!t(j '•1 Or "3s+RlF_� r� 'hw4 i tAij MOOML PAYNEIRB i f•StOMK NJtfl. OT. $ <a •�T^'•��^�� YOY{iltR/ YBR1Etl ^:• 1gIF..RRCO.rlR11C6 'IWir{M14 rlaila .i. EA4LO11IflIEIOE 'a , .V. 1 _____ FORM • } u AOnM•5 , $ :- •, •- •_ ___ 1 uTIER Tww RETRO DATE PDR (,,AEI$ MABE RE7®IIIOq , TI �. a. •� �. .i•1�� w•• .. - IIMTE ,•Cy��ST.F, "�•{^ . • 1 V./��..dIDR '...i� • .. i US >r, .1 ` #... I EH4t y _ • ^ @ I OIBEA8E*-G' CY Lsr- I • i. OEAIFEII'AI S to I ••- - . -• .• - ♦ . . !fin ^•y.r y J.•. •k Insured ateti i 1 I KAt.Lt� __ _J-• _. PB,`+fell 1321: .. K:. FTIiAMtfPlvi l la AT_ �,�]�' �l 724 • -.�iX~R<•a i4 wL 1. _.� ...r-.��..}.... ^!► •.. 1_4.r -I. MOR,GAO@ AOOR10NAl NMI - s.. 1 LOEI PAS Y } i -- - I' J 1 It r4R . 1 1, .1 r• c •i : r . AF;'LiCAELL IIV Irlv/yr.J/•� Any pe-sor: wr.0 W. =es a 1 1 sr t:ir.dei H i - I pr... rdr•. S.jr 1:1 11 . . I Ia'l SSAIr0AG0.00 :dior prof' .•r,. 1 14] Shall I•C ' I.ref • I I(, : rl. C --.J- C' - :d IF.• s I 'II c IC _ht • F.• 'ty p:11 :, •1• is c!s'r ]s • . of .11 •1•. C :1 .r1'r da^ing•,i r..IS- tained therefrom. 4COR0 75S i7 99l CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A YA0PTI0NY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTWCATE H0MER.TNIB CanACATE DOES NOT AMEND. EXTEND OR ALTER TIE COYERA9E AFP0RD(D !Y THE tMWMOFit[9M- COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGECOMPANY a: A Ysl�(�yC�1L nt/vr\�.rA�.�►�rLETTERCOMPANYLETTERfi�IltLs■.Cris»iCMcAt.7P �e iYt4wsC�a4R!\„: e a I.YY�4 �f >d >ll�smas Mod w�u\u� a+�.. !P72701uTDCOMPANYELETTERCERIFY �e �e THAT THE POLICIESOF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEENISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THEPOLICY PERIOD , NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERMOR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS TE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN ISSUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAYHAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. FEXCLUSK)MB R OP NBIIIIAIILS POLICY IlSIfl DATE(AMIDYI'TRY)LMNff SJTYGatN1L AGGREGATEiM.Upsis10/16/e01o/UuPi'S v`xd.Tarr:unamwu��W.:ie�.�i��sOli a CONTRACTOR'S PROT. EACH OCCURRENCE i /M� FIRE DAMAGE (Any aw IV.) i 5,00S. MED. EIBIBISE WM •�• OIMv4 i AIITCMOBI! MANY - COMBINED SINGLE i ANr AUTO I ar 17563'31 pL'M rM/a�IIS• I°/fl 'UNIT 1,000,000. ALL OWNED AUTOS . BOOILY INJURY SCHEDULED AUTOS __ NONgN®IWfpg IP«icd O -- . GARAGE LIASLITY PROPERTY DAMAGE i E IBrRa1A FS . . - 17151 WCr�W�W��.� X w,1 lwwn AGOREGA i ODIER THAN'—.-FOIW - STATUTORY LIMITS .: - -. NOn'S OOMOICIITION - EACH A C EHT i AIO DISEASE -POLICY LSAT $ liovs' LIASNY OEEASEEACII EMPLOYEE $ uT�iY+iW-oafN�r��!7�I�F�. r a - lm, adsrr ism -lass csOIrno OF OPaIATIOtOG710 L tT S ii. S' 4i11ri I Alp ! �M Y.u�-.vmYocurY��A�THIS I s. & Pie Us, P_Us.- , .I SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE nS�.. «�.�rr�JlL EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL - 3 MAIL DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, AUTNOII® ATWE I. 1 1 1 .1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 00500 CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into on the day of V.�ekzi&c1 19L, by and between C. W. Construction. herein called the Contractor, and the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, hereinafter called the Owner: WITNEBSETH: That the Contractor, for the consideration hereinafter fully set out, hereby agrees with the Owner as follows: 1. That the Contractor shall furnish all the materials, and perform all of the work in manner and form as provided by the following enumerated Drawings, Specifications, and Documents, which are attached hereto and made a part hereof, as if fully contained herein and are entitled WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS, Sunrise Mountain Water Pump Station and Pipelines, dated July, 1991, including: - Advertisements for Bids; Addenda; Instructions to Bidders; General Conditions; Supplementary Conditions; Performance and Payment Bonds; Specifications; the Proposal and acceptance thereof; and the Drawings. Sheet No. 1 Cover Sheet No. 2 Sunrise Mountain Water System Plan Sheet No. 3 Pump Station - Site Plan Sheet No. 4 Details Sheet No. 5 Details Sheet No. 6 Structural Sheet No. 7 Mechanical Sheet ME 1 Electrical and Gas - Site Plan Sheet M 1 Heating and Ventilation Plan and Details Sheet E 1 Electrical Plan and Details 2. That the Contractor shall commence the work to be performed under this Agreement on a date to be specified in a written order of the Owner and shall fully complete installation of all pipelines and service lines in 60 calendar days and shall fully complete all work hereunder in a total of 150 calendar days. nMCCI.IIand CwwlNna Elglnwn InporppratS Pay.??. wills, Arkansas I Li I J I n I I U H I I [1 H I L. 1 I 3. That the Owner hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor for the faithful performance of this Agreement, subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Specifications or Proposal, in lawful money of the United States, the amount of: One hundred twenty-three thousand, two hundred forty and 00/100 Dollars ($123.240.00), based on the Base Bid Price contained herein. 4. That within 30 days of receipt of an approved payment request, the Owner shall make partial payments to the Contractor on the basis of a duly certified and approved estimate of work performed during the preceding calendar month by the Contractor, LESS the retainage provided in the General Conditions, which is to be withheld by the Owner until all work within a particular part has been performed strictly in accordance with this Agreement and until such work has been accepted by the Owner. 5. That upon submission by the Contractor of evidence satisfactory to the Owner that all payrolls, material bills, and other costs incurred by the Contractor in connection with the construction of the work have been paid in full, final payment on account of this Agreement shall be made within 60 days after the completion by the Contractor of all work covered by this Agreement and the acceptance of such work by the Owner. 6. In the event that the Contractor shall fail to complete the work within the time limit or the extended time limit agreed upon, as more particularly set forth in the Contract Documents, liquidated damages shall be paid at the rates designated in the Proposal. 7. It is further mutually agreed between the parties hereto that if, at any time after the execution of this Agreement and the Surety Bond hereto attached for its faithful performance and payment, the Owner shall deem the Surety or Sureties upon such bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason such bond ceases to be adequate to cover the performance of the work, the Contractor shall, at his expense, within 5 days after the receipt of notice from the Owner, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such form and amount and with such Surety or Sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Owner. In such event, no further payment to the Contractor shall be deemed to be due under this Agreement until such new or additional security for the faithful performance of the work shall be furnished in manner and form satisfactory to the Owner. I MCCS.I/and ea o Canw'tin 9 Enpinnr. Incorporated Farv.vill., Arkansas I.1 I n I I 8. No additional work or extras shall be done unless the same shall be duly authorized by appropriate action by the owner in writing. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and date firstabove written, in counterparts, each of which shall, without proof or accounting for the other counterpart be deemed an original Contract. WITNESSES: 1 ATTEST: n I H H I I I I =t3 Approved as to form: Attorney for Owner C. W Construction Contractor Mayor Title H NCCUrland o Consulting Engineers lnooraerated Fayertsville, Arkansas I .. Bond No 5149419 Employers Mutual Casualty Company HOME OFFICE a DES MOINES STANDARD CONTRACT. BOND lu -r co co —o m KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That We, C W mNgi' Tx'PTCN i° --i (hereinafter called "Principal"), as Principal, and the EMPLOYERS MUTUAL CASUALTY COMPAFW,A cor4}- fn ration organized and existing under the laws of the State of Iowa with its principal office in the C r "F D n o r o MOINES. IOWA. and authorized to transact business in the State of ARKANSAS —� o as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto CITY OF FAYE'PPEAILLE (hereinafter called "Obligee"). in. the penal sum of ONE HUNDRED TWENTY THREE THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED FOURTY and 00/100 ----------------------------- DOLLARS ($ 123.240.00 ), good and lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally firmly by these presents. SEALED, with our seals and dated this 17th day of Septemter . A.D., 1991. WHEREAS, the above bounden Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the above named Obligee, dated the 17th day of Septerter 1991 Sunrise Mountain Water Pump Station & Pipe Lines which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein for the purpose of explaining but not of varying or enlarging the obligation. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THE ABOVE OBLIGATION IS SUCH, That if the above bounden Principal shell well end truly keep, do and perform, each and every, all and singular, the matters and things in said contract set forth and specified to be by the said Principal kept, done and performed at the time and in the manner in said contract specified, and shall pay over, make good and reimburse to the above named Obligee. all loss and damage which said Obligee may sustain by reason of failure or default on the part of said Principal, then this obligation shall be void: otherwise, to be and remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, this bond is executed by the Surety, upon the express condition that no right of action shall accrue upon or by reason hereof, to or for the use or benefit of any one other than the Obliges named herein: and the obligation of the Surety is and shall be construed strictly as one of suretyship only. C W O0NSTRUCTION WITNESS:'JsL I Principal (ball \ (If Individual or Firm) f BY: )� ) % zLa?.N C EMPLOYERS MUTUAL C ALTY COMPANY ATTEST: Sur ty (Seal) (If Corporation) Ma1isa Perin, Attorney -in -Fact Employers Mutual Casualty Company HOME OFFICE • DES MOINES PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That 5149419 A Bond No CON 1 (hereinafter called "Principal"), as Principal, and.the EMPLOYERS MUTUAL CASUALTY COMPANY, a coo - ration organized and existing under the laws of the State of Iowa and authorized to transact business in the State of ARKANSAS , (hereinafter called "Surety"), as Surety, are held and firmly CITY OF FAYEF EVILLE bound unto the ONE HUNDRED T ENTY THREE THOUSAND TWO (hereinafter called "Obligee"), in the penal sum of HUNDRED FOURTY and 00/100 DOLLARS, ($ 123,240.00 ) good and lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, adminis- trators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. SEALED with our seals and dated this 17th day of September A.D.. 19 91 WHEREAS, the above bounden Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the above named Obligee, dated the 17th day of_____________________________September 19 91 Sunrise Mountain Water Pump Station & Pipe Lines Which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW. THEREFORE, IF the Principal shall promptly make payment to all persons suoplying labor and material in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then this obligation to be void; otherwise to remain in full force and virtue. September 91 17th Signed and Sealed this day of 19 C w ODNSTRucrION WITNESS: ATTEST: (If Individual or Firm Ci CA- 3-- f i [S..+( (S.el l (Sul( EMPLOYERS MUTUAL CASU CCMP,pNY IIf Corporation) B y Malisk A. Perin, Attorney-fn•Facr N2 _67309 CHARLES M. ALLEN, G. ROBERT SMITH, SHERRI L. MOSS, MALISA An PERIN, INDIVIDUALLY, NORTH LITTLE ROCK, ARKANSAS ------- IN AN AMOUNT NOT EXCEEDING FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS -----($500,000.00) April 1, 1993 6th Feb ry 90 I_ _- -fY 1 , 4 6th February 90 February 6, 1990 Charles M. Allen, G. Robert Smith, Sherri L. Moss, Malisa A. Perin 17th September 91 4 I J H I I I I I El I [I I H LI I NOTICE TO PROCEED To: Mr. C.W. Combs Date: September 20, 1991 CW Construction Fayetteville, AR 72701 Project: City of Fayetteville Water System Improvements Sunrise Mountain Water Pump Station and Pipelines You are hereby notified to commence WORK in accordance with the Contract dated September 17, 1991, on or before September 23, 1991, and you are to complete the WORK by February 20, 1992. No blasting is to be done until blasting insurance coverage is provided. No work on the new pump station building is to be done until Builder's Risk insurance coverage is rov L</ By: Robert W. White ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE Receipt of the above NOTICE TO PROCEED is hereby acknowledged by 1 h) e- /l �O this the day of_, 19f. Title Engineer ion 00550 - I a rw Con.uThnc Eng.gnun in carporok,e Foylblvub, Arkontat L I I IH H I I I I I I I I LI I I I DOCUMENT 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page DEFINITIONS 1. AS APPROVED...........................5....• 1 2. AS SHOWN, AND AS INDICATED ................... 1 3. BIDDER.................................... 1 1 4. CONTRACT ..................................... 5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS .......................... 2 6. CONTRACTOR................................... 2 7. DAYS..........c.............................. 2 2 8. DRAWINGS.... * . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. ENGINEER. .•...... .......• . .........•• •...... 2 2 10. NOTICE ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11. OR EQUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .u...... . a. . . . . 3 12. OWNER ....................................... 3 13. PLANS (See DRAWINGS) ......................... 3 14. SPECIFICATIONS.........1...01.0 .............. 3 15. NOTICE TO PROCEED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 16. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION ...................... 3 4 17. WORK......................................... CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 18. INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ................. 4 19. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS .................. 4 20. ALTERNATIONS - CHANGES IN WORK ............... 5 21. VERIFICATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS........... 5 6 22. DOCUMENTS TO BE KEPT ON THE JOBSITE.......... 6 23. ADDITIONAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS........---" ... 24. OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS ....................... 6 i MCCMilano Canwlt is Eaglnaan Inaapanolaa Fonts. villa, Arfoawa Section - 00700 I I C I I I I I I I I I I I Cl I THE ENGINEER Page 25. AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER .................... 6 26. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER . 7 27. REJECTED MATERIAL................. a. a........ 8 28. UNNOTICED DEFECTS ............................ 8 29. RIGHT TO RETAIN IMPERFECT WORK............... 8 30. LINES AND GRADES ............................ 8 31. SHOP DRAWINGS SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE............ 9 32. ADDITIONAL DETAIL DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS.. 10 33. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR ...................... 10 34. SUBCONTRACTING ............................... 10 35. INSURANCE AND LIABILITY ...................... 11 36. INDEMNITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 15 37. TAXES AND CHARGES.......... a ................. 16 38. ORDINANCES, PERMITS, AND LICENSES............ 16 39. SUPERINTENDENCE .............................. 16 40. RECEPTION OF ENGINEER'S DIRECTIONS........... 17 41. SANITATION .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 42. EMPLOYEES . . . . . a...... . . . . . . . . . . . . a. . a. . a...... . . . . . . . . . 17 43. PROJECT MEETINGS ............................. 17 44. SAFETY.......................a.......a....... 17 45. CONTRACTOR'S TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT ............. 19 46. PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY .............. 19 47. RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR TO ACT IN EMERGENCY. . . . a a..... . . . . . a. . . . a. a...... . . . . . . . a a . . . . a. 19 48. MATERIALS AND APPLIANCES .................... 20 49. CONTRACTORS' AND MANUFACTURERS' COMPLIANCE WITH STATE SAFETY, OSHA, AND OTHER CODE REQUIREMENTS....... a........................a 20 50. SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS .................... 20 51. TESTS, SAMPLES, AND INSPECTIONS.............. 21 52. ROYALTIES AND PATENTS ........................ 22 53. CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP WORK OR TERMINATE CONTRACT.......a....a.a.a.a.........a....... 22 54. CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK FOUND DURING WARRANTYPERIOD. a a a a . . . a a a a a . . . a . . . . a . a . a . . a . 22 ii MCCieIidf 1 D C...nIll na eery Inp?'pM w Fey.I/.vill., Arkcrno. Section - 00700 LJ I I I I TI TI I I I I I I I I I I J PROGRESS OF THE WORK Page 55. 56. SCHEDULES AND PROGRESS REPORTS ............... 23 57. PROSECUTION OF THE WORK ...................... 24 58. ASSIGNMENT................................... 24 59. OWNER'S RIGHT TO DO WORK ...............• 24 60. OWNER'S RIGHT TO TRANSFER EMPLOYMENT......... 25 61. DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME ................. 26 62. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ........................... 27 63. OTHER CONTRACTS ........................•....• 28 64. USE OF PREMISES.............................. 28 65. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE .................. 29 66. PERFORMANCE TESTING .....................•••" 29 67. OWNER'S USE OF PORTIONS OF THE WORE......... - 29 68. CUTTING AND PATCHING .........................29 69. CLEANING LIP... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 PAYMENT 70. PAYMENT FOR CHANGE ORDERS .................... 30 71. PARTIAL PAYMENTS ............................. 33 72. CLAIMS .................................... s.. 36 36 73. NOTICE OF CLAIM FOR DELAY .................... 74. RELEASE OF LIENS OR CLAIMS ................... 37 75. FINAL PAYMENT .........................••••" . 37 76. NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS .......................... 37 77. ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL PAYMENT CONSTITUTES RELEASE..................................... 38 iii MCCSlIaf d C..wrlrlP 1 0 (rpru..n lliaaoxar.a Fawrr. vilot, Ar.aa.a. Section - 00700 I I I I I II Li DOCUMENT 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS These General Conditions contain contractual -legal Articles that establish the requirements and conditions governing responsibility, policy, and procedures that apply during the construction and warranty period. This part of the Contract Documents is preprinted. Any modifications to the following Articles that are special to the Project under consideration will be made in the Supplementary Conditions. Requirements and conditions that have special significance to the Contract for the contemplated Work on this Project are as set forth in the remaining Sections of these Contract Documents. DEFINITIONS Wherever in the Contract Documents the following terms are used, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: II 1. AS APPROVED L I [I I I I 11 I I1 The words "as approved", unless otherwise qualified, shall be understood to be followed by the words "by the Engineer". 2. AS SHOWN, AND AS INDICATED The words "as shown" and "as indicated" shall be understood to be followed by the words "on the Drawings". BIDDER The person or persons, partnership, firm or corporation submitting a Proposal for the Work contemplated. CONTRACT The "Contract" is the written agreement covering the performance of the Work and the furnishing of labor, materials, incidental services, tools and equipment in the construction of the Work. It includes supplemental agreements amending or extending the Work contemplated and which may be required to complete the Work in a substantial and acceptable manner. Supplemental agreements are written agreements covering alterations, amendments, or extensions to the Contract and include Contract Change Orders. flMCC1a11OM Canal Oiny Erpinun lnaraarafaa Faya"ar/llq Arkansas Section 00700 - 1 I 5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The "Contract Documents" consist of the Bidding Requirements, Contract forms, Conditions of the Contract, the Specifications, and the Drawings, including all modifications thereof incorporated into the Documents ' before their execution, and including all other requirements incorporated by specific reference thereof. These form the Contract. 6. CONTRACTOR The person or persons, partnership, firm, or corporation who enters into the Contract awarded him by the Owner. 7. DAYS Unless otherwise specifically stated, the term "days" will be understood to mean calendar days. ' 8. DRAWINGS. The term "Drawings" refers to the official Drawings, ' profiles, cross sections, elevations, details, and other working drawings and supplementary drawings, or reproductions thereof, sealed by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions, and details of the ' Work to be performed. Drawings may either be bound in the same book as the Project Manual or bound separately and are a part of the Contract Documents, regardless of the method of binding. 9. ENGINEER ' The person or organization identified as such in the Contract. The term "Engineer" means the Engineer or his authorized representative. 10. NOTICE ' The term "notice" or the requirement to notify, as used in the Contract Documents or applicable state or federal statutes, shall signify a written communication delivered in person or by certified or registered mail to the individual, or to a member of the firm, or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended. Certified or registered mail shall be addressed to the last business address known to him who gives the notice. II Section 00700 - 2 MCCM Stand p CMWIIi nd Enp/n..rs InwrparONd ' Fa,alldwll., Irtpn.ad I I I C C I [I I [1 I [I I I I El [] 11. OR EQUAL The term "or equal" shall be understood to indicate that the "equal" product is the same or better than the product named in the function, performance, reliability, quality, and general configuration. Determination of equality in reference to the Project design requirements will be made by the Engineer. Such "equal" products shall not be purchased or installed by the Contractor without the Engineer's written approval. 12. OWNER The person, organization, or public body identified as such in the Contract. 13. PLANS (See Drawings) 14. SPECIFICATIONS Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Where standard specifications, such as those of ASTM, AASHTO, etc., have been referred to, the applicable portions of such standard specifications shall become a part of these Contract Documents. 15. NOTICE TO PROCEED A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor (with a copy to the Engineer) fixing the date on which the contract time will commence to run and on which the Contractor shall start to perform his obligation under the contract. The Notice to proceed shall be given within 30 days following execution of the Contract by the Owner. 16. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION "Substantial Completion" shall be that degree of completion of the Project, or a defined portion of the Project, sufficient to provide the Owner, at his discretion, the full-time use of the Project or defined portion of the Project for the purposes for which it was intended. NCCN 'IOM flglnntn Inc'0K01W Fo]n".v.IN. Altoma Section 00700 - 3 I I [I I I I I I I I r L I I I I Such substantial completion shall not relieve Contractor from liquidated damages should the Owner have added costs after the completion date, i.e., if additional construction observation, interest paid, loss of revenue, or other expenses continue to be charged to the Owner. 17. WORK The word "Work" within these Contract Documents shall include all material, labor, and tools; all appliances, machinery, transportation, and appurtenances necessary to perform and complete the contract; and such additional items not specifically indicated or described which can be reasonably inferred as belonging to the item described or indicated and as required by good practice to provide a complete and satisfactory system or structure. As used herein, "provide" shall be understood to mean "provide complete in -place", that is, "furnish and install". CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 18. INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is called for by one shall be as binding as if called for by all. The intent of the Documents is to include all Work (except specific items to be furnished by the Owner) necessary for completion of the Contract. Materials or Work described in words when so applied have a well-known technical and trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. 19. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS Any discrepancies or omissions found in the Contract Documents shall be reported to the Engineer immediately. The Engineer will clarify discrepancies or omissions, in writing, within a reasonable time. In resolving inconsistencies among two or more Sections of the Contract Documents, precedence shall be given in the following order: 1. CONTRACT 2. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 3. SPECIFICATIONS 4. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 5. GENERAL CONDITIONS 6. DRAWINGS. MCCIN1ond a L"IWIIIna E.gln.In Incoraoraiaa Folhlbvlllq Arkama. Section 00700 - 4 C Li Figure dimensions on Drawings shall take precedence over scale dimensions. Detailed Drawings shall take precedence over general Drawings. It is understood and agreed that the Work shall be performed and completed according to the true spirit, meaning, and intent of these Documents. ' I 20. ALTERATIONS - CHANGES IN WORK I I [l I I H Li H I r I I The Owner, without notice to the Sureties and without invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract by altering, adding to, or deducting from the Work, the Contract being adjusted accordingly. All such Work shall be executed under the conditions of the original Contract, except as specifically adjusted at the time of ordering such change. In giving instructions, the Engineer may order minor changes in the Work not involving extra cost and not inconsistent with the purposes of the Project, but otherwise, except in an emergency endangering life or property, additions or deductions from the Work shall be performed only in pursuance of an approved Change Order from the Owner, signed or countersigned by the Engineer, or a Change Order from the Engineer stating that the Owner has authorized the deduction, addition, or change, and no claim for additional payment shall be valid unless so ordered. If the Work is reduced by alterations, such action shall not constitute a claim for damages based on loss of anticipated profits. 21. VERIFICATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contractor shall thoroughly examine and become familiar with all of the various parts of these Contract Documents and determine the nature and location of the Work, the general andlocal conditions, and all other matters which can in any way affect the Work under this Contract. Failure to make an examination necessary for this determination shall not release the Contractor from the obligations of this Contract. The Contractor warrants that no verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, or with the Engineer either before or after the execution of this Contract, has affected or modified any of the terms or obligations herein contained. fl mccMif M CCv1hag Enpinura Incsoat. ne FY„II.v111Q ArkcIYCt Section 00700 - 5 C C I I Li I II I I I I I I I I I [I 22. DOCUMENTS TO BE KEPT ON THE JOBSITE The Contractor shall keep one copy of the Contract Documents on the jobsite, in good order, available to the Engineer and to his representatives. The Contractor shall maintain on a daily basis at the jobsite, and make available to the Engineer on request, one current record set of the Drawings which have been accurately marked up to indicate all modifications in the completed Work that differ from the design information shown on the Drawings. Upon substantial completion of the Work, the Contractor shall give the Engineer one complete set of marked up record Drawings. 23. ADDITIONAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Engineer will furnish to the Contractor on request and free of charge, three copies of the Project Manual and three sets of full-size Drawings. Additional copies of the Project Manual and the Drawings may be obtained on request by paying the price as shown in the Invitation to Bid for the Contract Documents. 24. OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS. All Drawings, Plans, Specifications, and copies thereof furnished by the Engineer and the Owner are their property. They are not to be used on other work and, with the exception of the signed Contract set, are to be returned to them on request at the completion of the Work. Any reuse of these materials without specific written verification or adaptation by the Engineer and the Owner will be at the risk of the user and without liability or legal expense to the Engineer and the Owner. Such user shall hold the Engineer and the Owner harmless from any and all damages, including reasonable attorneys' fees, from any and all claims arising from any such reuse. Any such verification and adaptation by the Engineer and the Owner will entitle the Engineer to further compensation at rates to be agreed upon by the user and the Engineer and the Owner. All models are the property of the Owner. THE ENGINEER 25. AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER The Engineer shall be the Owner's representative during the construction period. His authority and responsibility shall be limited to the provisions set forth in these Contract Documents. The Engineer shall MCClallaM coawltin0 a 0 EMlnura InWOaraba Fay.tlanila. Araan,aa Section 00700 - 6 I I I I I I L C L U [I I r I I 11 I have the authority to reject Work and material which does not conform to the Contract Documents. However, neither the Engineer's authority to act under this provision, nor any decision made by him in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority, shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of the Engineer to the Contractor, any Subcontractor, their respective Sureties, and of their agents or employees, or any other person performing any of the Work. 26. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER The Engineer will make periodic visits to the site of the Project to observe the progress and quality of the Work and to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the intent of the Contract Documents. He shall not be required to make comprehensive or continuous inspections to check quality or quantity of the Work, and he shall not be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Visits and observations made by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of his obligation to conduct comprehensive inspection of the work and to furnish materials and perform acceptable Work, and to provide adequate safety precautions, in conformance with the intent of the contract. The Engineer will make decisions, in writing, on all claims of the Owner or the Contractor arising from interpretation or execution of the Contract Documents. Such decision shall be necessary before the Contractor can receive additional money under the terms of the Contract. Changes in Work ordered by the Engineer will be made in compliance with Article 20, ALTERATIONS - CHANGES IN WORK. One or more construction observers may be assigned to observe the Work for compliance with the Contract Documents and to act in matters of construction under this Contract. It is understood that such Construction observers shall have the power to issue instructions and make decisions within the limitations of the authority of the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable assistance required by the Engineer or construction observer for proper review of the Work. Construction observers shall not have the power of authority to delete, increase, modify or otherwise change the requirements of the Contract Documents. The above -mentioned observation shall not relieve the Contractor of his obligations to conduct comprehensive MCCMIIarW EM110ofU Incorpora Mf iapru.du, Arkansas Section 00700 - 7 LJ I Li I I I I L7 C I I I H H I I inspections of the Work and to furnish materials and perform acceptable Work and to provide adequate safety precautions, in conformance with the intent of the Contract. 27. REJECTED MATERIAL Any material condemned or rejected by the Engineer or his authorized construction observer because of nonconformity with the Contract Documents shall be removed at once from the vicinity of the Work by the Contractor at his own expense, and the same shall not be used on the Work. 28. UNNOTICED DEFECTS Any defective Work or material that may be discovered by the Engineer before the final acceptance of Work, or before final payment has been made, or during the guarantee period, shall be removed and replaced by Work and materials which shall conform to the provisions of the Contract Documents. Failure on the part of the Engineer to condemn or reject bad or inferior Work or materials shall not be construed to imply acceptance of such Work or materials. The Owner shall reserve and retain all of its rights and remedies at law against the Contractor and its surety for correction of any and all latent defects discovered after the guarantee period. 29. RIGHT TO RETAIN IMPERFECT WORK In any part or portion of the Work done or material furnished under this Contract shall prove defective and not in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, and if the imperfection in the same shall not be of sufficient magnitude or importance as to make the Work dangerous or unsuitable, or if the removal of such Work will create conditions which are dangerous or undesirable, the Owner shall have the right and authority to retain such Work but shall make such deductions in the final payment therefor as may be just and reasonable. The Owner shall also have the option to require, at no added cost to the Owner, extended warranties, maintenance bonds, or other remedies to provide for repair or reconstruction of imperfect Work. 30. LINES AND GRADES Lines and grades shall be established as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. All stakes, marks, and other information shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of their careless or unnecessary Section 00700 - 8 McClelland Fiell.uaind oravines d Inaoroled Foprneville, dr.cnwr H I I I 11 I I I H L I I Li I Li I I destruction or removal by him or his employees, such stakes, marks, and other information will be replaced at the Contractor's expense. 31. SHOP DRAWINGS SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE The Contractor shall submit six (6) copies to the Engineer for his review, such shop drawings, electrical diagrams, and catalog cuts for fabricated items and manufactured items (including mechanical and electrical equipment) required for the construction. Shop drawings shall be submitted in sufficient time to allow the Engineer not less than 20 regular working days per submittal for examining the shop drawings. These shop drawings shall be accurate, distinct, and complete and shall contain all required information, including satisfactory identification of items, units, and assemblies in relation to the Contract Drawings and Specifications. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, shop drawings shall be submitted only by the Contractor, who shall indicate by a signed stamp on the shop drawings, or other approved means, that he (the Contractor) has checked the shop drawings, and that the Work shown is in accordance with contract requirements and has been checked for dimensions and relationship with Work of all other trades involved. The practice of submitting incomplete or unchecked shop drawings for the Engineer to correct or finish will not be acceptable, and shop drawings which, in the opinion of the Engineer, clearly indicate that they have not been checked by the contractor will be considered as not complying with the intent of the Contract Documents and will be returned to the Contractor for resubmission in the proper form. When the shop drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer, two (2) sets of submittals will be returned to the contractor appropriately stamped. If major changes or corrections are necessary, the shop drawings may be rejected and one (1) set will be returned to the Contractor with such changes or corrections indicated, and the contractor shall correct and resubmit the shop drawings in quadruplicate, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No changes shall be made by the contractor to resubmitted shop drawings other than those changes indicated by the Engineer, unless such changes are clearly described in a letter accompanying the resubmitted shop drawings. Napa (land Cons lfin0 p 0 Enymaars Incorporand Foyer$@ va,#, hrkdnfar Section 00700 - 9 I I I Li Li I C I I Li I I I I I r b C I The review of such shop drawings and catalog cuts by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for correctness of dimensions, fabrication details, and space requirements or for deviations from the Contract Drawings or Specifications unless the Contractor has called attention to such deviations in writing by a letter accompanying the shop drawings and the Engineer approves the change or deviation in writing at the time of submission; nor shall review by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for errors in the shop drawings. When the Contractor does call such deviations to the attention of the Engineer, the Contractor shall state in his letter whether or not such deviations involve any deduction or extra cost adjustment. 32. ADDITIONAL DETAIL DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS The Engineer will furnish, with reasonable promptness, additional instructions by means of drawings or otherwise, if, in the Engineer's opinion, such are required for the proper execution of the Work. All such drawings and instructions will be consistent with the Contract Documents, true development thereof, and reasonably inferable therefrom. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS EMPLOYEES 33. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS The Contractor shall perform all Work under this Contract as an Independent Contractor and shall noR be considered as an agent of the Owner or of the Engineer, nor shall the Contractor's subcontractors or employees by subagents of the Owner or of the Engineer. 34. SUBCONTRACTING Within 30 days after the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the names of all subcontractors proposed for the Work, including the names of any subcontractors that were submitted with the Proposal. The Contractor shall not employ any subcontractors that the Engineer may object to as lacking capability to properly perform Work of the type and scope anticipated. No changes will be allowed from the approved subcontractor list without written approval of the Engineer. MCCN IIOS t O M conwtHny Enarnwn InaaraaroNd Fay.'nlvi. •, Y•cam Section 00700 - 10 I I I I I I n I I I I I 1 C I I I El 35. The Contractor agrees that he is as fully responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of his subcontractors and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them as he is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by him. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relation between any subcontractor and the Owner. INSURANCE AND LIABILITY A. GENERAL The Contractor shall provide (from insurance companies acceptable to the Owner) the insurance coverage designated hereinafter and pay all costs. Before execution of the Contract, Contractor shall furnish the Owner with complete copies of all insurance policies and certificates of insurance specified herein showing the type, amount, class of operations covered, effective dates, and date of expiration of policies, and containing substantially the following statement. "The insurance covered by this certificate will not be cancelled or materially altered, except after 30 days written notice has been received by the Owner". In case of the breach of any provision of this Article, the Owner at his option, may take out and maintain, at the expense of the Contractor, such insurance as the Owner may deem proper and may deduct the cost of such insurance from any monies which may be due or become due the Contractor under this Contract. B. CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR INSURANCE The Contractor shall not execute the Contract or commence Work under this Contract until he has obtained all the insurance required hereunder and such insurance has been reviewed and approved by the Owner, nor shall the Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence Work on his subcontract until insurance specified below has been obtained. Review of the insurance by the Owner shall not relieve or decrease the liability of the Contractor hereunder. YCCMlland fp1w11I1n0 a 0 fnWnasn lna>asrofd Fnj.R. r ;J4, ArNONan Section 00700 - 11 I I I I I I I I I I I I Li I I [I I I I C. COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE The Contractor shall maintain during the life of this Contract the statutory Workmen's Compensation, in addition, Employer's Liability Insurance in an amount not less than $100,000 for each occurrence, for all of his employees to be engaged in Work on the Project under this Contract and, in case any such Work is sublet, the Contractor shall require the subcontractor similarly to provide Workman's Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance for all of the latter's employees to be engaged in such Work. Where Work under this Contract includes any water or navigational exposure, coverage shall be included to cover the Federal Longshoremen's and Haborworker's Act and the Federal Jones Act. Employer's Liability Insurance shall be extended to include waiver of subrogation to the Owner. D. GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE The Contractor shall maintain during the life of this Contract such general liability, completed operations and products liability, and automobile liability insurance as will provide coverage for claims for damages for. personal injury, including accidental death, as well as for claims for property damage, which may arise directly or indirectly from performance of the Work under this Contract. The general liability policy should also specifically ensure the contractual liability assumed by the Contractor under Article Indemnification. Coverage for property damage shall be on a "broad form" basis with no exclusions for "XC & U". Amount of insurance to be provided shall be as shown below: 1. Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability Insurance For not less than the following limits of liability: Bodily Injury: $500,000 each occurrence $500,000 aggregate Property Damage: $250,000 each occurrence $250,000 aggregate MCCNIImd ConsoSNn0 a 0 Enamkkrs Incur Foy.".vll", Arkansas Section 00700 - 12 I El I I I 7 L C I I H I I I I II I Include the following coverage: o Waiver of all "XCU" exclusions. o Broad Form Property Damage and Personal Injury Liability. o Independent Contractor's Coverage 2. Contractor's Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance For not less than the following limits of liability: Bodily Injury: $ 500,000 each person $1,000,000 each occurrence Property Damage: $ 100,000 each occurrence OR Bodily Injury and Property Damage: $1,000,000 combined single limit each occurrence. Include Hired car and Non -ownership coverage. 3. Contractor's Excess Umbrella policy: $1,000,000 limit of liability policy shall be provided. ENGINEER SHALL BE INCLUDED AS ADDITIONAL INSURED: Insurance certificates furnished by the Contractor and/or subcontractor(s) shall include the Engineer as an "Additional Insured" for all Liability and Property Damage policies. In the event any Work under this Contract is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor shall be responsible for any liability directly or indirectly arising out of the Work performed under this Contract by a subcontractor, which liability is not covered by the subcontractor's insurance. The Contractor's and any subcontractor's general liability and automobile liability insurance policies shall include the Owner and Engineer, their officers, agents, and employees as additional insureds for any claims arising out of Work performed under this contract. yecNllem e rye fp 0 0 ncueen lnwrprperMeO Fofrlevllle, Artpnepe Section 00700 - 13 I I I I I I I I I I Lam' I [] 1 I I I I E. G. BUILDER'S RISK ALL-RISK INSURANCE Unless otherwise modified in the Supplementary conditions, the Contractor shall secure and maintain during the life of this Contract, Builders Risk All Risk Insurance coverage in an amount equal to the full replacement value of structures, equipment, electrical, and mechanical systems only. Such insurance shall not exclude coverage for earthquake, landslide, flood, collapse, blasting, or loss due to the results of faulty workmanship and shall provide for losses to be paid to the Contractor, Subcontractor, and the Owner as their interests may appear. OWNER'S AND INSURANCE CONTRACTOR'S PROTECTIVE LIABILITY The contractor's shall, at his expense, provide the owner with an Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance Policy naming the Owner as the named insured and the Engineer, its architects and engineers, and each of their officers, agents, and employees as additional insured under that policy, said policy to protect said parties from claims which may arise from operations under the Contract. Limits of policy coverage shall be: Bodily Injury: $ 500,000 each person $1,000,000 aggregate Property Damage $ 250,000 each person $ 250,000 aggregate OR $1,000,000 combined -single limit each occurrence/aggregate. INSURANCE COVERAGE FOR SPECIAL CONDITIONS When the construction is to be accomplished within a public or private right-of-way requiring special insurance coverage, the Contractor shall conform to the particular requirements and provide the required insurance. The Contractor shall include in his liabilitypolicy all endorsements that the said authority may require for the protection of the authority, its officers, agents and employees. MCGMIgoad [aMI" ing Engineers IncYD.r01 4 Fayl/hvllll, Arkan$s Section 00700 - 14 I I I I I I I El I I I I 1] [I I I I Insurance coverage for special conditions, when required, shall be provided as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. H. NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS in carrying out any of the provisions hereof in exercising any authority granted by the Contractor, there will be no personal liability upon any public official. 36. INDEMNITY The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, the Engineer, and their agents and employees from and against damages, losses, and expenses including attorney's fees, up to the amount of the Contract price, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense (1) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury or to destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (2) is caused in whole or in part by any act or omission of the Contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, provided that such claims, damages, losses, and expenses are not proximately caused by the negligence of any indemnitee in the design, or by the sole negligence of any indemnitee in the inspection of the Work that is the subject of this construction Contract. In any and all claims against the Owner, the Engineer, or any of their agents or employees by any employee of the Contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Article shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any subcontractor under Workmen's Compensation Acts, Disability Benefit Acts, or other Employee Benefit Acts. MGCM Ilene Cenw11ina Lag an flroo amrporelW foy.tNyelo, Arkanas Section 00700 - 15 I I I I I] I I I I I I I I I [l I H I 37. TAXES AND CHARGES The Contractor shall withhold and pay any and all sales and use taxes, including any and all change of taxes thereof, and all withholding taxes, whether state or federal, and pay all Social Security charges and also all State Unemployment Compensation charges, and pay or cause to be withheld, as the case may be, any and all taxes, charges, or fees or sums whatsoever, which are now or may hereafter be required to be paid or withheld under any laws. 38. ORDINANCES, PERMITS, AND LICENSES The Contractor shall keep himself informed of all local ordinances, as well as state and federal laws, which in any manner affect the Work herein specified. The Contractor shall at all times comply with said ordinances, laws, and regulations, and protect and indemnify the Owner, the Engineer and their respective employees, and its officers and agents against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such laws, ordinances, or regulations up to the amount of the Contract Price. All permits, licenses, and inspection fees necessary for prosecution and completion of the work shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor, unless otherwise specified. 39. SUPERINTENDENCE The Contractor shall keep on the Work, during its progress, competent supervisory personnel. The contractor shall designate, in writing, before starting Work, one authorized representative who shall have complete authority to represent and to act for the Contractor. The Contractor shall give efficient supervision to the Work, using his best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques, and procedures, and for providing adequate safety precautions and coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract. It is specifically understood and agreed that the Engineer, its employees and agents, shall not have control or charge of and shall not be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, procedures, or for providing adequate safety precautions in connection with the Work under the contract. MCC!'land n Cad, wlhut - m Inaarprp c OloMd Faysttsvllls, Arkansas Section 00700 - 16 I I I I I I I I I C I H I I I 40. RECEPTION OF ENGINEER'S DIRECTION The superintendent, or other duly authorized representative of the Contractor, shall represent the contractor in all directions given to him by the Engineer. Such directions of major importance will be confirmed in writing. Any direction will be so confirmed, in each case, on written request from the contractor. 41. SANITATION Sanitary conveniences conforming to state and local codes shall be erected and maintained by the Contractor at all times while workers are employed on the Work. The sanitary conveniences facilities shall be as approved by the Engineer. 42. EMPLOYEES The Contractor shall employ only men or women who are competent and skillful in their respective line of work. Whenever the Engineer or Owner shall notify the Contractor that any person on the Work is, in their opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, or disorderly or refuses to carry out the provisions of this Contract or uses threatening or abusive language to any person representing the Owner on the Work, or is otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be immediately discharged from the Project and shall not be re-employed thereon except with the consent of the Engineer by the Owner. 43. PROJECT MEETINGS The Engineer may conduct Project meetings, as he deems necessary, for the purposes of discussing and resolving matters concerning the various elements of the Work. Time and place for these meetings and the names of persons required to be present shall be as directed by the Engineer. Contractor shall comply with these attendance requirements and shall also require his subcontractors to comply. 44. SAFETY The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the jobsite, including safety of all persons (including employees) and property during performance of the Work. This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. IKCN IICn! e M Cenevlfia Enprneen lneer0erefM FC//flevr1ro, A,MOSOCS Section 00700 - 17 I I 1 I I I [1 I I I I I I I I II Safety provisions shall conform to U.S. Department of Labor; (OSHA); the State Labor Department Laws; all other applicable federal, state, county, and local laws, ordinances, and codes; the requirements set forth below; and any regulations that may be detailed in other parts of these Documents. Where any of these are in conflict, the more stringent requirements shall be followed. The Contractor's failure to thoroughly familiarize himself with the aforementioned safety provisions shall not relieve him from compliance with the obligations and penalties set forth herein. The Contractor shall develop and maintain for the duration of this Contract, a safety program that will effectively incorporate and implement all required safety provisions. The Contractor shall appoint an employee who is qualified and authorized to supervise and enforce compliance with the safety program. The duty of the Engineer to conduct of the Contractor's performance i include a review or approval of t Contractor's safety supervisor, the any safety measures taken in, construction site. construction review s not intended to he adequacy of the safety program, or on, or near the The Contractor, as a part of his safety program, shall maintain at his office, or other well-known place at the jobsite, safety equipment applicable to the Work as prescribed by the aforementioned authorities, all articles necessary for giving first aid to the injured, and shall establish the procedure for the immediate removal to a hospital of a doctor's care of persons (including employees) who may be injured on the jobsite. If death or serious injuries or serious damages are caused, the accident shall be reported immediately by telephone or messenger to both the Engineer and the Owner. In addition, the Contractor must promptly report in writing to the Engineer all accidents whatsoever arising out of, or in connection with, the performance of the Work whether on, or adjacent to the site, giving full details and statements of witnesses. If a claim is made by anyone against the Contractor or any subcontractor on account of any accident, the Contractor shall promptly report the facts in writing to the Engineer, giving full details of the claim. gcCNUaad Enainasrs InaYaaroMd Farv.vtlN, Atlanta! Section 00700 - 18 C I I I I I I [I I I I I I I I J [] I 45. CONTRACTOR'S TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT The Contractor's tools and equipment used on the Work shallbe furnished in sufficient quantity and of a capacity and type that will safely perform the Work specified, and shall be maintained and used in a manner that will not create a hazard to persons or property, or cause a delay in the progress of the Work. 46. PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY The Contractor shall at all times safely guard the Owner's property from injury or loss in connection with this Contract. The Contractor shall at all times safely guard and protect from damage his own Work, and that of adjacent property (as provided by law and the Contract Documents). All passageways, guard fences, lights, and other facilities required for protection by federal, state, or municipal laws and regulations and local conditions, must be provided and maintained. The Contractor shall protect his Work and materials from damage due to the nature of the Work, the elements, carelessness of other Contractors, or from any cause whatever until the completion and acceptance of the Work. All loss or damages arising out of the nature of the Work to be done under these Contract Documents, or from any unforeseen obstruction or defects which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, or from the action of the elements, shall be sustained by the Contractor. In addition, the Contractor shall take special precautions to prevent the "flotation" of all tanks and structures prior to their final acceptance and filling for beneficial use. The Contract price shall include all costs associated with such special precautions. Also, the Contractor shall not load or permit any part of any structure to be loaded with a weight that will endanger its safety or its structural integrity. 47. RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR TO ACT IN EMERGENCY In case of an emergency which threatens loss or injury of property, and/or safety of life, the Contractor shall act, without previous instructions from the Owner or Engineer, as the situation may warrant. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer thereof immediately thereafter. MCCNINnd cc.,Wlllnp [a]Naarl InWrasraNd FayalNWlN, Arlronsas Section 00700 - 19 I I F I I I C I I I I I [1 I [I I I m 49 50. Any claim for compensation by the Contractor, together with substantiating documents in regard to expense, shall be submitted to the Owner through the Engineer and the amount of compensation shall be determined by agreement. MATERIALS AND APPLIANCES Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, water, tools, equipment, light, power, transportation, and other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the Work. Unless otherwise specified, all material shall be new, and both workmanship and materials shall be of good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. In selecting and/or approving equipment for installation in the Project, the Owner and Engineer assume no responsibility for injury or claims resulting from failure of the equipment to comply with applicable national, state, and local safety codes or requirements, or the safety requirements of a recognized agency, or failure due to faulty design concepts, or defective workmanship and materials. CONTRACTOR'S AND MANUFACTURERS' COMPLIANCE WITH STATE SAFETY, OSHA, AND OTHER CODE REQUIREMENTS. The completed Work shall include all necessary permanent safety devices, such as machinery guards and similar ordinary safety items required by the state and federal (OSHA) industrial authorities and applicable local and national codes. Further, any features of the Work (including owner -selected equipment) subject to such safety regulations shall be fabricated, furnished, and installed in compliance with these requirements. Contractors and manufacturers of equipment shall be held responsible for compliance with the requirements included herein. Contractors shall notify all equipment suppliers and subcontractors of the provisions of this Article. SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS Except for owner -selected equipment items and items where no substitution is clearly specified, whenever any material, article, device, product, fixture, form, type or construction, or process is indicated or specified by patent or proprietary name, by name of manufacturer, or, flIKCl.uana En.ln..n lnaxaoral.a Fo,.I/.vUl., drkon.a. Section 00700 - 20 H H H I I I I I I I [I I I H I I by catalog number, such specifications shall be deemed to be used for the purpose of establishing a standard of quality and facilitating the description of the material or process desired. This procedure is not to be construed as eliminating from competition other products of equal or better quality by other manufacturers where fully suitable in design, and shall be deem to be followed by the words "or equal". The Bidder may, in such cases, submit complete data to the Engineer (with his Bid Proposal, as stipulated hereinbefore) for consideration of another material, type, or process which shall be substantially equal in every respect to that so indicated or specified. Substitute materials shall not be used unless approved in writing. The Owner or his authorized agent will be the sole judge of the substituted article or material. 51. TESTS, SAMPLES AND INSPECTIONS The Contractor shall furnish, without extra charge, the necessary test pieces and samples, including facilities and labor for obtaining the same, as requested by the Engineer. When required, the Contractor shall furnish certificates of tests of materials and equipment made at the point of manufacture by a recognized testing laboratory. The Owner, Engineer, authorized government agents, and their representatives shall at all times be provided safe access to the Work wherever it is in preparation or progress, and the Contractor shall provide facilities for such access and for inspection, including maintenance of temporary and permanent access. If the Specifications, the Engineer's instructions, laws, ordinances, or any public authority requires any Work to be specially tested or approved, the Contractor shall give timely notice of its readiness for inspection. Inspections to be conducted by the Engineer will be promptly made, and where practicable, at the source of supply. If any Work should be covered upwithoutt ch uncovered for examination at the Contractor's expense. ,4c[l.11nna con .Wlin fl pp Enpinon lncorfM.ue F.pn.vmq Arlon. Section 00700 - 21 I I H El I L L I [1 H I L H I I I I H 52. ROYALTIES AND PATENTS The Contractor shall pay all royalty and license fees, unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall defend all suits and claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the Owner and the Engineer harmless from any and all loss, including reasonable attorneys' fees, on account thereof, up to the amount of the Contract Price. 53. CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP WORK OR TERMINATE CONTRACT If the Work should be stopped under an order of any court or other public authority for a period of more than 3 months, through no act or fault of the Contractor, its Subcontractors, or respective employees or agents, then the Contractor may, upon 15 days' written notice to the Owner and the Engineer, if said default has not been cured, stop Work to terminate this Contract and recover from the Owner payment for the reasonable value of Work performed. 54. CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK FOUND DURING WARRANTY PERIOD The Contractor hereby agrees to make, at his own expense, all repairs or replacement necessitated by defects in materials or workmanship, supplied under terms of this Contract, and pay for any damage to other work resulting from such defects, which become evident within 1 year after the date of final acceptance of the Work or within 1 year after the date of substantial completion established by the Engineer for specified items of equipment, or within such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor further assumes responsibility for a similar guarantee for all Work and materials provided by subcontractors or manufacturers of packaged equipment components. The effective date for the start of the guarantee or warranty period for equipment qualifying as substantially complete is defined in Article 16, SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, and Article 65, SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE, in these General Conditions. The Contractor also agrees to hold the Owner and the Engineer harmless from liability of any kind arising from damage due to said defects. The Contractor shall make all repairs and replacements promptly upon receipt of written order for same from the Owner. If the contractor fails to make the repairs and replacements promptly, the Owner may do the Work, and the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable for the cost thereof. Any additioinal kKGellana Coen 1n9 Engineers In axaeraMd FajlrleviII., Arkansas Section 00700 - 22 I I J 1 I I L LI I J I I Li J I J requirements for the Project relative to correction of defective Work after final acceptance are set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. PROGRESS OF THE WORK 55. BEGINNING OF THE WORK Before Work shall be started and materials ordered, the contractor shall meet and consult with the Owner and/or Engineer relative to materials, equipment, and all arrangements for prosecuting the Work. 56. SCHEDULES AND PROGRESS REPORTS The Contractor shall submit to the Owner such schedule of quantities and costs, progress schedules, payrolls, reports, records, and other data as the Owner may request concerning Work performed or to be performed under this Contract. Construction ScheduleReauirements: The Contractor shall comply with the following requirements concerning construction scheduling and payments: The Contractor shall submit a construction schedule of the bar graph type (or other approved type) prior to the pre -construction conference showing the following information as a minimum: a. Date of Notice to proceed with Contract Work b. Actual date construction is scheduled to start if different from the date of Notice to proceed. c. Contract completion date. d. Beginning and completion dates for each phase of Work. e. The dates at which special detail drawings are required. f. Respective dates for submission of shop drawings and the beginning of manufacture, the testing of, and the installation of materials, supplies, and equipment. g. All construction milestone dates. flMcCgildn! C1 aol tin, Enoinwn mca.ao.ona Fartbviib, Ackon/Y2 Section 00700 - 23 I H H I b I HI H H L L C [l I LJ [I I 7 `JI 57 h. A separate graph showing Work placement in dollars versus Contract time. The schedule shall incorporate approved Contract changes. The schedule shall be maintained in an up-to-date condition monthly and shall be available for inspection at the construction site at all times. The construction schedule shall be submitted inconjunction with and/or in addition to any other requirements concerning schedule within these Specifications. PROSECUTION OF THE WORK It is expressly understood and agreed that the time of beginning, rate of progress, and time of completion of the Work are the essence of this Contract. The Work shall be prosecuted at such time, and in or on such part or parts of the Project as may be required, to complete the Project as contemplated in the Contract Documents and the approved construction schedule. If the Contractor desires to carry on Work at night or outside the regular hours (7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday). he shall first obtain the permission of the Engineer. He shall also give timely notice to the Engineer to allow satisfactory arrangements to be made for observation of the Work in progress. If the Work to be done "after hours" requires the full-time presence of a representative of the Engineer, then the Contractor must reimburse the Owner for payments made to the Engineer for this purpose. The cost of additional engineering services will be based upon actual hours worked (labor cost x 3) plus out-of-pocket expenses such as lodging, mileage, materials, etc. Otherwise, the Contractor may perform clean-up work only outside of regular hours (including Saturdays and Sundays). No Work will be accomplished on holidays. ASSIGNMENT Neither party to the Contractor shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole, without the written consent of the other, nor shall the Contractor assign any monies dues or to become due to him hereunder without the previous written consent of the Owner. MKlenaad a fonwltin Q Engffihlrl Incarparpera/t0 Faw"eville, Arkanwt Section 00700 - 24 I IN I I I I I 7 I H C H I I [1 I H H I I I 59. OWNER'S RIGHT TO DO WORK If the Contractor should, in the opinion of the Engineer, neglect to prosecute the Work properly or should neglect or refuse at his own cost to take up and replace Work as shall have been rejected by the Engineer, then the Owner shall notify the Surety of the condition, and after 10 days' written notice to the Contractor and the Surety, or without notice if an emergency or danger to the Work or public exists, and without prejudice to any other right which the Owner may have under the Contract, take over that portion of the work which has been improperly executed or uncompleted, and make good the deficiencies and deduct the cost thereof from the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor, and if such payments are not sufficient thereof, charge the cost to the Contractor and its surety. 60. OWNER'S RIGHT TO TRANSFER EMPLOYMENT If the Contractor should abandon the Work or should be adjudged bankrupt, or if he should make a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, of if a receiver should be appointed on account of his insolvency, or if he should persistently or repeatedly refuse or should fail, except in cases for which extension of time is provided, to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials, or if he should fail to make prompt payment to subcontractors for material or labor, or persistently disregard laws, ordinances,or the instructions of the Engineer, or otherwise be guilty of a substantial violation of any provision of the Contract or any laws or ordinance, then the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, and after giving the Contractor and Surety 7 days' written notice, transfer the employment for said Work from the Contractor to the Surety. Upon receipt of such notice, such Surety shall enter upon the premises and take possession of all materials, tools, and appliances thereon for the purpose of completing the Work included under this Contract and employ, by Contract and otherwise, any qualified person or persons to finish the Work and provide the materials therefore, in accordance with the Contract Documents, without termination of the continuing full force and effect of this Contract. In case of such transfer of employment to such Surety, the Surety shall be paid in its own name on estimates according to the terms hereof without any right of the Contractor to make any claim for the same or any part thereof. MCCM hood Cansalfinp Eapmun lntaraasafsa Fa}rffsvllM, Arkansas Section 00700 - 25 r I I Li I I I I I I LI I [I I I I If after the furnishing of said written notice to the Surety, the Contractor and the Surety still fail to make reasonable progress on the performance of the Work, the Owner may terminate the employment of the Contractor and take possession of the premises and of all materials, tools and appliances, thereon and finish the Work by whatever method he may deem expedient and charge the cost thereof to the Contractor and Surety. in such case, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the expense of completing the Contract, including compensation for additional managerial and administrative services, shall exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor and the Surety shall pay the difference to the Owner. 61. DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME If the Contractor is delayed in the progress of the Work by any separate Contractor employed by the Owner, or by strikes,lockouts, fire, excessive adverse weather conditions not reasonably anticipated (on the basis of official weather records from the past ten years minimum, from the locality involved), or acts of God, the Contractor shall, within 48 hours of the start of the occurrence, give written notice to the Owner of the cause of the potential delay and estimate the possible time extension involved, and within 7 days after the cause of the delay has been remedied, the Contractor shall give written notice to the Owner of any actual time extension requested as a result of the aforementioned occurrence; then the Contract time may be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Engineer determines. It is agreed that no claim shall be made or allowed for any damage which may arise out of any delay caused by the above referenced acts or occurrences, other than claims for the appropriate extension of time. No extension of time will be granted to the Contractor for delays occurring to parts of the Work that have no measurable impact on the completion of the total Work under this Contract; nor will extension of time be granted for delays to parts of Work that are not located on the critical path if the Critical Path Method (CPM) is used for scheduling the Work. No extension of time will be considered for weather conditions normal to the area in which the Work is being performed. Unusual weather conditions, if determined by the Engineer to be a severity that would stop all progress of the Work, may be considered as cause for an extension of Contract completion time. The Contractor MGClallatM 0 M Con,ulFina Enpinlr$ in corn or. Fed Foy.tt.vfll.1 ArkansC Section 00700 - 26 U I I I I I I I C I I I I I [1 I I 62. shall provide official documentation of weather conditions experienced versus those anticipated as described above. Delays in delivery of equipment or material purchased by the Contractor or his subcontractors (including owner -selected) equipment shall not be considered as a just cause for delay. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the timely ordering, scheduling, expediting, delivery, and installation of all equipment and materials. Within a reasonable period after the Contractor submits to the Owner a written request for an extension of time, the Engineer will present his written opinion to the Owner as to whether an extension of time is justified, and, if so, his recommendation as to the number of days for time extension. The Owner will make the final decision on all requests for extension of time. In no event shall the Contractor be entitled under this Contract to collect or recover any damages, loss, or expense incurred by any delay other than as caused by the Owner, as stipulated in Article 73, NOTICE OF CLAIM FOR DELAY. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The Work shall begin at the time stated in the Notice to Proceed issued by the Owner to the Contractor and shall be completed within the number of consecutive calendar days, or by the calendar date, stated in the accepted Proposal and Contract. The time shall be computed from and including the date stated in the Notice to Proceed. It is agreed that time is of the essence of this Contract. The Contractor agrees that said Work shall be prosecuted regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly at such rate or progress as will insure full completion thereof within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the completion of the Work described herein is a reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and usual construction conditions prevailing in this locality. MCCMIICS Canwtflit C t inpin.'e Incur FO tflvll., Artenwr Section 00700 - 27 I I I H I I I I I I I I I [I I I If the Contractor shall neglect, fail, or refuse, to complete the Work within the time herein specified, or any proper extension thereof granted by the Owner, then the Contractor does hereby agree, as a part consideration for the awarding of this Contract, a penalty put as liquidated damages for such breach of Contract, as hereinafter set forth, for each and every calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated in the Contract for completing the Work. The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages which the Owner would in such event sustain, and said amount shall be retained from time to time by the Owner from current periodic pay estimates. 63. OTHER CONTRACTS The Owner reserves the right to let other Contracts in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall afford other Contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their Work and shall properly connect and coordinate his Work with theirs. If any part of the Work under this Contract depends on the prior acceptable completion of Work by others under separate Contract(s), the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any defects in such Work that would adversely affect the satisfactory completion of the Work under this contract. The Contractor's failure to so inspect and report shall constitute acceptance of the Work by others as being suitable for the proper reception and completion of the Work under this Contract, excluding, however, those defects in the Work by others that occur after the satisfactory completion of the Work specified hereunder. 64. USE OF PREMISES The Contractor shall confine his equipment, the storage of materials, and the operation of his workers to limits shown on the Drawings or indicated by law, ordinances, permits, or directions of the Engineer, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with his materials. The Contractor shall provide, at his own expense, the necessary rights -of -way and access to the Work which may be required outside the limits of the Owner's property. nMCCIaIIOIW CanNlling Enalnssrs noerOO,O/OO Fay.? aville, Arkansas Section 00700 - 28 I I I I I I I I I 1] I I I 65. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE The Engineer may, at his sole discretion, issue a written notice of substantial completion for the purpose of establishing the starting date for specific equipment guarantees, and to establish the date that the Owner will assume the responsibility for the cost of operating such equipment. Said notice shall not be considered as final acceptance of any portion of the Work or relieve the Contractor from completing the remaining Work within the specified time and in full compliance with the Contract Documents. Such substantial completion shall not relieve the Contractor from liquidated damages should the Owner have added costs after the completion date, i.e., if additional construction observation, interest paid, loss of revenue, or other expenses continue to be charged to the Owner. Substantial completion of an operating facility shall be that degree of completion that will provide a minimum of 7 continuous work days of successful operation in which all performance and acceptance testing has been successfully demonstrated to the Engineer. All equipment contained in the Work, plus all other components necessary to enable the Owner to operate the facility in the manner that was intended, shall be complete on the substantial completion date. See "SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION" under Article DEFINITIONS, of these General Conditions. 66. PERFORMANCE TESTING Operating equipment and systems shall be performance tested in the presence of the Engineer to demonstrate compliance with the specified requirements. Performance testing shall be conducted under the specified design operating conditions or under such simulated operating conditions as recommended or approved by the Engineer. Schedule such testing with the Engineer at least 1 week in advance of the planned date for testing. 67. OWNER'S USE OF PORTIONS OF THE WORK The Owner shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the Work. Such use shall not be considered as final acceptance of any portion of the Work, nor shall such use be considered as extension of the Contract cause for an MCCJ. Ilan, Consulting Engln..rs lnMaorof.a Faysrr..11l., ArAon.as Section 00700 - 29 I fl n I Li Li H completion time, unless authorized by a Change Order issued by the Owner. 68. CUTTING AND PATCHING The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, or patching of his Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and fit it to receive or be received by Work of other Contractors shown upon or reasonable implied by the Drawings. Any defective Work or material, performed or furnished by the Contractor, that may be discovered by the Engineer before the final acceptance of the Work or before final payment has been made, shall be removed and replaced or patched, in a manner as approved by the Engineer at the expense of the Contractor. 69. CLEANING UP ' PAYMENT I I I LI L 1J I I The Contractor shall, at all times, at his own expense, keep property on which Work is in progress and the adjacent property free from accumulations of waste material or rubbish caused by employees or by the Work. Upon completion of the construction, the Contractor shall at his own expense, remove all temporary structures, rubbish, and waste materials resulting. from his operations. 70. PAYMENT FOR CHANGE ORDERS Payment or credit for any alternations covered by a Change Order shall be determined by one or a combination of the methods set forth in A, B, or C below as applicable: A. UNIT PRICES. If applicable, those unit prices stipulated in the Proposal, shall be utilized. If such Unit Prices are not applicable, the Contractor and Owner may utilize Unit Prices as mutually agreed upon. B. LUMP SUM. negotiated Contractor In "A" and "B" a Orders shall be A total lump sum for the Work may be as mutually agreed upon by the and Owner. bove, Contractor's quotations for Change in writing and firm for a period of 90 MKMIIOflM ConwWi'9 Enpmgn Incvoero"a Fawn.Wu., Arknoaa Section 00700 - 30 I I I I I I I I [l I I I I I I I [] days. Any compensation paid in conjunction with the terms of a Change Order shall comprise total compensation due the Contractor for the Work or alteration defined in the Change Order. By signing the Change Order, the Contractor acknowledges that the stipulated compensation includes payment for the Work or alteration plus all payment for the interruption of schedules, extended overhead, delay or any other impact claim or ripple effect, and by such signing specifically waives any reservation or claim for additional compensation in respect to the subject of the Change Order. The Owner's request for quotations on alterations to the work shall not be considered authorization to proceed with the Work prior to the issuance of a formal Change Order, nor shall such request justify any delay in existing Work. Lump Sum quotations for alterations to the Work shall include substantiating documentation with an itemized breakdown of Contractor and subcontractor costs, including labor, material, rentals, approved services, overhead, and profit calculated as specified under "C" below. C. FORCE ACCOUNT WORK. If the method of payment cannot be agreed upon prior to the beginning of the Work, and the Owner or the Engineer directs that the Work be done by written Change Order or on a force account basis, then the Contractor shall furnish labor, equipment, and materials necessary to complete the Work in a satisfactory manner and within a reasonable period of time. For the Work performed, payment will be made for the documented actual cost of the following: 1. Labor, including foremen, who are directly assigned to the force account Work: (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits as established by negotiated labor agreements, labor insurance, and labor taxes as established by law). No other fixed labor burdens will be considered, unless approved in writing by the Owner. 2. Material delivered and used on the designated Work, including sales tax, if paid by the Contractor or his subcontractor. 3. Rental, or equivalent rental cost of equipment, including necessary transportation for items having a value in excess of $100. nM<CM lies CanMMorin0 EMi-sn InaxOaralM Fay& t.villa, Arkda/aa Section 00700 - 31 I 1 I IJ L I I I I I [1 I 1 El El Cl I 4. Additional bond, as required and approved by the Owner. 5. Additional insurance (other than labor insurance) as required and approved by the Owner. To costs under 70C, FORCE ACCOUNT WORK, there will be added the following fixed fees for the Contractor or subcontractor actually performing the Work. A fixed fee not to exceed 15 percent of the cost of all items above. The added fixed fees shall be considered to be full compensation, covering the cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and any other general expense. The Owner reserves the right to furnish such materials and equipment as he deems expedient, and the Contractor shall have no claim for profit or added fees on the cost of such materials and equipment. For equipment under Item 3 above, rental or equivalent rental cost will be allowed for only those days or hours during which the equipment is in actual use. Rental and transportation allowances shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing .in the locality. The rentals allowed for equipment will, in all cases, be understood to cover all fuel, supplies, repairs, and renewals, and no further allowances will be made for those items, unless specific agreement to that effect is made. The Contractor shall maintain his records in such a manner as to provide a clear distinction between the direct cost of Work paid for a force account basis and the costs of other operations. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer report sheets in duplicate of each day's force account Work no later than the working day following the performance of said Work. The daily report sheets shall itemize the materials used, and shall cover the direct cost of labor and the charges for equipment rental, whether furnished by the Contractor, subcontractor, or other forces. The daily report sheets shall provide names or identifications and classifications of workers, the hourly rate of pay and hours worked, and also the size, type, and identification number of equipment and hours operated. MCCNlland CanWll%nd Enlbnoon lnovporalS Fa,oflavllla, Arkanoa Section 00700 - 32 I I I I I I I I I I I [1 I I I I I Material charges shall be substantiated by valid copies of vendors' invoices. Such invoices shall be submitted with the daily report sheets, or, if not available, they shall be submitted with subsequent daily report sheets. Said daily report sheets shall be signed by the Contractor or his authorized agent. To receive partial payments and final payment for force account work, the Contractor shall submit in a manner approved by the Engineer, detailed and complete documented verification of the Contractor's and any of his subcontractors' actual current costs involved in the force account Work pursuant to the issuance of an approved Change Order. Such costs shall be submitted within 30 days after said Work has been performed. No payment will be made for Work billed and submitted to the Engineer after the 30 -day period has expired. No extra or additional Work shall be performed by the Contractor, except in an emergency endangering life or property, unless in pursuance of a written Change Order, as provided in Article 20, ALTERATIONS - CHANGES IN WORK. 71. PARTIAL PAYMENTS A. GENERAL Nothing contained in this Article shall be construed to affect the right, hereby reserved, to reject the whole or any part of the aforesaid Work, should such Work be later found not to comply with the provisions of the Contract Documents. All estimated quantities of Work for which partial payments have been made are subject to review and correction on the final estimate. Payment by the Owner and acceptance by the Contractor of partial payments based on periodic estimates of quantities of Work performed shall not in any way, constitute acceptance of the estimated quantities used as the basis for computing the amounts of the partial payments. For public works projects, each partial payment request and final payment request shall contain an affidavit by the Contractor that all provisions of the applicable federal and state requirements regarding apprentices and payment of prevailing wages have been complied with by him and by his Subcontractors. B. ESTIMATE AND PAYMENT Before the first working day of each calendar month, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a detailed estimate of the amount earned for the separate portions MoCM11O" EC/Inon IncorOKON! FoyMNallla, Artontas Section 00700 - 33 I I I I I I I I] I I� H I I I I I C of the Work, and request payment. As used in this Article, the words "amount earned" means the value, on the date of the estimate for partial payment, of the Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, and the value of approved materials delivered to the Project site suitably stored and protected prior to incorporation into the Work. If the Contractor's estimate of amount earned conforms with the Engineer's evaluation, the Engineer will calculate the amount due the Contractor and make recommendation to the Owner for payment. An estimate of monthly progress payments shall be provided for the entire job prior to the first payment request. An update of the estimate of progress payments shall be updated if the actual progress differs by more than 20 percent in any given month. Each monthly payment request shall include the required updated Schedule. If the updated Schedule is not submitted, the Owner may withhold payment until this item is completed. The Contractor shall be paid within 30 days of approval of the payment request. DEDUCTION FROM ESTIMATE Unless modified in the Supplementary Conditions, deductions from the estimate will be as described below. The Owner will deduct from the estimate, and retain as part security, 10 percent of the amount earned for Work satisfactorily completed. However, no deduction or retainage will be made on the approved items of material delivered to and properly stored at the jobsite but not incorporated into the Work. When the Work is 50 percent complete, the Owner may "freeze" the retainage at 5 percent of the dollar value of the total contract provided that the Contractor is making satisfactory progress and there is no specific cause for a greater retainage. The Owner may reinstate the retainage up to 10 percent of the dollar value of "Work complete to date" if the Owner determines, at his discretion, that the Contractor is not making satisfactory progress or where there is other specific cause for such withholding. NOTE: Exception -- If the Work includes water or sewer pipelines, the Contractor shall maintain the Work for a period of ninety (90) days following its acceptance by OWNER. Up to five percent (5%) of the Contract amount shall be retained during this maintenance period. All prior payments shall be subject to correction in the final payment. This 90 -day period does not relieve the „CCIaIIOMC Gas win nQ o Q Enpinora InexGora"L Farl"Wf", Arrorooa Section 00700 - 34 I I I H H I I I H I I I I D E. Contractor of the Performance and Payment Bond requirements regarding warranty of the Project. In such cases, the semi-final payment estimate shall indicate the initial acceptance of the Work, and the warranty shall begin on such date. QUALIFICATION FOR PARTIAL PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS DELIVERED Unless modified in the Supplementary Conditions, qualification for partial payment for materials delivered but not yet incorporated into the Work shall be as described below. Materials, as used herein, shall be considered to be those items which are fabricated or manufactured materials and equipment. To receive partial payment for materials delivered to the site, but not incorporated in the Work, it shall be necessary for the Contractor to include invoices of such materials and documentation warranting that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect Owner's interest therein; all of which must be satisfactory to Owner. At the time of the next partial payment request, the Contractor must submit the following documentation relative to materials paid on the previous partial payment: paid invoices of such materials or other documentation warranting. that the Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all liens, charges, security interests, and encumbrances (i.e., all materials have been paid for by Contractor). Failure to submit this documentation will result in an appropriate reduction on the current partial payment estimate for such materials. At his sole discretion, the Engineer may approve items for which partial payment is to be made. Proper storage and protection shall be provided by the Contractor, and as approved by the Engineer. Final payment shall be made only for materials actually incorporated in the Work and, upon acceptance of the Work, all materials remaining for which advance payments had been made shall revert to the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed, and partial payments made for these items shall be deducted from the final payment for the Work. PAYMENT After deducting the retainages and the amount of all previous partial payments made to the Contractor, the amount earned as of the current month will be made payable to the Contractor within 30 days of the Owner's YaCI.(Iana a L'orrwItiny Enaln..r. Inaora.rat.G Fa/.rt. W11., Arkahms Section 00700 - 35 r I I I I L I I LI L_ I I L: I [1 I I 73. receipt of an approved request, except where the Owner is a municipality or other agency whose laws require the approval of each payment by a council or similar body, in which case, the payment shall become due and payable 10 days after the first regularly -scheduled meeting in the month following the submittal of such payment request. CLAIMS In any case where the compensation is due him f covered in the Contract according to provisions CHANGES IN WORK, the Engineer, in writing, of order that such matters other appropriate actii notification is not giver proper facilities by the account of actual cost, t to waive the claim for Such notice by the Cont Engineer has kept account not in any way be const] the claim. Claims for a made in itemized detail a Contractor deems additional �r Work or materials not clearly or not ordered by the Engineer of Article 20, ALTERATIONS - Contractor shall notify the his intention to make claim, in nay be settled, if possible, or m promptly taken. If such or the Engineer is not afforded Contractor for keeping strict ten the Contractor hereby agrees such additional compensation. ractor, and the fact that the of the cost as aforesaid, shall ued as proving the validity of Iditional compensation shall be nd submitted, in writing, to the in Aavc fnllnwina completion of that portion of the Work for which the Contractor bases his claim. In case the claim is found to be just, it shall be allowed and paid for as provided in Article 70, PAYMENT FOR CHANGE ORDERS. NOTICE OF CLAIM FOR DELAY If the Contractor intends to file a claim for additional compensation for delay caused by the Owner at a particular time, he shall file a notice of claim with the Owner within 7 days of the beginning of the occurrence. The notice of claim shall be in duplicate, in writing, and shall need not state the amount. No claim for additional compensation will be considered unless the provisions of Article 61, DELAYS AND EXTENTION OF TIME, are complied with, and a notice of claim has been filed with the Owner in writing, as stated above. Should the Owner be prevented or enjoined from proceeding with Work or from authorizing its prosecution either before or after its prosecution, by reason of any litigation, the Contractor shall not be entitled to make or assert claim for damage by reason of said delay; but time for completion of the Work will be extended to such MCCNIland a Consnlliny [nylnaan Inw wa d Fay@MWlla1 ArWnaon Section 00700 - 36 I I I I I Li I 11 I I I I I rya, I I I I I reasonable time as the Owner may determine will compensate for time• lost by such delay, with such determination to be set forth in writing. RELEASE OF LIENS OR CLAIMS The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all claims for labor and materials furnished under this Contract. Prior to the final payment, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, as part of his final payment request, an affidavit that all of the Contractor's obligations on the Project have been satisfied and that there are no unpaid taxes, liens, vendors' liens, rights to lien or any other type of claim against the Project, and that the hourly wages paid to all persons on the Project were in accordance with the applicable wage scale determinations. FINAL PAYMENT Upon completion of all of the work under this Contract, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, that he has completed his part of the Contract and shall request final inspection. Upon receipt of the Contractor's written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection, the Engineer shall make such inspection and shall submit to the Owner his recommendation as to acceptance of the completed Work and as to the final estimate of the amount due the Contractor under this Contract. Upon approval of this final estimate by the Owner and compliance with provisions in Article 74, RELEASE OF LIENS OR CLAIMS, and other provisions as may be applicable, the Owner shall pay to the Contractor all monies due him under the provisions of these Contract Documents. On contracts for public works, final payment of the retained percentage will not be made until the Contractor has also furnished the applicable apprenticeship wage certification. NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS Neither the inspection of the Owner, through the Engineer or any of his employees, nor any order by the Owner for payment of money, nor any payment for, or acceptance of, the whole or any part of the Work by the Owner or Engineer, nor any extension of time,nor any possession taken by the Owner or its employees shall operate as a waiver of any provision of this Contract, or any power herein reserved to the Owner, or any right to damages MCClellan0 c.n IHny EnpinHrt ,neryerred Fay*Reville, Arkentat Section 00700 - 37 C I I I I I I I I I I I I I u H I I herein provided nor shall any waiver of any breach in this Contract be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. 77. ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL PAYMENT CONSTITUTES RELEASE The acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall release the Owner and the Engineer, as agent of the Owner, from all claims and all liability to the Contractor for all things done or furnished in connection with the Work, and every act of the owner and others relating to or arising out of the Work. No payment, however, final or otherwise, shall operate to release the contractor or his Sureties from obligations under this Contract and the Performance and Payment Bonds, and other bonds and warranties, as herein provided. nMCCIIIIand Consulting Enging.rt nOrp 020tH Foptt. WI'., Arkansas Section 00700 - 38 SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ' GENERAL I I I I I I I I I I I I I I The Contractor's attention is directed to Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contains other directions pertinent to the project. REVISIONS AND ADDITIONS TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS The GENERAL CONDITIONS are hereby revised as follows: ARTICLE 9. "ENGINEER" Wherever in these Documents the word "Engineer" appears, it Shall be understood to mean McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc., acting either directly or indirectly as authorized agents of the Owner. ARTICLE 12. "OWNER" OWNER Wherever in these Documents the word "Owner" appears, it shall be understood to mean the City of Fayetteville, whose address is City Administration Building, Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701. ARTICLE 14. "SPECIFICATIONS" Add the following: FEDERAL, STATE, COUNTY, AND LOCAL STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS Where portions of the work traverse or adjoin local streets, railroads, or Federal property, and the agency in control of such property has established standard specifications governing items of work that differ from these Specifications, the most stringent requirements shall apply. The Contractor shall comply with all regulations and requirements of the Fayetteville Street Department, and Arkansas Highway Department wherever the work traverses or crosses City streets and State highways. ARTICLE 22. "DOCUMENTS TO BE KEPT ON THE JOBSITE" Add the following: Failure of the Contractor to submit accurate Record Drawings MCClallarla Consullln9 a 9 Enpinon Inwrporalaa Faplll.vUI., Arkansas I I I I I I I I I LI I I H I I I to the Engineer will be adequate justification for postponement of the Final Inspection and Final Payment. ARTICLE 30. "LINES AND GRADES" Delete the first sentence and add the following: All construction staking shall be done by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. The ENGINEER shall provide one bench mark elevation at the pump station for the Contractor's use. ARTICLE 31. "SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE" Delete the first sentence in the first paragraph and substitute the following: The Contractor shall submit a sufficient number of copies to allow the Engineer to retain four copies (2 for himself; 2 for the Owner) for review, such shop drawings, electrical diagrams, and catalog cuts for fabricated items and manufactured items (including mechanical and electrical equipment) required for construction, except as noted below: After the first paragraph, add the following: Should the Contractor fail to submit acceptable shop drawings on the second submittal, one copy will be returned to him and the cost of the Engineer's time to review subsequent submittals on the unacceptable item will be deducted from the Contractor's monthly payment invoice. ARTICLE 35. "INSURANCE AND LIABILITY", SUBARTICLE "BUILDERS RISK ALL RISK INSURANCE" Delete the following coverages from the General Conditions: Loss caused by earthquake Loss caused by floods ARTICLE 35. "INSURANCE AND LIABILITY" Add to subarticle entitled "GENERAL" the following: SURETY AND INSURER QUALIFICATIONS All bonds, insurance contracts, and certificates of insurance shall be either executed by or countersigned by a licensed resident agent of the surety or insurance company, having his place of business in the State of Arkansas, and in all ways complying with the insurance laws of the State of Arkansas. MCC1111an! Con soiling Enylnsars InaYparOllE Fafs"svlll., Arkansas I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I H Further, the said surety or insurance company shall be duly licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Arkansas. After ARTICLE 38. "ORDINANCES, PERMITS, AND LICENSES" Add the following: OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH The Contractor shall observe and comply with all applicable local, state, and federal occupational safety and health regulations during the prosecution of work under this Contract. In addition, full compliance by the Contractor with the U. S. Department of Labor's Occupational Safety and Health Standards, as established in Public Law 91-596, will be required under the terms of this Contract. ARTICLE 44. "SAFETY" After this Article, add the following: PUBLICITY No information relative to the Work shall be released by the Contractor, either before or after completion of the Work, for publication or for advertising purposes without the prior written consent of the Owner and the Engineer. REPORTING OF ACCIDENTS The Contractor shall submit a written report to the Engineer of any accident or injury occurring at the Construction Site. ARTICLE 46. "PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY" Add the following: PRESERVATION OF MONUMENTS AND STAKES In the event that the stakes and marks placed by the Engineer are destroyed through carelessness on the part of the Contractor, and that the destruction of these stakes and marks causes a delay in the work, the Contractor shall have no claim for damages or extensions of time. In the case of any permanent monuments or bench marks which must of necessity be removed or disturbed in the construction of the work, the Contractor shall carefully protect and preserve the same until they can be properly referenced and relocated. The Contractor shall also furnish at his own expense such materials and assistance as are necessary for the proper replacement of monuments or bench marks that have been moved or destroyed. flGbfMilling Eaa/nor. ma.rserolsa toy.??. Wile Arkansa. H I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ARTICLE 57. "PROSECUTION OF WORK" OVERTIME PAYMENT Overtime hours shall be considered any hours worked by the Contractor in excess of 40 hours from Monday through Friday and/or any time on Saturday, Sunday, and legal holidays, which in the Owner's opinion requires the Engineer's resident observer's presence to observe such overtime work. If the Contractor elects to schedule and perform overtime work upon receiving written permission from the Engineer, the Contractor shall pay the Owner for the Engineer's resident observers' costs for each hour of overtime worked. Overtime shall be rounded off to the nearest whole hour and will not exceed a unit cost of $35.00 per hour. In addition, any direct nonlabor expenses that in the Engineer's opinion are attributable to the Contractor's overtime, such as travel or per diem, with a limit of $5.00 per day for each resident observer for such direct nonlabor expenses, shall be paid to the Owner. Payment to the Owner shall be made by a deduction from the Contractor's monthly payment invoice. ARTICLE 57. "PROSECUTION OF THE WORK" Add the following: NEGLECTED WORK If the Contractor should fail to prosecute the Work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, including any requirements of the progress schedule, the owner, after seven days' written notice to the Contractor, may without prejudice to any other remedy he may have make good such deficiencies, and the cost thereof (including compensation for additional professional services) shall be charged against the Contractor if the Engineer approves such action, in which case a Change Order shall be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents including an appropriate reduction in the Contract Price. If the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. AFTER ARTICLE 57. "PROSECUTION OF THE WORK" Add the following: STANDARDIZATION AND UNIFORMITY OF EQUIPMENT AND CERTAIN MATERIALS To ensure standardization and uniformity in all parts of the work under this Contract, like items of materials shall be the products of one manufacturer. MSCISIIaad coo aalrin/ a / 2npinaos Inaaraarara0 Fawrbvillo, Arkamw I L I I I J I H I C I I C n I Uniformity in certain like material items is required in order to provide the Owner with a simplified spare materials inventory, and a standardized procedure for maintenance care and manufacturers' services. The Contractor shall inform his suppliers and subcontractors of these requirements, and shall provide the necessary coordination to accomplish the standardization specified. ARTICLE 61. "DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME" Add the following phrase in the first sentence of the first paragraph following "adverse weather conditions are not reasonably anticipated": (on the basis of official weather records from the past ten years, minimum, for the locality involved) Add the following paragraph following the second paragraph: The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that mitigation for delays due to changes, differing site conditions, and suspensions of work will require that the Contractor revise preferential sequences which had the net effect of sequestering "float time", before proposing an updated schedule which supports a delay to the Contract as a whole. Further, time extensions shall not be granted until all "float" or "contingency time", at the time of the delay, available to absorb specific delays and associated impacts is used. ARTICLE 61. "DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME" After the 3rd paragraph, add the following: AVAILABILITY OF SPECIFIED ITEMS By submitting his Proposal to perform the work herein specified, the Contractor agrees that the materials/equipment specified are available for construction of the project within the time frame(s) stipulated herein. Further, the Contractor thereby agrees that time extension requests/cost increases shall not be justified upon the basis of non -availability of materials/equipment. ARTICLE 62. "LIQUIDATED DAMAGES" To the first sentence, second paragraph, add the following: plus any monies paid by the Owner to the Engineer for additional engineering and inspection services associated with such delays. MCCNlland tdnwllllna a a Enpinnrs in FO?#.VfSII, Arkannoa I I I Li I I I I I I U I I I I I U Following the first sentence, second paragraph, add: Reimbursement shall be based on the Engineer's salary costs times a multiplier of 2.78 to cover overhead and profit, plus any direct nonlabor expenses such as travel or per diem. The Engineer's salary costs include expenses such as travel or per diem. The Engineer's salary costs include but are not limited to such items as paid holidays, sick pay, and vacation pay. ARTICLE 70. "PAYMENT FOR CHANGE ORDERS" Add the following paragraph following Item B in the first paragraph: The amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any such change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease plus a deduction in the Contractor's fee by an amount equal to ten percent of the net decrease: and Change the First sentence of the next paragraph to: In A and B above, Contractor's quotations for Change Orders shall be submitted in writing within 30 calendar days of a Contract Modification Initiation Request, and be firm for a period of 90 days. Add the following sentence to the next paragraph: Substantiating documentation shall consist of such items as price quotations from manufacturers, suppliers and subcontractors, including a breakdown of their estimates similar to that required of the Contractor. Substantiating documentation shall also consist of the record of communication of final bid prices obtained during the bid period for those items involved in the change for both those additive and deductive items. Add the following sentence following the first sentence of subparagraph C.1.: Labor as used herein shall not include Contractor engineering, cost estimating or administrative costs, including general project management, whether performed in the Contractor's home office or on the jobsite, for change orders processing, cost estimating, negotiating or other such costs. Such costs are included in the allowed fixed fee stated below. MCClellena conwlllny Inc porot rerolea Fantre vllle, Arkoneee H L1 I I I I I I I H I H [1 I H I ARTICLE 71. "PARTIAL PAYMENTS" SUBARTICLE "ESTIMATE" Retitle "ESTIMATE AND PAYMENT" Add the following: An estimate of monthly progress payments shall be provided for the entire job prior to the first payment request. An update of the estimate of progress payments shall be updated if the actual progress differs by more than 20 percent in any given month. Each monthly payment request shall include the required, updated Schedule. If the updated Schedule is not submitted, the Owner may withhold payment until this item is completed. The Contractor shall be paid within 30 days of approval of the payment request. SUBARTICLE "DEDUCTION FROM ESTIMATE" Add the following: When the work is substantially complete (operational or beneficial occupancy), the retained amount may, at the option of the Owner, be further reduced below 5 percent to only that amount necessary to assure completion. END OF SECTION YcCI.I1afE I 0 Canw11tang Enpinaar. an O-porofl0 FayatlavUI., ArkanwS I SECTION 01000 u ABBREVIATIONS I I I I Li I I I I I I I I I A. Whenever in these Contract Documents the following abbreviations are used, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: AA Aluminum Association AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute AFBMA Anti -Friction Bearing Manufacturers' Association AGA American Gas Association AGMA American Gear Manufacturers' Association AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Institute of Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timber Construction AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association ANSI American National Standards Institute APA American Plywood Association API American Petroleum Institute AREA American Railway Engineering Association ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air -Conditioning Engineers, Inc. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute AWS American Welding Society AWPA American Wood Preservers' Association AWPB American Wood Preservers Bureau AWWA American Water Works Association BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers' Association CBMA Certified Ballast Manufacturers' Association CDA Copper Development Association CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CMAA Crane Manufacturers' Association of America CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute EPA Environmental Protection Agency MCCI• old" Canwl/l n/ a / Enpinaan lnc poralS Faystlavllla, Arkanaaa Section 01000 - 1 H I C I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Fed. Spec. Federal Specifications HI Hydraulic Institute HMI Hoist Manufacturers' Institute ICBO International Conference of Building Officials IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers' Association ISA Instrument Society of America JIC Joint Industry Conferences of Hydraulic Manufacturers MMA Monorail Manufacturers' Association NBHA National Builders' Hardware Association NEC National Electrical Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers' Association NESC National Electric Safety Code NFPA National Fire Protection Association NLMA National Lumber Manufacturers' Association NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association OECI Overhead Electrical Crane Institute OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act (both Federal and State) PS Product Standards Section - U.S. Department of Commerce RLM RLM Standards Institute, Inc. RMA Rubber Manufacturers' Association SAE Society of Automotive Engineers SDI Steel Door Institute SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council TEMA Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers' Association TCA Tile Council of America UBC Uniform Building Code UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. WWPA Western Wood Products Association jERG1.9.M Cunwltlna Enamor InaOra.r.I.a FopttoUb, Arkan.a. Section 01000 - 2 I IC ' B. Unless a particular issue is designated, all references to the above specifications, standards, or methods shall, in each instance, be understood to refer to the issue in ' effect (including all amendments) on the first published date of the Advertisement for Bids. 1 1 END OF SECTION 1 I 1 Section 01000 - 3 MCClo hand Cantons, Enpinur, ' Ina@rnorona Fc)+f1*v1111, Arbnos r I I I I F I I I I [] I I I I I SECTION 01009 FYiI iui�3'�3 • PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. This Section describes the project in general, and provides overview of the extent of the work to be performed. Detailed requirements and extent of work is stated in the applicable Specification Sections and is shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall, except as otherwise specifically stated herein or in any applicable parts of the Contract Documents, provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution, and completion of his work. 1.02 REASONABLY IMPLIED PARTS OF THE WORK SHALL BE DONE THOUGH ABSENT FROM SPECIFICATIONS A. Any part of the work which is not mentioned in the Specifications but is shown on the Drawings, or any part not shown on the Drawings but described in the Specifications, or any part not shown on the Drawings nor described in the Specifications, but which is necessary or normally required as a part of such work, or is necessary or required to make each installation satisfactorily and legally operable, shall be performed by the Contractor as incidental work without extra cost to the Owner, as if fully described in the Specifications and shown on the Drawings, and the expense thereof shall be included in the applicable unit prices or lump sum bid for the work. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT A. Work covered by these Contract Documents in general covers the construction of the following facilities: 1. Construction of water system improvements. o New Sunrise Mountain Water Pump Station o Demolition of the Existing Pump Station o Providing a Temporary Pumping Installation o Construction of Water Mains o Installation of Related Items o Electrical and Control Work o Site Work NKNIland E CCI., n InaayarsS Fay.Barlllo, Arkoaaw C PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 3.01 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION WORK A. The Contractor shall execute all work, including site, electrical, structural, painting, piping, equipment, and finishes. Li I I I H I I B. The Contractor shall also: 1. Provide temporary sanitary toilet facilities. 2. Pay for all electrical energy consumed for construction purposes until final acceptance by the Owner or until the Engineer certifies Substantial Completion. Power used at the temporary pump station shall be paid for by the owner. 3. Provide telephone service for his own use and for the Engineer's use. 4. Provide an adequate supply of potable drinking water for use by his employees and by the Engineer. 5. Also, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements of Section 01500, included hereinafter. 3.02 DRAWINGS A. Drawings are bound separately and consist of 10 sheets. END OF SECTION MCCI. Ilan! Canto Inn 9 a 9 Enpin..r. In Fa),II.vflI., Arkansas c I I I(PART 1 GENERAL I [1 I [I I I I1 I I I H I I I SECTION 01011 SITE CONDITIONS 1.01 SITE INVESTIGATION AND REPRESENTATION A. The Contractor acknowledges by submission of his Bid that he has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, particularly those bearing upon availability of transportation, disposal, handling and storage of materials, availability of labor, water, electric power, roads, and uncertainties of weather, river stages, or similar physical conditions at the site, the conformation and conditions of the ground, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work and all other matters which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under this Contract. B. The Contractor further acknowledges by submission of his Bid that he has satisfied himself as to the character, quality, and quantity of surface and subsurface materials to be encountered from inspecting the site. Any failure by the Contractor to acquaint himself with all the available information will not relieve him from responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the work. C. Prospective Bidders are invited, make subsurface investigations, excavation, as may be desirable, such work be scheduled by appoin Bidders are not authorized to during these investigations. at their own expense, to by boring or test hole provided, however, that tment with the Engineer. enter private property D. In the event subsurface or latent physical conditions are found materially different from those indicated in these Documents, and differing materially from those ordinarily encountered in the project area and generally recognized as inhering in the character of work covered in these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall promptly, and before such conditions are disturbed, notify the Engineer in writing of such changed conditions. E. The Engineer will investigate such conditions promptly and following this investigation, the Contractor shall proceed with the work, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. If the Engineer finds that such conditions do so materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost of, or in the time required for performing the nMcClelland C.nlrlrina Epin.sn Incvp.rana Fayslr.r/ll., Arkansas I L I 1 Li I L Ii I I 1 I I I I H C work, the Engineer will recommend to the Owner the amount of adjustment in cost and time he considers reasonable. The Owner will make the final decision on all Change Orders to the Contract regarding any adjustment in cost or time for completion. 1.02 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Utilities into the vicinity of the project include water lines, television, gas, telephone and electric lines. Information is shown on the Drawings relative to the general location of these utilities. The general vicinity of water mains is indicated on the Drawings. Since specific utility locations are not shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall carefully coordinate the location of utilities. No compensation will be paid to the Contractor, due to costs associated with damages to utilities or to costs associated with locating/avoiding same. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S SERVICE LITY FOR UTILITY PROPERTIES AND A. Notify all utility offices that are affected by the construction operation at least 48 hours in advance. Under no circumstances expose any utility without first obtaining permission from the appropriate agency. Once permission has been granted, locate, expose, and provide temporary support for all existing underground utilities. B. The Contractor shall be solely and directly responsible to the Owner and operators of such properties for any damage, injury, expense, loss, inconvenience, delay, suits, actions, or claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage which may result from the construction operations under this Contract. C. Neither the Owner nor its officers or agents shall be responsible to the Contractor for damages as a result of the Contractor's failure to protect utilities encountered in the work. D. In the event of interruption to utility services as a result of accidental breakage due to construction operations, promptly notify the proper authority. Cooperate with said authority in restoration of service as promptly as possible and bear all costs of repair. In no event shall interruption of any utility service be allowed outside working hours unless granted by the owner of the utility. McClelland Canwllln/ Enpine.rs Inca parabd Fayetl.vllle. Arkansw I C I H I I I C C C 11 I J I Li I I I E. Drainage culverts that are removed or damaged by the Contractor shall be replaced in kind at the expense of the Contractor. F. The Contractor shall replace, at his own expense, any and all existing utilities or structures damaged during construction. 1.04 NAMES OF KNOWN UTILITIES SERVING THE AREA A. The following is a list of the major public utilities serving the work area indicating the name and telephone number of the responsible authority of the various utilities which should be notified if conflicts or emergencies arise during the progress of the work: Name Authority Telephone Water Fayetteville Water Dept. 501-521-8050 Telephone Southwestern Bell Enterprise 9800 1-800-482-8998 Gas Arkansas Western Gas 501-521-5400 Electricity Southwestern Electric 501-521-2400 Power Company Electricity Ozarks Electric Coop. 501-521-2900 1.05 FIELD RELOCATION A. During the progress of construction, minor relocations of the work may become necessary. Such relocations shall be made only by direction of the Engineer. If existing structures are encountered that will prevent construction as shown, notify the Engineer before continuing with the work in order that the Engineer may make such field revisions as necessary to avoid conflict with the existing structures. If the Contractor shall fail to notify the Engineer when an existing structure is encountered, and shall proceed with the work despite this interference, he shall do so at his own risk and expense. 1.06 CONSTRUCTION ON PRIVATE PROPERTIES A. The Owner has obtained easements for the pipeline routes. The vast majority of this work is being completed on private property. The Contractor shall protect and/or restore improvements on these properties, including MCCIallana Consulting a g Englnu n IntarporatiM Fa„Ifwilla, Arkansas structures, rock walls, fences, drives, culverts, fruit and ornamental trees and shrubs, and grass in yards and pasture lands. Failure to do so will result in retainage of funds otherwise due the Contractor, as necessary to compensate property owners for damages and/or to pay restoration costs. 1.07 PAYMENT A. No separate payment will be made for work under this Section. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION MCClo Iliad canouMno a o Elgin,. Inoelaorol d Fa).1Nvlllo, Arkonoao L L Li I 11 u I I Li I I L L I SECTION 01014 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK AREAS A. The Contractor shall maintain all work areas within and outside the project boundaries free from environmental pollution which would be in violation to any federal, state, or local regulations. 1.02 PROTECTION OF AIR QUALITY A. Trash burning will not be permitted on the construction site. B. If temporary heating devices are necessary for protection of the work, such devices shall be of an approved type that will not cause pollution of the air. 1.03 CONSTRUCTION NOISE CONTROL A. The Contractor shall conduct all appropriate construction methods and furnish and install acoustical barriers, so that no noise emanating from the related tool or equipment will exci levels. 1.04 NIGHTTIME WORK his work, use equipment, and all as necessary process or any aed legal noise A. If the Contractor desires to perform any work between the hours of 6 P.M. and 7 A.M., he shall obtain approval of the Engineer and all necessary permits from the appropriate agencies and make all necessary arrangements prior to commencing. 1.05 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the applicable bid amounts stated in the Proposal. AKCNllead Conwlltlnfl Endinwr. Inc porond Fay0toWlb. Arkon o. I PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION nMcCl.11ene Cen.uli/ng Enpin..r. In.erOer.IW FOpHevllle, Arkansas I I C I I I I I H I I I [I C I [1 I SECTION 01016 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION OF PROPERTY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR SAFETY A. The Contractor shall do whatever work is necessary for safety and be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the jobsite, including safety of all persons (including employees) and property during the Contract period. This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. 1.02 FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Safety provisions shall conform to the Federal and State Department of Labor Occupational Safety Health Act (OSHA), and all other applicable federal, state, county, and local laws, ordinances, codes, the requirements set forth herein, and any regulations that may be specified in other parts of these Contract Documents. Where any of these are in conflict, the more stringent requirements shall be followed. The Contractor's failure to thoroughly familiarize himself with the aforementioned safety provisions shall not relieve him from compliance with the obligations and penalties set forth therein. 1.03 SAFE ACCESS BY FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS A. The Contractor shall at all times provide proper facilities for safe access to the work by authorized officials. 1.04 SAFETY EQUIPMENT A. The Contractor, as part of his safety program, shall maintain at his office or other well-known place at the jobsite, safety equipment applicable to the work as prescribed by the governing safety authorities, all articles necessary for giving first -aid to the injured, and shall establish the procedure for the immediate removal to a hospital or a doctor's care of any person who may be injured on the jobsite. MCCI. 'land Cot. pulling o a Enalnt.rt Inwpara sa Fayer1.v111., Arkansas [J H F C I I I I I I H I I H I Li C I B. The performance of all work and all completed construction, particularly with respect to ladders, platforms, structure openings, scaffolding, shoring, lagging, machinery guards and the like, shall be in accordance with the applicable governing safety authorities. 1.05 ACCIDENT REPORTS A. If death or serious injuries or serious damages are caused, the accident shall be reported immediately by telephone or messenger to the Engineer. In addition, the Contractor must promptly report in writing to the Engineer all accidents whatsoever arising out of, or in connection with, the performance of the work whether on, or adjacent to, the site, giving full details and statements of witnesses. B. If a claim is made by anyone against the Contractor or any subcontractor on account of any accident, the Contractor shall promptly report the facts in writing to the Engineer, giving full details of the claim. 1.06 TRAFFIC SAFETY AND ACCESS TO PROPERTY A. Comply with all rules and regulations of the city, state, and county authorities regarding closing or restricting the use of public streets or highways. No public or private road shall be closed, except by express permission of the Owner. Conduct the work so as to assure the least possible obstruction to traffic and normal commercial pursuits. The convenience of the general public and residents adjacent to the project, and the protection of persons and property are of prime importance and shall be provided for in an adequate and satisfactory manner. B. When flagmen and guards are required by regulation or when deemed necessary for safety, they shall be furnished with approved orange wearing apparel and other regulation traffic control devices. 1.07 TRAFFIC CONTROL A. Traffic control procedures and devices used on all local, county, and state rights -of -way shall meet the requirements of the applicable current laws and regulations for traffic control. anMCCMIbnI Conwllinp fnponkm Inporperclod FpptNriup, Arkonwp I L L n I I I L I L L I I I I L I H I 1.08 ACCESS FOR POLICE A. The Contractor shall leave his night emergency telephone number or numbers with the Police Department and Sheriff's offices, so that contact may be made easily at all times. 1.09 FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall perform all work in a fire -safe manner and shall supply and maintain on the site adequate fire -fighting equipment capable of extinguishing incipient fires. The Contractor shall comply with applicable federal, local, and state fire -prevention regulations. Where these regulations do not apply, applicable parts of the National Fire Prevention Standards for Safeguarding Building Construction Operations, (NFPA No. 241) shall be followed. 1.10 CONTRACTOR TO SAFEGUARD EXISTING UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform all work, including excavation, dewatering, and demolition operations, in such a manner as to avoid damage to existing fire hydrants, power poles, lighting standards, and all other existing utilities, public or private. See Section 01011, SITE CONDITIONS. 1.11 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC PROPERTY A. The Contractor shall employ such means and methods as necessary to adequately protect public property and property of the Owner against damage. In the event of damage to such property, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, immediately restore the property to a condition equal to its original condition and to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner of said property. B. The Contractor shall exercise due care to avoid damage to existing pipe and coatings, wrappings, conduit, or other existing utilities. Should the Contractor damage or displace any of the above, the Contractor shall repair same to the satisfaction of the Engineer and all expenses in connection therewith shall be borne solely by the Contractor. 1.12 USE OF EXPLOSIVES A. The requirements of Section 02200, EARTHWORK, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL shall be strictly observed relative to safety practices and construction procedures to be used while blasting. The Contractor shall be MepegaM Consilt in fl aa fl. lnaa'rporoOeraNE Faye"OV111e, Arkansas I I H L I I J H J I I I I I L I I I solely responsible for blasting operations and consequences. 1.13 JOINT SURVEY TO ESTABLISH AUTHENTICITY OF POSSIBLE DAMAGE CLAIMS A. The Contractor shall establish vertical and horizontal survey control points on all structures, and improvements, located in the vicinity of the blasting work prior to beginning work, and shall periodically check the points for movements when directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with copies of the survey notes for each survey and a copy of the layout of the survey control points. 1.14 PROTECTION OF ADJACENT PROPERTIES FROM BLOWING PAINT A. The Contractor shall provide whatever means necessary, including ceasing work, to prevent paint from blowing on to adjacent properties. 1.15 PAYMENT A. No separate payment will be made for work under this Section. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION nMCCISIIOM consulting Engineers Inceraorarga Fayrlsvillaq Irkonsas I I I L L Li I I I I I I H I L I H SECTION 01027 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of Applications for Payment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Document 00500 - Owner -Contractor Agreement: Contract Sum , Amounts of Progress Payments, and Retainages, and times for submittals. B. Section 01300 - Submittals: Submittal procedures; Schedule of Values. C. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Final Payment. 1.03 FORMAT A. The Contractor shall furnish, at the preconstruction conference, a breakdown of the lump sum bid amount into individual work subgroups to facilitate payment. Dollar amounts shall be provided for each subgroup and these amounts shall accurately reflect the actual value of each subgroup. The total dollar amount shall equal the lump sum amount bid for Contract Section I. For the work, provide the following listing: Subgroup Number; Description of Work; Value, Previous Applications; Work in Place; Stored Materials; Authorized Change Orders; Total Completed and Stored to Date of Application; Percentage of Completion; Balance to Finish; Retainage, and Amount Due This Estimate. 1.04 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION A. Type required information or use media -driven printout. B. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. C. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of Work performed and for stored products. D. List each authorized Change Order as an extension on continuation sheet, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work. Section 01027 - 1 MCCNlland a Caaaal/Ina Enalnaara InaaraeraNd FarMarllla. Arkanaaa I E. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in Section 01700. 1.05 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit five copies of each Application for Payment at times stipulated in Agreement. B. Submit under transmittal letter specified in Section 01300. 1.06 SUBSTANTIATING DATA A. Provide an invoice from the Equipment Supplier for every item of stored material for which payment is requested. B. When Engineer requires substantiating information, submit data justifying line item amounts in question. C. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show Application number and date, and line item by number and description. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION Section 01027 - 2 MKNIIand In roar cvrperarvC Fay.UIvifl, Arkunvpv I L C I I L L L I L I I [ I I I SECTION 01028 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Procedures for processing Change Orders. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Project record documents. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit name of the individual authorized to accept changes, and to be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ of changes in the Work. B. Change Order Form: As approved by the Engineer. 1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT SUM AND CONTRACT TIME A. Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of the quotation. B. Provide data to support computations: 1. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 3. Overhead and profit. 4. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 5. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. C. Support each claim for additional costs, and for work done, with additional information: 1. Origin and date of claim. 2. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 3. Time records and wage rates paid. 4. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. MCClellaM Coewlllny EMlnon InwporolM Fayetteville, Arkonwe Section 01028 - 1 I I 1.05 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES H I I Li El L r L L L L I Li I A. Engineer may submit a Proposal Request which includes: Detailed description of change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications, the projected time for executing the change and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. B. Contractor may initiate a change by submittal of a request to Engineer describing the proposed change with a statement of the reason for the change, and the effect on Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation. 1.06 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION - WORK DIRECTIVE CHANGE A. Engineer may issue a directive, signed by Owner, instructing Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B. Directive will describe changes in the Work, and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. C. Promptly execute the change in Work. 1.07 TIME AND MATERIAL - FORCE ACCOUNT CHANGE ORDER A. Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits in Conditions of the Contract. B. Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Sum and Contract Time as provided in Conditions of the Contract. 1.08 EXECUTION OF CHANGE ORDERS A. Engineer will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in Conditions of the Contract. 1.09 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum as shown on Change Order. B. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. McClelland Cen.tlllnp a p fnalnnn In Fay lr.rllla. Arkansas Section 01028 - 2 I PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION Section 01028 - 3 M=CISIIona Consulting o g Ingina Ino>asraroNd Fanlbvilb, Arkansas SECTION 01070 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This Section includes the work required to provide complete, in place, cutting, fitting, and patching of new and existing work. 1.02 GENERAL A. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. 1.03 DESCRIPTION Li I I I I I L I A. Execute cutting (including excavating), fitting, or patching of work, required to: 1. Make the several parts fit properly. 2. Uncover work to provide for installation of ill-timed work. 3. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents. 4. Remove and replace defective work. 5. Install specified work in existing construction. B. In addition to Contract requirements, upon written instructions of Engineer: 1. Uncover work to provide for Engineer's observation of covered work. 2. Remove samples of installed materials for testing. 3. Remove work to provide for alteration of existing work. 4. Do not endanger any work by cutting or altering work or any part of it. Matl.11ond Cot, Ma .Hng o g Enpin..rs InMD.ro1.d Foy.B.vW.4 Arkon.os Section 01070 - 1 I I I I L I I I I I I I I H H C [1 I 5. Do not cut or alter work of another contractor without written consent of Engineer 6. Do not cut structural or reinforcing steel without written consent of the Engineer. 1.04 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to cutting which affects structural safety of project, submit written notice to the Engineer and other Prime Contractors, requesting consent to proceed with cutting. B. Prior to "extra" cutting and patching done on instruction of Engineer, submit cost estimate. C. Should conditions of work, or schedule, indicate change of materials or methods, submit written recommendation to Engineer, including: 1. Conditions indicating change. 2. Recommendations for alternative materials or methods. 3. Submittals as required for substitutions. 4. Submit written notice to Engineer, designating time work will be uncovered, to provide for observation. Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION MCCMllana Can wiling En/In..r, fficflaratW Fap?I.vIUi, Arkamm Section 01070 - 2 I SECTION 01210 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Contractor participation in preconstruction conferences. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01009 - Summary of Work: Administrative provisions. 1.03 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Engineer will schedule conference within 15 days after notice of award. B. Attendance: Owner, Engineer and Contractor. I F I I [1 I [I I I C. Agenda: 1. Submittal of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 2. Execution of Owner -Contractor Agreement. 3. Distribution of Contract Documents. 4. Submittal of list of subcontractors, list of products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 5. Designation of responsible personnel. 6. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, proposal requests, change orders, and Contract closeout procedures. 7. Scheduling. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION McCI.IIeM n C.nwlf/ny Enylnllr. InWporof10 Fanft.rllle, Arknw Section 01210 - 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I H I I I SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. This Section outlines in general the items that the Contractor must prepare or assemble for submittal during the progress of the work. Costs for the work under this Section shall be included in the Contractor's bid price. There is no attempt herein to state in detail all of the procedures and requirements for each submittal. The Contractor's attention is directed to the individual Specification sections in these Contract Documents which may contain additional and special submittal requirements. The Owner reserves the right to direct and modify the procedures and requirements for submittals as necessary to accomplish the specific purpose of each submittal. Should the Contractor be in doubt as to the procedure, purpose, or extent of any submittal, he should direct his inquiry to the Engineer. 1.02 ADMINISTRATIVE SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall provide all of the submittals required by the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and as may be specifically required in other parts of these Documents. PART 2 TECHNICAL SUBMITTALS 2.01 GENERAL A. Requirements in this Section are in addition to any specific requirements for submittals specified in other Divisions and Sections of these Contract Documents. B. Submittals to the Engineer shall be addressed to: McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc.; Attn: Mr. Robert White, P.O. Box 1229, Fayetteville, Arkansas 72702. C. Submitted data shall be fully sufficient in detail for determination of compliance with the Contract Documents. MCGallond cewlllny a y Enylnur. Manraeropd FafrNvlllo1 Arlan Section 01300 - 1 I I H I I I I I I I I I I I I I [J D. Review, acceptance, or approval of substitutions, schedules, shop drawings, lists of materials, and procedures submitted or requested by the Contractor shall not add to the Contract amount, and all additional costs which may result therefrom shall be solely the obligation of the Contractor. E. The Owner is not precluded, by virtue of review, acceptance, or approval, from obtaining a credit for construction savings resulting from allowed concessions in the work or materials therefore. F. It shall not be the responsibility of the Owner to provide engineering or other services to protect the Contractor from additional costs accruing from such approvals. G. No equipment or material for which listings, drawings, or descriptive material is required shall be fabricated, purchased, or installed until the Engineer has on hand copies of such approved lists and the appropriately stamped final shop drawings. H. Submittals will be acted upon by the Engineer as promptly as possible, and returned to the Contractor not later than the time allowed for review in SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE. Delays caused by the need for resubmittals shall not constitute reason for an extension of Contract time. 2.02 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE A. See General and Supplemental Conditions. 2.03 TRANSMITTAL OF CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTAL FORM A. Each shop drawing submittal shall be accomplished by a Transmittal of Contractor's Submittal form. The form shall be completely filled in with all applicable information; failure to do so shall result in immediate rejection of the submitted items. 2.04 SHOP DRAWING REQUIREMENTS A. Shop drawings referred to herein shall include shop drawings and other submittals for both shop and field -fabricated items. The Contractor shall submit, as applicable, the following for all prefabricated or manufactured structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, process systems, and equipment: M<CNIIand Can1111Mg Eglnors InasrpargMd FanallaHlla, ArkvM s Section 01300 - 2 I I I I I [I I [] I I I I I C1 I I I 1. GENERAL a. Shop drawings or equipment drawings, including dimensions, size and location of connections to other work, and weight of equipment. b. Catalog information and cuts. c. Installation or placing drawings for equipment, drives, and bases. d. Supporting calculations for equipment and associated supports, or hangers required or specified to be designed by equipment manufacturers. e. Complete manufacturer's specifications, including materials description and paint system. f. Performance data. g. Suggested spare parts list with current price information. h. List of special tools required for checking, testing, parts replacement, and maintenance. (Special tools are those which have been specially designed or adapted for use on parts of the equipment, and which are not customarily and routinely carried by maintenance mechanics.) i. List of special tools furnished with the equipment. j. List of materials and supplies required for the equipment prior to, and during start-up. 1. List of materials and supplied furnished with the equipment. m. Samples of finish colors for selection. n. Special handling instructions. o. Requirements for storage and protection prior to installation. p. Requirements for routine maintenance required prior to start-up. Section 01300 - 3 MCClallond Lanwllinp Enpinnr. lncap oro/ad Fay.AavBla, Arkansas I I LJ I I I I I I I I n I L I I [1 II q. List of all requested exceptions to the Contract Documents. 2.05 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED FOR FOREIGN -MANUFACTURED ITEMS A. In addition to the submittal requirements stated above, suppliers of foreign -manufactured items shall submit the names and addresses of companies within the United States that maintain technical service representatives and complete inventory of spare parts and accessories for each foreign -made item proposed for incorporation into the work. Failure to prove the foregoing capabilities shall be just cause for rejection of the foreign -manufactured items. 2.06 RECORD DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall maintain a current set of record drawings on the job site, indicating all changes in the work. These drawings shall be the contract plans with changes shown in red and shall be turned over to the Engineer at the end of the job. The Engineer will prepare a set of Record Drawings for the project which will include the changes made in materials, equipment, locations, and dimensions of the work. Two weeks prior to Final Inspection, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a current listing and description including marked -up prints of each change incorporated into the work since the preceding submittal. 2.07 SUBMITTAL OF INTERFACE INFORMATION (CONNECTION AND CORRELATION WITH OTHER WORK) A. Where called for on the Specifications, and as determined necessary by the Engineer to provide proper correlation with other equipment, complete interface information shall be submitted. This interface information shall be accurate, and contain all information necessary to allow the completion of detail design and construction of the interfacing or connecting work. The Contractor shall include in his negotiation for subcontract work, such agreements as may be necessary to ensure the accuracy of subcontractor's interface submittal information. In the event additional costs are incurred due to subsequent changes to information given in said interface information, such additional costs shall be borne by the Contractor. flMCCIS IIYnd Conwlln/ Englnors IncarnrchS Fo)+Ilsvllls, ArSMn Section 01300 - 4 C H I H. I I I I I [1 I I I I 2.08 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS A. The Contractor shall furnish four copies of a complete instruction manual for installation, operation, maintenance, and lubrication requirements for each component of mechanical and electrical equipment or system. All equipment manufacturers shall be made aware of these requirements and all associated costs shall be included in the costs for furnishing the equipment or system. Each instruction manual furnished shall be fixed in hard -back cover or file folder which is clearly labeled to designate the system or equipment for which it is intended with reference to the building and equipment number, and the Specification section where the item is specified. The Engineer will assemble the instruction manuals for all mechanical and electrical equipment into one main Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manual for the entire project. B. The manuals shall be furnished at least 30 calendar days prior to the scheduled completion of the work but in no case shall submission of the manuals be delayed beyond 95 percent completion point of the work. Submission of the manuals shall precede any payment to the Contractor for work completed in excess of the 95 percent completion level. Any deficiencies found by the Engineer to exist in the manuals submitted shall be corrected by the Contractor within 30 calendar days following notification by the Engineer of the deficiencies. C. Each instruction manual shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Diagrams and illustrations 2. Detailed description of the function of each principal component of the system. 3. Performance and nameplate data 4. Installation instructions 5. Procedure for starting ' I 6. Proper adjustment I 7. Test procedures 8. Procedure for operating I9. Shutdown instructions McCNIIaIM Cmwrlrla0 EMlnon InCalyaralaa Fa)O?Orville, Arkanw Section 01300 - 5 I L I I I I I I I I I I1 I I I I I I 10. Emergency operating instructions and troubleshooting guide 11. Safety precautions 12. Maintenance and overhaul instructions which shall include detailed assembly drawings with part numbers, parts list, instructions for ordering spare parts, and complete preventive maintenance instructions required to ensure satisfactory performance and longevity of the equipment. 13. Lubrication instructions which shall list points to be greased or oiled, shall recommend type, grade, and temperature range of lubricants, and shall recommend frequency of lubrication. D. The manual shall be complete in all respects for all equipment, controls, accessories, and associated appurtenances. E. Each copy of the manual shall be assembled in one or more binders, each with title page, typed table of contents, and heavy section dividers with numbered index tabs. Each manual shall be divided into sections paralleling the equipment Specifications. Binders shall be three-ring, hard -back type. All data shall be punched for binding and composition and printing shall be arranged so that punching does not obliterate any data. The project title, Division designation, and manual title printed thereon shall be as furnished by the Engineer. F. Where more than one binder is required, they shall be labeled "Vol. 1", Vol. 2", and so on. The table of contents for the entire set, identified by volume number, shall appear in each binder. G. Manuals shall be transmitted to the Engineer prior to installation of the equipment and all equipment shall be serviced in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations prior to operation. A service record shall be maintained on each item of equipment and shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to final acceptance of the project. 2.09 SAMPLES AND TEST SPECIMENS A. Where required in the Specifications, test specimens or samples of materials, appliances, and fittings to be used or offered for use in connection with the Work shall be Section 01300 - 6 MCCftIond can_lrina a a Engin..n lnoorpornraa Fa)a"avi1N, ArkoMea L I Li I I I I Ii I I I I I I 1] I I [1 submitted to the Engineer at the Contractor's expense, with information as to their sources, with all cartage charges prepaid, and in such quantities and sizes as maybe required for proper examination and tests to establish the quality or equality thereof, as applicable. B. All samples and test specimens shall be submitted in ample time to enable the Engineer to make any tests or examinations necessary without delay to the work. The Contractor will be held responsible for any loss of time due to his neglect or failure to deliver the required samples to the Engineer, as specified. C. The Contractor shall submit additional samples as required by the Engineer to ensure equality with the original approved sample and/or for determination of Specification compliance. D. Laboratory tests and examinations that the Owner elects to make at its own laboratory will be made at no cost to the Contractor, except that, if a sample of any material or equipment proposed for use by the Contractor fails to meet the Specifications, the cost of testing subsequent samples shall be borne by the Contractor. E. All tests required by the Specifications to be performed by an independent laboratory shall be made by an approved laboratory. Certified test results of all specified tests shall be submitted in duplicate to the Engineer. The samples furnished and the cost for the laboratory services shall be at the expense of the Contractor and included in the prices bid for the associated work. 2.10 CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE A. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished for materials specified to a recognized standard or code prior to the use of any such materials in the work. The Engineer may permit the use of certain materials or assemblies prior to sampling and testing if accompanied by a Certificate of Compliance. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer of the material or the manufacturer of assembled materials and shall state that the materials involved comply in all respects with the requirements of the Specifications. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each lot of material delivered to the work and the lot so certified shall be clearly identified in the certificate. MCClalland CanwIt' ny o y in FapH.Wlla, Arkomoa Section 01300 - 7 I I ' B. All materials used on the basis of a Certificate of Compliance may be sampled and tested at any time. The fact that material is used on the basis of a Certificate ' of Compliance shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for incorporating material in the work which conforms to the requirements of the Contract ' Documents and any such material not conforming to such requirements will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. ' C. The Engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for use as material on the basis of a Certificate of Compliance. D. The form of the Certificate of Compliance and its disposition shall be as directed by the Engineer. ' E. Where Certification of Compliance is required in the Technical Specifications, the Contractor shall obtain from the supplier/manufacturer a certification stating t that the particular piece of equipment or system will satisfy all requirements stated in the related Specification Section(s). I [I [I I H I C [1 I I PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION nMCCia nand LOnwllinp Enpins.rs InwraoraM Fa)s1ISW11o, Arkansos Section 01300 - 8 SCHEDULE AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE GENERAL PROVISIONS No work shall be done between 6:00 P.M. and 7:00 A.M. nor on Saturdays, Sundays or legal holidays without the written permission of the Engineer. However, emergency work during these hours may be done without prior permission. Due to potential health hazards the existing water distribution facilities must remain in service. Written authorization is required from the Owner if any water service is to be discontinued. SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION The Contractor shall submit a diagram or chart indicating the construction sequencing and duration of each construction activity. In order to keep the existing water system in service while the new system is constructed, the following general sequence of construction shall be followed: Install the 8 -inch main from Highway 71 to the pump station site and install all other piping outside the limits of the pump station site, including 2 -inch piping and service lines. The Owner anticipates paving the gravel streets in the near future. The piping is to be installed initially, before the streets are paved. Install the temporary pump station and connect it to the new main on the suction side and the old and new high pressure lines on the discharge side. the existing Construct the new pump new pump station McCI.11ana Cenwlriny o y Engineer. InaorPoral.a Fay.11..ille, Arkan.w Cap the old lines as necessary to them. Remove temporary facilities. site work and clean-up. OF THE WORK The work shall be started within 10 days of the Notice to Proceed from the Owner, and the work shall be executed with such progress as may be required to prevent any delay to other contractors or to the general completion of the project. The work shall be executed at such times and in or on such parts of the project, and with such forces, materials, and equipment to assure completion of the work in the time established by the Contract. CONDITIONS and SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS. PRECONSTRUCTION AND PROJECT COORDINATION MEETINGS A Preconstruction Conference and Project Coordination Meetings shall be held per the requirements of Section 01210 of these Specifications. OVERALL SCHEDULE The Contractor will be required to prepare and submit to the Engineer within 30 days after the award of Contract, an Overall Schedule. The Overall Schedule shall be comprised of construction operations covering all work to be done in connection with the Contract. The Overall Schedule covering work to be executed under the Contract shall be of sufficient detail and shall have a minimum of work activities. The final total number of activities shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. A work activity is defined as an activity for which manpower is required and must be performed before the project is considered complete. The Overall Schedule shall indicate the sequence of work and the time of starting and completion of each part. It shall include, but not be limited to, the following items, as they pertain to the respective contractors: MCCl.11an0 anwltinp Enpin..n InmrparutW Fny.Mvilln. Arkunwn 1. Shop drawing receipt from Contractor, submitted to the Engineer, review, and return to Contractor. 2. Material and equipment order, manufacture, delivery, installation, and check-out. 3. Performance tests and supervisory service activities. 4. Piping and wiring installation. 5. Construction sequence. 6. Final cleaning. 7. Allowance for inclement weather. 2.05 PAYMENT A. No separate payment shall be made for work under this Section. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION Section 01311 - 3 PortMCCiIIdnd fgnsYlSinQ Eng nit's Incwpsrarsa Faysflsvills, Arkansas SECTION 01400 • • • PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. General Quality Control. B. Workmanship. C. Manufacturer's Instructions. D. Manufacturer's Certificates. I H C I [I I I E. Mockups. F. Manufacturers' Field Services. G. Testing Laboratory Services. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01300 - Submittals: Submittal of Manufacturer's Instructions. B. Section 02200: Tests required for earthwork. C. Section 03300: Tests required for concrete. 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL, GENERAL A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. 1.04 WORKMANSHIP A. Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. B. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. C. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, and racking. MCCIUlond e Consultlnp En•lnors lnc&perole0 Feyerlevllls, Arkensoe Section 01400 - 1 I C H I H H 1.05 MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS A. Comply with instructions in full detail, including each step in sequence. Should instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding. 1.06 MANUFACTURERS' CERTIFICATES A. When required by individual Specifications Section, submit manufacturer's certificate, in duplicate, that products meet or exceed specified requirements. ' 11.07 MOCKUPS Not Used. ' 1.08 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES H C A. When specified in respective Specification Sections, require supplier or manufacturer to provide qualified personnel to observe field conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust and balance of equipment as applicable, and to make appropriate recommendations. B. Representative shall submit written report to Engineer listing observations and recommendations. ' 11.09 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES C I I [I I I A. Owner will employ a Testing Laboratory to perform inspections, tests, and other services required by individual Specification Sections. B. Owner shall pay for initial laboratory testing of earthwork, base, asphalt, and concrete. If, however, initial test fails, retesting must be paid for by the Contractor. C. Services will be performed in accordance with requirements of governing authorities and with specified standards. D. Reports will be submitted to Engineer, Owner and Contractor giving observations and results of tests, indicating compliance or non-compliance with specified standards and with Contract Documents. Ma Con WIfinp Elginweery n Incvras/also Foysffsvllb, Arkansas Section 01400 - 2 I E. Contractor shall cooperate with Testing Laboratory personnel; furnish tools, samples of materials, design mix, equipment, storage and assistance as requested. F. Notify Engineer/Testing Laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing services. G. Make arrangements with Testing Laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests for Contractor's convenience. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. I PART 3 Not Used. END OF SECTION Section 01400 - 3 MKMIIog" Conwllinp Enpin,m Inwoeret.d Foy./Nvlll., Arken.k I L I I IH I I I H I I I [1 I SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND UTILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 LAYOUT OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for storage of materials and equipment in locations on and off the construction site. Security of the construction work, materials, and equipment is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 1.02 STORAGE A. The Contractor shall erect or provide as approved, temporary storage buildings of the various sizes as required for the protection of mechanical and electrical equipment and materials as recommended by manufacturers of such equipment and materials. The buildings shall be provided with such environmental control systems that meet recommendations of manufacturers of all equipment and materials stored in the buildings. The buildings shall be of sufficient size and so arranged or partitioned to provide security for their contents and provide ready access for inspection and inventory. At or near the completion of the work, and as directed by the Engineer, the temporary storage buildings shall be dismantled, removed from the site, and remain the property of the Contractor. B. Combustible materials (paints, solvents, fuels, etc.) shall be stored in a well -ventilated building removed from other buildings. 1.03 STORAGE YARDS A. The Contractor shall construct temporary storage yards for the storage of materials that are not subject to damage by weather conditions. Materials such as pipe, reinforcing and structural steel, shall be stored on pallets or racks, off the ground, and stored in a manner to allow ready access for inspection and inventory. Temporary gravel surfacing of the storage yards shall meet with the approval of the Engineer and Owner. Storage areas shall be restored to their initial condition once they are no longer needed. MCCI.Iland Con .olPing fn�n r. IncwPoraoral.d F.Iyll.vill., Arkansas Section 01500 - 1 LJ I I 'I I I L I L I I 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S WORK AREA A. The Contractor shall limit his operations and storage of equipment materials to the areas authorized by individual property owners and approved by the Engineer and Owner. B. The Contractor shall proceed with his work in an orderly manner, maintaining the construction site free of debris and unnecessary equipment or materials. 1.05 TEMPORARY ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING A. The Contractor shall construct temporary construction access roads, parking areas, and detours as are required to execute the work. The roads shall meet with the approval of the Engineer, and be maintained in good condition until no longer needed; at which time the temporary roads shall be removed and the area left in a condition satisfactory to the property owner and Engineer. 1.06 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL A. Rough grade site to prevent standing water and to direct surface drainage away from excavations, trenches, adjoining properties, and public rights -of -way. B. Maintain excavations and trenches free of water. Provide and operate pumping equipment of a capacity to control water flow. C. Provide piping to handle pumping outflow to discharge in a manner to avoid erosion or deposit of silt. II D. Remove equipment and installation when no longer needed. L H I I E I 1.07 TEMPORARY PUMP STATION A. Install a temporary pump station utilizing one of the pumps to be installed in the final pump station and the pressure tank to be installed in the final pump station. Provide electrical controls for the station as necessary for a completely functional automatic operation. B. Operate and maintain the temporary pump station until the permanent pump station is finished and accepted for beneficial occupancy. The Owner will assume operator duties of the permanent station at this time. IMCClpllaS Cmsulrnp Elgin.. InaperaMa Fapllsvllls, Arkansas Section 01500 - 2 I I [I n I I I I I I I I Li I I Li I Li C. Provide electrical heat and insulation (if required by the time of year) in the temporary pump station as necessary to prevent freezing of any pipes or equipment. PART 2 UTILITIES 2.01 CODES AND SAFETY A. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining inspections and paying for permits required for the installation of all temporary utilities. Also, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the safe use/operation of all temporary utilities. 2.02 SANITARY FACILITIES A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain sanitary facilities for his employees and his subcontractors' employees that will comply with the regulations of the local and State health departments and as directed by the Engineer. 2.03 TEMPORARY WATER A. The owner will provide a place of temporary connection for water near the site if the Contractor desires and if it can be determined that the Contractor's usage will not interfere with Fayetteville's normal requirements. B. The Contractor will provide required pumps, pressure tanks, etc. if necessary to boost pressure at his points of usage. 2.04 WATER FOR TESTING A. The Owner shall provide the necessary water required for testing the tank, equipment and water lines prior to acceptance of the work, unless otherwise specifically stated in the Specifications for the equipment, system, or facility. 2.05 PROTECTION OF THE FINISHED CONSTRUCTION A. The Contractor shall assume the responsibility for the protection of all finished construction and shall repair and restore any and all damage to finished work to its original or better state. Section 01500 - 3 [ 1 o CnaIGn/ Engmgrs InCorp erp/e! Foyelrerlup Arkpmm Li I L L I I I I L I I Li I I 2.06 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND UTILITIES A. At such time or times any temporary construction facilities and utilities are no longer required for the work, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer of his intent and schedule for removal of the temporary facilities and utilities, and obtain the Engineer's approval before removing the same. As approved, the Contractor shall remove the temporary facilities and utilities from the site as his property and leave the site in such condition as specified, as directed by the Engineer, and/or as shown on the Drawings. B. In unfinished areas, the condition of the site shall be left in a condition that will restore original drainage, evenly graded, seeded as necessary, and left with an appearance equal to, or better than, original. 2.07 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work under this Section will be included as part of the applicable unit price bid amounts stated in the Proposal. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION flMcClelland En,IMarr. Inyeralad Faynll.villa, ArkaMw Section 01500 - 4 I SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SHIPMENT, HANDLING. STORAGE. AND PROTECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Products. B. Transportation and Handling. C. Storage and Protection. D. Product Options. E. Products List. F. Substitutions. G. Systems Demonstration. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01009 - Administrative Provisions: Summary of Work B. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Submittal of manufacturers' certificates. C. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Operation and maintenance data. 1.03 PRODUCTS A. Products include material, equipment, and systems. B. Comply with Specifications and referenced standards as minimum requirements. C. Components required to be supplied in quantity within a Specification Section shall be the same, and shall be interchangeable. D. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing structure. Section 01600 - 1 MOCNINM conwlllnp Inospprolp0 Foyp/iprlllp, Arbpan L L I L II I I I I 1.04 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport products by methods to avoid product damage; deliver in undamaged condition in manufacturer's unopened containers or packaging, dry. B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage. C. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. 1.05 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weather -tight enclosures; maintain within temperature and humidity ranges required by manufacturer's instructions. B. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering; provide ventilation to avoid condensation. C. • D. 1 1.06 A. B. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a well -drained area; prevent mixing with foreign matter. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged, and are maintained under required conditions. PRODUCT OPTIONS Submit a request with PROPOSAL for substitution for any manufacturer not specifically named, providing all specification data and deduct in price offered. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any product meeting those standards. PRODUCTS LIST Not Used. Mctlslland n fonroltin a Enpinnrs InooryoroHd Fo).Bav/II., Arkansas Section 01600 - 2 r El I I I C I I I I 1 I] I I I I 1.08 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Only with submittal of equipment substitution request with the PROPOSAL will the Engineer consider requests from Contractor for major equipment substitutions. Subsequently, substitutions will be considered only when a product becomes unavailable due to no fault of Contractor. B. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. C. Request constitutes a representation that Contractor: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds, in all respects, specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for substitution as for specified product. 3. will coordinate installation and make other changes which may be required for Work to be complete in all respects. 4. Waives claims for additional costs which may subsequently become apparent. D. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals without separate written request, or when acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents, or when said substitution will not result in significant cost savings to the Owner, or result in some material advantage being gained by the Owner. E. Engineer will determine acceptability of proposed substitution, and will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection in writing within a reasonable time following the opening of Bids. F. Only one request for substitution will be considered for each product. When substitution is not accepted, provide specified product. 1.09 SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATION A. Prior to final inspection, demonstrate operation of each system to Engineer and Owner. MCClslland Consalllny Enginors inarDoroMd Faplb villa, Arkonsos Section 01600 - 3 I B. I PART 2 I PART 3 Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of equipment and systems, using the operation and maintenance data as the basis of instruction. PRODUCTS Not Used. EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION Section 01600 - 4 o Conning Eminoon Inooraoraloa Fapllavllla. Artamas I u I I I I I I I H I C I H I I SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.01 SCOPE A. This Section outlines the procedure to be followed in closing out all contracts. 1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. The substantial completion date for the Contract shall be established as stated in the General Conditions. 1.03 FINAL INSPECTION A. After final cleaning and upon written notice from the Contractor that the work is completed, the Engineer will make a preliminary inspection with the Owner and Contractor present. Upon completion of this preliminary inspection, the Engineer will notify the Contractor, in writing, of any particulars in which this inspection reveals that the work is defective or incomplete. B. Upon receiving written notice from the Engineer, the Contractor shall immediately undertake the work required to remedy defects and complete the work to the satisfaction of the Owner. C. When the Contractor has corrected or completed the items as listed in the Engineer's written notice, he shall inform the Engineer, in writing, that the required work has been completed. Upon receipt of this notice, the Engineer, in the presence of the Owner and contractor, shall make his final inspection of the project. D. Should the Engineer find all work satisfactory at the time of his inspection, the Contractor will be allowed to make application for final payment in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions. Should the Engineer still find deficiencies in the work, the Engineer will inform the Contractor of the deficiencies and will deny the Contractor's request for final payment until such time as the Contractor has satisfactorily completed the required work. E. All water courses, gutters, and ditches shall be opened and left in a condition satisfactory to the Engineer. MKIa11es conwmng Enaln..re Inaseo'reMal. a Fa»Irevllls, Arkenem Section 01700 - 1 I U I I H C I I I H I I I I I 1.04 FINAL SUBMITTALS A. No contract will be finalized until all of the following have been submitted as required in Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION. 1. Final shop drawings 2. Record drawings 3. Interface information 4. Manufacturers' Certificates of Proper Installation 5. Operation and Maintenance Manuals B. No contract will be finalized until all submittals required in Section 01720, PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS, have been submitted. 1.05 GUARANTEES, BONDS, AND AFFIDAVITS A. No contract will be finalized until all guarantees, performance tests, bonds, certificates, licenses, and affidavits required for work or equipment as specified are satisfactorily filed with the Owner. 1.06 ACCESSORY ITEMS A. All Contractors furnishing and/or installing equipment on this project shall provide to the Owner, upon acceptance of the equipment, all special accessories required to place each item of equipment in full operation. These special accessory items include, but are not limited to, adequate oil and grease as required for the first lubrication of the equipment, light bulbs, fuses, valve keys, handwheels, and other expendable items as required for initial startup and operation of all equipment. 1.07 RELEASE OF LIENS OR CLAIMS A. No contract will be finalized until satisfactory evidence of release of liens has been submitted to the Owner as required by the General Conditions. 1.08 FINAL PAYMENT A. Final payment will be made to the Contractor in accordance with the General Conditions. Section 01700 - 2 flMCCHlfond Csnsalllna Elgin4n Inaaraar0Hd rotsvllls, Arbnsas PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION Section 01700 - 3 MCCl.clan! o con Silting Enpinom rnwp.rotS Foyotivlio, Artomoo I I I I I I I I I J I I I 1] I .J SECTION 01710 FINAL CLEANING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This Section covers the work necessary for cleaning during construction and final cleaning on completion of the work. B. At all times maintain areas covered by the Contract and private and public properties free from accumulations of waste, debris, and rubbish caused by construction operations. C. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and anti -pollution laws. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on project site. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways. Brush and trees resulting from clearing shall be disposed of off -site. No on -site burning will be allowed. D. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned. E. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturers. 1.02 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. During execution of work, clean site and public properties and dispose of waste materials, debris, and rubbish to assure that buildings, grounds, private and public properties are maintained free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish. B. Wet down dry materials and rubbish to lay dust and prevent blowing dust. C. Provide approved containers for collection and disposal of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. D. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, and other foreign materials from exposed and semi -exposed surfaces. flMGCI•I IOM Canwllllny fMln�nn Farifl.vill., Arknnwt Section 01710 - 1 H I I I I I [1 I L I I P I I I C E. Repair, patch, and touchup marred surfaces to specified finish to match adjacent surfaces. 1.03 FINAL CLEANING A. At the completion of work on all contracts and immediately prior to final inspection, cleaning of the entire project will be accomplished. B. Employ experienced workers, or professional cleaners, for final cleaning. C. Repair, patch, and touch up marred surfaces to specified finish, to match adjacent surfaces. D. Remove from the Owner's property all temporary structures and all materials, equipment, and appurtenances not required as a part of, or appurtenant to, the completed work. See Section 01500, TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND UTILITIES. 1.04 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as part of the applicable bid amounts stated in the Proposal. PART 2 PART 3 PRODUCTS Not Used EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION nModl.Ita,M lbnwlllny Enalnurt InaorporaMd FayHbWlla, Arlmmot Section 01710 - 2 I fI H I I I [1 I I I H I I I I H I [. ] SECTION 01720 .. • PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples. B. Submittal of Record Documents and Samples. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Document 00700 - General Conditions: Documents at the site. B. Section 01300 - Submittals: Shop drawings, product data, and samples. C. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. D. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Operation and maintenance data. E. Individual Specifications Sections: Manufacturer's certificates and certificates of inspection. 1.03 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. In addition to requirements in General Conditions, maintain at the site one record copy of: 1. Contract Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 6. Field test records. 7. Inspection certificates. 8. Manufacturer's certificates. B. Store Record Documents in Field Office apart from documents used for construction. Provide files, racks, and secure storage for Record Documents. C. Label and file Record Documents in accordance with Section number listing in Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters. Section 01720-1 fl naNllona con ass ling Erglnun InCaraoraIad Fay+?Nvlllo, Arkansas I H I I D. Maintain Record Documents in a clean, dry and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. E. Keep Record Documents and samples available for inspection by Engineer. ' 11.04 I J I I] I I I I A. Record information on a set of blue line opaque drawings, and in a copy of a Project Manual. B. Provide felt tip marking pens, maintaining separate colors for each major system, for recording information. C. Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. D. Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including: 1. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 2. Field changes of dimension and detail. 3. Changes made by Modifications. 4. Details not on original Contract Drawings. E. Specifications: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, and catalog number of each product actually installed, particularly optional items and substitute items. 2. Changes made by Addenda and Modifications. Other Documents: Maintain manufacturer's certifications, inspection certifications, field test records, etc., required by individual Specifications sections. SUBMITTALS At Contract closeout, deliver Record Documents and samples under provisions of Section 01700. NcCNIIond Con,lring Enymo•n Inoeroorone Fe,•Ilo rill•, Arkansas Section 01720-2 B. Transmit with cover letter in duplicate, listing: 1. Date. 2. Project title and number. 3. Contractor's name, address, and telephone number. 4. Number and title of each Record Document. 5. Signature of Contractor or authorized representative. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION Section 01720-3 Mccsilnnd a cansaltin g Enainssrs Incarperated FayiMevllle, Arkansas H H I I I L L F I I [I I I I I H I SECTION 02102 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This Section covers the work necessary to remove all interfering or objectionable material from the designated areas of work. B. This work shall also include the preservation from injury or defacement of all vegetation and existing objects designated to remain. C. Review with the Engineer's Representative the location, limits, and methods to be used prior to commencing the work under this Section. PART 2 MATERIALS AND PROCEDURES 2.01 GENERAL A. Provide all materials, suitable and in adequate quantity, required to accomplish the work as specified herein. 2.02 CLEARING - DEFINITION A. Clearing shall consist of cutting, removing, and disposing of trees, snags, stumps, shrubs, brush, limbs, and other vegetative growth, and shall be performed in such a manner as to remove all evidence of their presence from the surface and shall be inclusive of sticks and branches greater than 2 inches in diameter or thickness. Clearing shall also include the removal and disposal of trash piles, rubbish, and fencing; and the preservation of trees, shrubs, and vegetative growth which are not designated for removal. 2.03 CUTTING TIMBER A. In the cutting of timber growth (if any is required), cuts shall be made such that all trees are felled into the area to be cleared. Exercise care when clearing near the clearing limits so as not to damage existing trees, vegetation structures, or utilities which are outside of the clearing limits. Flush cut all stumps not designated for grubbing by cutting to within 2 inches of the ground surface. MCCI.II.n. o C.nwlfin. Inc@rporpf.E F.Ml.vil., A,karsns Section 02102 - 1 I C I II I I I I H I 1 I 1 I I 1 2.04 PRESERVATION OF TREES, SHRUBS AND OTHER VEGETATION A. Protect trees, shrubbery and other vegetation not designated for removal from damage resulting from the Work. Cut and remove tree branches only where, in the opinion of the Engineer, such cutting is necessary to effect construction operation. Remove branches other than those required to effect the work to provide a balanced appearance of any tree, as approved prior to removal. Scars resulting from the removal of branches shall be treated with an approved tree sealant. B. Trees and shrubbery within and adjacent to the work shall be protected and preserved to the maximum extent possible. Damage to vegetation outside the limits of the designated construction area may result in damage claims against the Contractor. C. Ornamental trees, shrubs, fruit trees, etc., shall be protected from damage even if they are located within the limits of the pipeline easement. Obtain Engineer's approval to modify the pipe route, if alternative routes will minimize impact on these plantings. If such plantings must be removed, protect and replant the plantings. If plantings are damaged during the process or if they die during the one year warranty period, replace the planting in kind. D. The two large trees at the pump station shall be protected from damage. Over hanging limbs on these trees may be cut only as necessary for clearance for the pump building and power lines. The two small trees between the two large trees shall be cut and removed from the site. 2.05 GRUBBING - DEFINITION A. Grubbing shall consist of the wood or root matter below the after clearing and shall inclu or root systems greater than thickness to a depth of 18 surface. 2.06 CLEARING LIMITS removal and disposal of ground surface remaining 3e stumps, trunks, roots, 2 inches in diameter or inches below the ground A. Clear only areas within the construction site that are absolutely necessary to accomplish the construction. flMCCI.IIdM Conwbin/ Enpinon Iii 'parole! Fpr/fpvilll, Arkonwo Section 02102 - 2 P u I C 2.07 DISPOSAL OF CLEARING AND GRUBBING DEBRIS A. Haul the material from the work site and dispose of in accordance with state, federal, and local laws, Such off -site disposal shall be at the Contractor's sole expense. ' 12.08 Li n I I I J I I I I I I Li - DEFINITION A. Stripping shall include the removal and disposal of all organic sod, topsoil, grass and grass roots, and other objectionable material remaining after clearing and grubbing from the areas designated to be stripped. The exact depth of stripping will be determined by the Engineer. Topsoil requirements are specified in Section 02200, EARTHWORK. 2.09 DISPOSAL OF STRIPPINGS A. Topsoil from the strippings shall be stockpiled and used for the finished site grading. Excess topsoil shall be hauled off the site with clearing and grubbing debries. 2.10 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as part of the applicable unit price bid amounts stated in the Proposal for the installation of pipe or the lump sum bid amount for the pump station. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION Noel. tlend eon wits n0 Enpinun laceraaralao Foyallarllla, Arkan o. Section 02102 - 3 I I J F F. C Li I [1 I C I I I SECTION 02200 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This Section covers the work necessary for the earthwork, trenching and backfilling complete. 1.02 DEFINITIONS - RELATIVE COMPACTION A. "Relative compaction" is defined as the ratio, in percent, of the as -compacted field dry density to the laboratory maximum dry density as determined by the Standard Proctor Test, ASTM D698. Corrections for oversize material may be applied to either the as -compacted field dry density or the maximum dry density, as determined by the Engineer. 1.03 DEFINITIONS - OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT A. "Optimum moisture content" is defined as the moisture content of the material for which the maximum dry density is obtained as determined by ASTM D698. Field moisture contents shall be determined on the basis of the fraction passing the 3/4 -inch sieve. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the GENERAL CONDITIONS, SECTION 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION, and the requirements of this section. B. Provide the following submittals: 1. Samples for all imported material. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 GENERAL A. Provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to accomplish the work specified in this Section. MCClslldnd CenWlllny or in OxPoraroltd FO)WIGVllls, Arkansas Section 02200 - 1 I r 2.02 COMMON EXCAVATION A. Complete all common excavation regardless of the type, nature, or condition of the materials encountered. The Contractor shall make his own estimate of the kind and extent of the various materials to be excavated in order to accomplish the work. All excavation not specifically defined as rock excavation shall be common excavation. 2.03 ROCK EXCAVATION ' A. Rock excavation is defined as the removal of all material which by actual demonstration cannot be reasonably ' excavated with a backhoe as listed in Table 1 below and equipped with two rippers, or similar approved equipment and which is, in fact, systematically drilled and blasted or broken by power -operated hand tools. The Engineer may ' waive the demonstration if the material encountered is well-defined rock. The term "rock excavation" shall be understood to indicate a method of removal and not a tgeological formation. TABLE 1 Manufacturer ode Bucyrus Erie 20-H ' Hopto 550 Koehring 466 B. No payment will be made for any method of rock removal other than systematic drilling and blasting or by power -operated hand tools. If material which would be classified as rock by the above definition is ' mechanically removed with excavating equipment of a larger size than specified hereinbefore, it shall be understood that any added costs for the removal of ' material by this method shall be included in the unit prices for the various classifications of common excavation. C. Before systematic drilling and blasting will be permitted, expose the material by removing the common material above it. Notify the Engineer, who, with the ' Contractor or his representative, will measure the amount of material to be removed and will record the information. Then drill, blast, or break with ' power -operated hand tools, and excavate the material. The method or methods of calculating and determining the quantity of rock shall be agreed upon for each occurrence t where rock excavations, as herein defined, are Section 02200 - 2 7 Li MCClollond a Consulting Enginllrr. Inc porobd Fa)vn.vill., Arkon,or I U I I L I I I I I I L I I [] I encountered along the centerline of the proposed pipeline. All such agreements between the above -mentioned parties shall be a matter of record by both parties on the day each occurrence of rock is measured. D. The Contractor may predrill and blast prior to excavation if, in the Engineer's opinion, a rock line from which measurements can be taken can be clearly defined. To obtain tentative approval of this method, the Contractor shall predrill, blast, and excavate an initial 100 -foot test trench section, and, in addition, shall excavate a minimum of two 20 -foot long trench sections to apparent rock line immediately adjacent to the predrilled section for comparison. If satisfactory correlation can be obtained, the Engineer may approve predrilling and blasting. The Contractor in electing to use this method hereby agrees to accept the reasonable judgment of the Engineer to resolve the dispute. Where the entire trench footage has not been predrilled, the Engineer reserves the right to stop predrilling and blasting if experience indicates that an accurate determination of rock quantities is not possible by this method. 2.04 EARTH FILL A. Excavated material free from roots, organic matter, trash, debris, rocks larger than 3 inches, and other deleterious materials. Suitable material may be obtained by the Contractor from the excavation for the proposed pipelines. Provide imported material of equivalent quality, if required to accomplish the work. Imported material shall be provided at the Contractor's sole expense. 2.05 GRANULAR FILL A. Imported GRANULAR FILL shall be 1 -1/2 -inch minus crushed gravel or crushed rock, free from dirt, clay balls, and organic material, well graded from coarse to fine, containing sufficient finer material for proper compaction, and less than 8 percent by weight passing the No. 200 sieve. Arkansas Highway and Transportation Department Class 7 Base shall qualify as GRANULAR FILL material. 2.06 SAND A. Imported natural sand or sand produced from crushed gravel or crushed rock, maximum size 5/16 inch, 80 percent shall pass a No. 4 sieve, free from clay and Section 02200 - 3 nMcclalnna Cpnwuino E;rpor. Inoerporod FOY010 III, Ar*ortsol [I I I I H I I I I I I L C [I I I [1 I organic material, with a maximum of 8 percent passing the No. 200 sieve. 2.07 GRIT A. Imported crushed limestone screenings from concrete coarse aggregate, maximum size 1/2 inch. 2.08 TRENCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL A. Three-inch minus river -run or pit -run gravel, free from clay balls, roots, and organic matter; well crushed gravel or crushed rock graded with less than 8 percent by weight passing the 1/4 -inch sieve. Submit samples for approval prior to delivery of the material to the site. 2.09 GRANULAR PIPE BASE AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL A. Granular pipe base and pipe zone material, as required by the typical trench details on the Drawings, shall be GRANULAR FILL, SAND, GRIT, or materials meeting the requirements of ASTM D2487, Class I and Class II embedment materials. 2.10 NATIVE PIPE BASE AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL A. Trench excavated or imported selected material free of stones larger than one and one -half -inch, roots, debris and organic material. To include silt and clay subsoils, sand and gravel less than one and one -half -inch in size. Use native pipe base and pipe zone material with ductile iron pipe only. 2.11 BACKFILL ABOVE THE PIPE ZONE A. Materials from the excavation containing no particles larger than 6 -inch diameter, free from roots, debris, and organic material. 2.12 TOPSOIL A. Selected topsoil at the site, properly stored and protected, free from roots, sticks, hard clay, and stones which will not pass through a 3 -inch square opening. Remove existing grass and overburden before topsoil is excavated. Provide imported topsoil of equal quality if required to accomplish the work. 2.13 WATER FOR COMPACTION A. Furnish as required. nMCClalland Canallin0 Enginora Incorporona Foyotlevllla, ArRanws Section 02200 - 4 [] I I I I I I I I I I I 11 I I I 2.14 COMPACTION EQUIPMENT A. Compaction equipment shall be of suitable type and adequate to obtain the densities specified. B. Compaction equipment shall be operated in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Equipment shall be maintained in such condition that it will deliver the manufacturer's rated compactive effort. Hand -operated equipment shall be capable of achieving the specified densities. 2.15 MOISTURE CONTROL EQUIPMENT A. Equipment for applying water shall quality adequate for the work, shall be equipped with a distributor bar device to assure uniform applicatil mixing and drying out material shall discs, or other approved equipment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND STRIPPING be not or )n. coi of a type and leak, and shall other approved Equipment for isist of blades, A. Complete clearing and grubbing work as specified in Section 02102, CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND STRIPPING, prior to beginning work in this Section. 3.02 STRIPPING TOPSOIL A. Prior to beginning any excavation or fill, strip the topsoil to a depth of at least 6 inches or to a depth sufficient to remove all organic material and stockpile for future use. In general, topsoil shall be removed where structures are to be built, embankments or levees constructed, trenches dug, and roads, parking lots, walks, and similar improvements constructed within the areas presently covered with topsoil. Topsoil shall be stored clear of the construction area. Take reasonable care to prevent the topsoil from becoming mixed with subsoil or eroding. 3.03 COMMON EXCAVATION A. Perform all common excavation of every description, regardless of the type, nature, or condition of material encountered, as specified, shown, or required to accomplish the construction. lMotlsllond (bnsvlllag Engin r. Inta,eroUd Foy.tt.vllls, Arkonns Section 02200 - 5 I I I I I I I I I H I L_ I I I H 3.04 EXCAVATION SAFETY A. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for making the excavation in a safe manner. Provide appropriate measures to retain excavation sideslopes to ensure that men working in or near the excavation are protected. 3.05 LIMITS OF EXCAVATION A. Excavate to the depths and widths required. Allow for forms, working space, granular base, and finish topsoil where shown or required. Excavation carried below the grade lines shown or established by the Engineer shall be replaced with the same fill material as specified for the overlying fill or backfill, compacted as required for such overlying fill or backfill. Where the overlying area is not to receive fill or backfill, replace the overexcavated material and compact to a density not less than that of the underlying ground. The Contractor shall correct all overexcavated areas at the Contractor's sole expense. 3.06 REMOVAL OF WATER A. Provide and operate equipment adequate to keep all excavations and trenches free of water. Remove all water during period when concrete is being deposited, when pipe is being laid, during the placing of backfill unless water settling is required, and at such other times as required for efficient and safe execution of the work. Removal of groundwater shall be accomplished in a manner that will preserve the strength of the foundation soils, will not cause instability of the excavation slopes, and will not result in damage to existing structures. 3.07 ROCK EXCAVATION A. Where material is encountered which requires systematic drilling and blasting for removal, excavate to subgrade for granular pipe base. Correct overexcavation with compacted granular material as specified hereinbefore for grade. B. The requirements of Section 01016, Paragraph 1.13 will be prerequisite to blasting near structures. Use the utmost care so as not to endanger life or property, cause slides, or disturb materials outside the limits of the trenches or excavations. C. Store all explosives in a safe, secure manner in compliance with federal, state, and local laws and MCClpllppd Cpnwlllnp Endlnnr. mwa Inrpt d Fdydn.Wllko Arkdnws Section 02200 - 6 I I Li I I I I I I I L I I I I L ordinances, and mark all such storage places clearly DANGEROUS EXPLOSIVES. Do not leave explosives in an unprotected manner along or adjacent to any highway, street, alley, or other area where such explosives could endanger persons or property. D. Comply with the requirements of the Workmen's Compensation Board or similar appropriate public body having jurisdiction over use of explosives. Allow only persons experienced in the handling of explosives to use them on the work. Explosives shall be handled only by licensed personnel. E. Provide all necessary approved types of tools and devices required for loading and using explosives, blasting caps, and accessories. Conform to, and obey, all federal, state, and local laws that may be imposed by any public authority. Do not blast adjacent to any portion of exposed work or structures, unless proper precautions are taken to ensure that the structures and materials surrounding and supporting the same will not be damaged by the blasting. F. When blasting rock in trenches, cover the area to be shot with blasting mats or other type of protective material that will prevent the scattering of rock fragments outside of the excavation. Give ample warning to all persons within the vicinity prior to blasting, and station men and provide signals of danger in suitable places to warn people and vehicles before firing any blasts. Fire all blasts with an electric blasting machine which shall not be connected in the circuit until just prior to the time for firing, and then shall be connected by the man who will operate the blasting machine. G. After a blast has been fired, the blaster shall make a careful inspection to determine that all charges have exploded before employees are allowed to return to the operation. Correct misfires in accordance with the requirements of the applicable portions of the state or local safety code for blasting. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all damages to property or injury to persons resulting from blasting, or accidental or premature explosions that may occur in connection with his use of explosives. H. In case injury from blasting occurs to any portion of the work or to the material surrounding or supporting the same that is intended to remain, remove such damaged work, repair the work, and replace the material Nctltlla" coawltlna Elgin... Ina>Aarotea Fayetteville, ArkanWa Section 02200 - 7 I C I I I I H J H I I C I I J I I surrounding or supporting the same, or furnish such material and perform such work for repair or replacement as the Engineer shall order. Repair promptly, completely, and satisfactorily all damage to existing structures intended to remain, that is caused by blasting, at no expense to the Owner. 3.08 PREPARATIONS FOR PLACING BACKFILLS A. Backfill around concrete structures only after the concrete has attained the specified compressive strength indicated in Section 03300, CONCRETE. Remove all form materials and trash from the excavation before placing any backfill. Obtain the Engineer's acceptance of concrete work and attained strength prior to backfilling. B. Do not operate earth -moving equipment within 5 feet of walls of concrete structures for the purpose of depositing or compacting backfill material. Compact backfill adjacent to concrete walls with hand -operated tampers or similar equipment that will not damage the structure. 3.09 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Excavate for the installation of piping, utilities, and appurtenances. All obstructions, such as tree roots, stumps, abandoned concrete structures, and other material of any type shall be removed. 3.10 TRENCH WIDTH A. Minimum width of unsheeted trenches or the minimum clear width of sheeted trenches in soil trenches in which pipe is to be laid shall be 6 inches greater than the inside diameter of the pipe. Sheeting requirements shall be independent of trench width. The maximum clear width at the top of the pipe or above the pipe will not be limited, except in cases where excess width of excavation would cause damage to adjacent structures. B. Minimum trench width in rock excavation areas shall be 12 -inches greater than the inside diameter of the pipe. Maximum width for rock excavation pay purposes shall be two feet. 3.11 GRADE A. Carry the bottom of the trench to the depths shown, or as established by the Engineer. Allow for pipe thickness Section 02200 - 8 NCCNIIand bONINAO Enylnon Inoorporosd FoyrtfWlln, Arkansas [] I I I I I El [I I I I I I n I I and for pipe base or special bedding when specified. Backfill any part of the trench excavated below grade with granular pipe base material or native pipe base material, as required by the details on the Drawings, and compact to a density equal to the undisturbed trench bottom. 3.12 SHORING, SHEETING, AND BRACING OF TRENCHES A. Erect, maintain, and remove shoring, sheeting, and bracing as required by all federal, state and local laws, codes and ordinances. 3.13 REMOVAL OF WATER A. Removal of water shall be accomplished as specified hereinbefore. 3.14 TRENCH STABILIZATION A. If the material in the bottom of the trench is unsuitable for supporting the pipe, excavate below the flow line to remove the unsuitable material, and backfill to the required grade with TRENCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL as specified hereinbefore. Unsuitable material is material which is not capable of supporting the pipe base material, pipe and/or backfill (i.e., organics, mud, trash, etc.). 3.15 BASE FOR PIPE IN ROCK TRENCH A. Place a minimum 6 -inch thickness of GRANULAR PIPE BASE of the type hereinbefore specified. Place for the full width of the trench with the top of the granular base at flow line grade. Bed the pipe in the granular base so that the flow line is at the required grade and elevation. Place and finish the gravel base to grade ahead of the pipe laying operation. Place GRANULAR PIPE ZONE MATERIAL to a level 6 -inches above the top of the pipe. 3.16 BASE FOR PIPE IN SOIL TRENCH A. Grade soil trench bottoms to the specified depths, for continuous and uniform pipe support. Place GRANULAR PIPE BASE AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL in over excavated areas and from a level 4 -inches below the pipe to a level 4 -inches above the top of the pipe, for PVC pipe. Utilize NATIVE PIPE BASE AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL for ductile iron pipe. MCCNlland con nul'ins EMlnaan IncorpnroNL Foarllla, Arlon. Section 02200 - 9 I II I r 1 I I I I I I I H C I LJ I I 3.17 TRENCH BACKFILL ABOVE THE PIPE ZONE A. In trenches under all structures, sidewalks, county roads, piping, and similar facilities, except where specifically shown, deposit GRANULAR FILL, as specified hereinbefore, in horizontal lifts not exceeding 8 inches in uncompacted thickness. Compact to not less than 95 percent relative compaction. Repair any subsequent damage caused by settlement of trenches at the Contractor's sole expense. B. In trenches under driveways, non -county roads, parking areas, and similar areas designated by the Engineer, backfill with compacted native materials to within 6 -inches of the surface. Places 6 -inches of GRANULAR FILL (Class 7 Base) and compact to not less than 95% relative compaction. Place additional GRANULAR FILL if settlement occurs, at the Contractor's sole expense. C. In other areas the excavated trench material may be used for backfill. Push by mechanical means, first onto the slope of the backfill previously placed and allow to roll down into the trench. Do not allow free fall of the material into the open trench. Under no circumstances allow sharp, heavy pieces of material to drop directly onto the pipe or the material in the pipe zone. Backfill material shall not exceed 1/2 cubic foot in size and shall be intermixed with finer material to produce completed fill that is free from detrimental voids and segregation. Neatly windrow the material over the trench to provide for future settlement. Any excess or deficiency of backfill material after settlement within the guarantee period shall be corrected by regrading and adding or removing material. 3.18 SITE GRADING A. Perform all earthwork to the lines and grades as shown and/or established by the Engineer, with proper allowance for topsoil where specified or shown. Shape, trim, and finish slopes of channels to conform with the lines, grades, and cross sections shown. Make slopes free of all exposed roots and stones exceeding 3 -inch diameter which are loose and liable to fall. Round tops of banks to circular curbs, in general, not less than a 6 -foot radius. Rounded surfaces shall be neatly and smoothly trimmed. Overexcavating and backfilling to the proper grade will not be acceptable. Finished site grading will be reviewed by the Engineer. k/CClsllana ConwlHng Enamssn Inooraoraaa faysttsrllls, Arkanws section 02200 - 10 I L L I I I I I I [] 1 I I I J I 3.19 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATION A. Dispose of all excess excavated materials, not required or suitable for use as backfill or fill, outside of the area of work. Contractor shall make his own arrangements for the disposal of the excavated material and bear all costs or retain any profit incidental to such disposal. 3.20 SETTLEMENT A. Any settlement in backfill, fill, or in structures built over the backfill or fill, which may occur within the 1 -year guarantee period in the General Conditions will be considered to be caused by improper compaction methods and shall be corrected at the Contractor's sole expense. Any structures damaged by settlement shall be restored to their original condition by the Contractor at the Contractor's sole expense. 3.21 DRAINAGE CULVERTS A. Replace in kind drainage culverts which are destroyed. If the culvert cannot be reused, dispose of it and furnish and install new pipe. All culverts shall be protected from damage or restored to equivalent condition, if damaged, at no cost to the Owner. B. Replace culverts to the existing lines and grades. Do not replace culverts until the proposed pipeline is installed and the backfill of the trench has been completed to the subgrade of the culvert. 3.22 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as part of the unit price and lump sum bid amounts stated in the Proposal. B. Payment for trench excavation, native pipe base and pipe zone material and for trench backfill for the water lines shall be included in the unit price for the water lines. C. Rock excavation shall be measured for payment as the actual quantity of rock removed within the following limits: 1. Maximum depth for payment purposes shall be 4 inches below the bottom outside surface of the barrel of the proposed pipeline. MCCUnana Canwltinp Enprnurt rncviorotW FaysHevillo, Arkanwt Section 02200-11 I I I I H I C I L I I I I I I I H 2. Maximum width for payment purposes shall be 24 inches. If the actual width of excavation is less than 24 inches, payment will be based on the actual measured width. Payment for rock excavation will be based on the unit price per cubic yard stated in the Proposal and will be paid in addition to the linear foot payment for trench excavation and backfill. Payment for rock excavation shall include full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to drill, blast, and excavate the material. No payment will be made for rock excavated below the required grade or outside the widths mentioned above. No payment will be made for rock removal by any method other than drilling and blasting or with power -operated hand tools. Payment for imported GRANULAR PIPE BASE AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL shall be made separately. D. Payment for trench stabilization material will be based on the unit price per ton stated in the Proposal. Measurement will be based upon individual trip tickets of actual truck measure furnished the Engineer for tons used under this item. Trip tickets shall be presented to the Engineer for his signature on the day the material is delivered. No payment will be allowed on trip tickets not so validated by the Engineer. Payment for this item shall constitute full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment, and incidentals necessary to furnish materials at trench side and for placing and compacting it in the trench and for the extra depth of trench excavation required below the pipe base grade to provide for a stable base for the pipe. This item is to provide for unstable base encountered in the progress of the work and shall be used only under the direction of the Engineer. E. Payment for GRANULAR FILL (Class 7 Base only) used for road crossings, driveways and other authorized areas will be based on the unit price per ton stated in the Proposal, and the number of tons placed within the authorized limits. This payment shall constitute full compensation for the work as specified herein. Quantities for payment purposes shall be the actual number of tons used, based on truck weights and trip tickets signed by the Engineer. Trip tickets shall be flMcCI.IIend I ti A9 Loin..'. In Cap.rnrl4 Fprrrpollp, Arknnwk Section 02200 - 12 C El I I I J H F C I El I [1 I C I I I presented to the Engineer for his signature on the day that the material is delivered. F. No separate payment will be made for protecting, repairing and/or replacing existing culverts. G. Payment for GRANULAR PIPE BASE AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL (Class 7 Base, Grit or Sand) used for bedding all PVC pipe and for bedding ductile iron pipe in rock trenches will be based on the unit price per ton stated in the Proposal, and the number of tons placed within the authorized limits. This payment shall constitute full compensation for the work as specified herein. Quantities for payment purposes shall be the actual number of tons used, based on truck weights and trip tickets signed by the Engineer. Trip tickets shall be presented to the Engineer for his signature on the day that the material is delivered. END OF SECTION Mnwlallana 1 0 finnan.}ins Elglnaan Incvyaralaa Fopffevilla, Arkanaaa Section 02200-13 I SECTION 02218 LANDSCAPING GRADING PART 1 GENERAL J P I I I I U I I I 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Finish grade subsoil. B. Place, level, and compact topsoil. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Compaction requirements of backfill. B. Section 02200 - Rough Grading - Subsoil contouring. C. Section 02200 - Backfilling: Backfilling and compacting fill. D. Section 02200 - Trenching: Excavation, backfill, and compacting fill in trenches. E. Section 02485 - Finish ground cover. 1.03 PROTECTION A. Protect landscaping and other features remaining as final work. B. Protect existing structures, fences, roads, sidewalks, paving, and curbs. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Reused or imported, friable loam; free of subsoil, roots, grass, excessive amount of weeds, stone, and foreign matter; acidity range (pH) of 5.5 to 7.5; containing a minimum of 4 percent and a maximum of 25 percent organic matter. MCC I.11ano Consunlny Enmun lnasrp.ral1. Foy.N.vlll., Arkon.w Section 02218 - 1 I C I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I F C IPART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify site conditions and note irregularities affecting work of this Section. B. Beginning work of this Section means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 SUBSOIL PREPARATION A. Eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Remove debris, roots, branches, stones in excess of 3 inches in size. Remove subsoil contaminated with petroleum products. B. Scarify subgrade to depth of 3 inches where topsoil is scheduled. Scarify in areas where equipment used for hauling and spreading topsoil has compacted subsoil. 3.03 PLACING TOPSOIL A. Place topsoil in areas where seeding is scheduled. B. Use topsoil in relatively dry state. Place during dry weather. C. Fine grade topsoil eliminating rough or low areas. Maintain levels, profiles, and contours of subgrade. D. Remove stone, roots, grass, weeds, debris, and foreign material while spreading. E. Manually spread topsoil around plants and structures to prevent damage. F. Lightly compact placed topsoil. G. Remove surplus subsoil and topsoil from site. H. Leave stockpile area and site clean and raked, ready to receive grass seeding. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Top of Topsoil: Plus or minus 1 inch. MCCW land Conwlriny a y fnpino InWaeronc Fcy.Harilb, Arkansas Section 02218 - 2 C 3.05 SCHEDULE OF LOCATIONS A. The following paragraphs identify compacted topsoil thicknesses for various locations. B. Seeded Grass: 6 inches. 3.06 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as part of the applicable unit price bids stated in the Proposal. No separate payment will be made. Include the cost of this work in the price for pipe installation. END OF SECTION Section 02218 - 3 NOCl.IIYll4 cot, wlltin I o I Enylnoor. Foy+norlllq Arkonwn H F] I I I I I I I LI LI HI I LI I L7 I SECTION 02223 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This Section covers the work necessary for the construction of the railroad undercrossing, complete, within the limits shown. B. All necessary permits for the undercrossings will be obtained by the Owner. C. The operation across the Arkansas and Missouri Railroad Company's right-of-way must conform to the requirements of the railroad company as outlined in a pipeline crossing agreement made between the railroad company and the Owner. The Contractor shall obtain and deliver to the railroad company a public liability and property damage insurance policy in teh amount required in the pipeline crossing agreement. The insurance company writing the policy shall be authorized to do business in the State of Arkansas and shall be satisfactory to the railroad company. The insurance policy or policies shall be delivered to and remain in the possession of the railroad company. If any special agreement is reqquired between the Contractor and the railroad company, it shall be completed and signed before the Contractor enters upon or commences work on the railroad property. D. Consult with the local railroad agent to determine the most convenient day and hour for the undercrossings to be constructed. E. The crossing shall be made by boring and insertion of a casing casing pipe, unless specifically otherwise noted hereinafter. However, if the Contractor encounters solid rock and is unable to complete the bore, he shall obtain permission from the Permitter to make an open cut. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of the Permitter. F. Prior to starting construction, all required labor, materials, and equipment shall be on the site. Notify all permitters at least 48 hours in advance of working within their right-of-way. The term "Permitter" as used herein shall be understood to mean the party, agency, or governmental authority issuing the permit or permits for the construction within the said right-of-way. MCI., Sand Canwlliny a y E.pin.r. Incarp.ral.d F.y.tSWS ., Arton.a. Section 02223 - 1 I 11 I I I IJ I I I I I I 17 I I I r, 1.02 LOCATION A. Undercrossings to be made by the boring and jacking method include the Arkansas and Missouri Railroad undercrossing as designated on the Drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WATER PIPE A. Strength classification and type shall be as shown on the Drawings and shall conform to Section 15001-2 and 15001-14. 2.02 EXCAVATION A. Excavation shall conform to Section 02200, EARTHWORK, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL. 2.03 IMPORTED GRANULAR PIPE BASE AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL A. Conform to Section 02200, EARTHWORK, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL. 2.04 TRENCH BACKFILL A. Rock or foundation stabilization and granular backfill shall conform to Section 02200, EARTHWORK, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL. 2.05 STEEL CASING PIPE A. Provide casing of size to permit proper construction to the required lines and grades. Casing shall be type shown below, fabricated in sections for welded field joints. B. The minimum wall thickness shall correspond to the size of casing selected from the following. For Railroad Undercrossings Smooth Steel Pipe Diameter Minimum Thickness Inches 35.000 psi Steel Under 14 0.188 14 and 16 0.282 18 0.312 Section 02223 - 2 I MCC1.IlOnd tonwlltlnp fl p Enpinlos IfO0r00ratH F017/M1vilb, Arft w I I 2.06 CONCRETE A. ASTM C 94, Alternate 2. Proportion and mix to produce a minimum compressive strength of at least 3,000 psi at 28 days. Maximum size of aggregate 1 -1/2 -inch, slump between 2 and 4 inches. 12.07 SAND ' ( A. Sand for sealing the annular space between the carrier pipe and the casing pipe shall conform to ASTM C 33. I I I I Ii I I I CJ I 2.08 STAINLESS STEEL BANDS A. One -half -inch wide by 0.020 -inch thick, 304 stainless steel bands, or equal. 2.09 SEALS AND SUPPORTS A. Lumber shall be No. 2 West Coast Douglas fir graded in conformance with WWPA Current Grading Rules, No. 2 Yellow Southern Pine, or equal. Material shall be pressure treated with creosote or pentachlorophenol in mineral spirits in accordance with AWPA C14, C8, C9, and C2 as applicable. Minimum retention shall be as designated for contact with ground. Method of treatment in accordance with the applicable portion of the AWPA manual standards. Insofar as practicable, all timbers shall be cut to size before the material is given the preservative treatment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Prior to the start of the work, submit satisfactory evidence to the Engineer that all insurance coverage requirements called for by the Permitter have been complied with. All proposed construction methods and materials for the undercrossing shall be approved by the Engineer and Permitter prior to the crossing operation, and no construction shall be started until written approval to proceed from the Permitter has been submitted to the Engineer. 3.02 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Conform to the applicable portions of Section 02200, EARTHWORK, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL. At designated locations, compact granular base backfill for full depth Section 02223 - 3 klCClal land consulting In flplos InasrOorolsd Fayoftvills, Arkansas I I I I I I] I I I Li Li I I I I L7 I C 11 of trench with approved mechanical tampers to 95 percent maximum density as determined by AASHTO T 99. 3.03 CASING A. Size of casing shall be large enough to provide sufficient working space to properly install the water pipe to lines and grades shown. Minimum acceptable sizes are shown on the Undercrossing Schedule and on the Drawings. Jacked or bored casings shall be continuously welded at joints for a rigid, watertight encasement. 3.04 UNCASED PIPE A. Provide granular base under all pipe within limits of crossing. Base and pipe installation to conform to Section 02200, EARTHWORK, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL. 3.05 CASED PIPE A. Provide strapped timber cradle both over and under barrel of pipe, join pipe, and slide into casing. Cradles shall be strapped to pipe barrel as shown on the Drawings. B. Pipe installation to conform to applicable portions of Section 02200 and Section 15001. 3.06 PLACING FILL IN CASING A. Fill the annular space between the casing and the pipe completely with sand to prevent pipe flotation during high water. Accomplish filling by pouring or pumping the sand from the two ends and such intermediate points as may be necessary. Filling, once commenced at any one point, shall be completed without stopping. Suitable low pressure equipment, having capacity to delivery sand under pressure of up to 5 pounds per square inch, will be approved by the Engineer. B. Dispose of excess excavated material as approved by the Engineer. 3.07 PLACING CONCRETE SEALS AT ENDS OF CASING A. After the water pipe has been tested and approved, construct a wood form at the ends of the casing and pour minimum 18 -inch -thick concrete plugs as shown. Work the concrete around the pipe so that the plug will provide a tight seal. I CCNIload OenamIng EnplMsrs FoptNVlllq ArkanWs Section 02223 - 4 I I I I U [.l I I I I I I 1 I I I I El 3.08 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for settlement or deterioration of the finished undercrossing surface during the warranty period. B. The Owner will withhold final payment for this project until the Contractor furnishes a satisfactory release from the Permitter stating that all claims for labor and materials have been satisfied and that the Contractor's work across the right-of-way has been completed to the satisfaction of the Permitter. 3.09 PAYMENT A. Payment for the railroad crossings designated to be bored and jacked will be based upon applicable unit prices stated in the Proposal. Separate payment will be made for the water pipe installed through the casing and for granular fill material. END OF SECTION Uccmlland consulting a g Engineers Incorporated Fby.Hev/lle, Arkansas Section 02223 - 5 I I I I I I I I I I [1 I I I I I I I SECTION 02485 1.01 SCOPE A. This Section covers the work necessary for the finish grading and grass establishment, complete, including furnishing and delivery of material and seeding and maintenance of grass. The intention of this Specification is that the Contractor returns areas of damaged turf to the condition in which he found them at the start of the job and that a grass stand be established on all cleared areas. The only areas not to be seeded are areas receiving gravel or paved surfaces. 1.02 GENERAL A. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 TOPSOIL A. Existing topsoil shall be reused where practical. See Section 02218, LANDSCAPE GRADING. 2.02 SEED A. Certified, blue tag, clean, delivered in original, unopened packages and bearing an analysis of the contents, guaranteed 95 percent pure and to have a minimum germination rate of 85 percent, within 1 year of test. 2.03 SEED MIX A. Mix for all areas shall follow the recommendations of the local Agricultural Extension Agent, depending on the season. B. Separate lawn and field grass mixes shall be utilized, as appropriate for the application area. PART 3 EXECUTION NKllllan! Canwlllln/ ' Eapinwr. sncorporoftd Fatla yule, d eta ma. I I I J 1.1 I I I I [1 I I I I 3.01 PROJECT SCHEDULE A. The overall Project Schedule shall show an anticipated time for grading and seeding to take place, so that seasonal consideration can be given attention. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS - GRADING OF TOPSOIL A. Shape the topsoil over the area to the desired shape and contour. B. Apply commercial fertilizer at the manufacturer's recommended rate, distributing it uniformly with a mechanical spreader. The minimum application rate shall be 500 lbs per acre. Fertilizer blend shall be as recommended by the local Agricultural Extension Agent. 3.03 FINISH GRADING A. Thoroughly mix the topsoil and fertilizer. B. Rake the area to a uniform grade so that all areas drain in the same manner as at the start of the project. C. Lightly compact before planting grass. D. Remove all trash and stones exceeding 1 -inch in diameter from area to a depth of 3 -inches prior to preparation and planting grass. 3.04 TIME OF SEEDING A. Conduct seeding under favorable weather conditions during seasons which are normal for such work as determined by accepted practice in locality of project. 3.05 MECHANICAL SEEDING A. Sow grassed areas evenly with a mechanical spreader at rate of 100 pounds per acre, roll with cultipacker to cover seed, and water with fine spray. Method of seeding may be varied at discretion of Contractor on his own responsibility to establish a smooth, uniformly grassed area. I • 3.06 HYDROSEEDING MCCI. Iland fplNllinp a p Enalnwn Ina>aorana Fa,atlavilla, Araontaa I I I I I I 'J I L I I I I C I I I I A. At the Contractor's option, seed may be applied by hydroseeding method. Seeding shall be done within 10 days following soil preparation. Hydroseed all areas at rate of 100 pounds seed and 500 pounds ammonium phosphate per acre. B. Proceed with seeding operation on moist soil, but only after free surface water has drained away. C. Exercise due care to prevent drift and displacement of mixture into other areas. 3.07 WINTER PROTECTIVE SEEDING A. Winter barley or annual rye grass applied at a rate of 120 pounds/acre shall be used after September 15. 3.08 MAINTENANCE A. Begin maintenance immediately after each portion of grass is planted and continue until a reasonable stand of grass has been obtained. Water to keep surface soil moist. Repair washed out areas by filling with topsoil, fertilizing, and seeding. 3.09 GUARANTEE A. If, at the end of a 180 -day period, a satisfactory stand of grass has not been produced, the Contractor shall renovate and reseed the grass or unsatisfactory portions thereof immediately, or, if after the usual planting season, during the next planting season. If a satisfactory stand of grass develops by July 1 of the following year, it will be accepted. If it is not accepted, a complete replanting will be required during the planting season meeting all of the requirements specified under CONSTRUCTION METHODS. B. A satisfactory stand is defined as grass or section of grass that has: No bare spots larger than 0.5 square feet. 3.10 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as part of the unit price bid per foot of pipe for pipeline work, and part of the lump sum bid for pump station work. END OF SECTION wcclallaid CansWNny Erinaars Inarkarel.A Fc ?I•vills, Arkansas I I [1 ' I PART 1 GENERAL I11.01 SCOPE I I I [1 I SECTION 02601 A. This section covers the work necessary for the restoration of asphalt and concrete pavement, replacement of sidewalks, curb and gutter, drainage facilities, and incidental work, complete. B. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. 1.02 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS A. Where the term "Standard Specifications for Highway Construction" is used, such reference shall mean the current edition of Arkansas Highway and Transportation Department Standard Specifications. Where reference is made to a specific part of the Standard Specifications, such applicable part shall be considered as part of this section of the Specifications. In case of a conflict in the requirements of the Standard Specifications and the requirements stated herein, the requirements herein shall prevail. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 02200 - Earthwork, Trench Excavation and Backfill 1.04 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Prior to the delivery of specified aggregate to the site, the Contractor shall submit samples of the material for the Engineer's approval. Samples shall be typical of materials to be furnished from the proposed source and in conformance with the specified requirements. B. Prior to the delivery of asphalt materials and paving mixes to the site, the Contractor shall submit certificates of compliance of such materials with these Specifications. flMGCI.nnne Consulting Engln..r, InMrg.r.t.d Foy.tt.v111., Arlon. Section 02601-1 [1 I H I I C I I I H I I I I I 11 I I I C. Where laboratory testing is specified herein, the Contractor shall employ an independent testing laboratory to conduct such tests and submit certificates of the test results to ensure Specification conformance. D. The costs for submittals shall be included in the price(s) quoted for the work under this section. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 CONCRETE A. Concrete for sidewalks, pavement, and miscellaneous construction shall conform to ASTM C 94, Alternate 3; and shall have a design mix proportioned for 3,000 pounds per square inch compressive strength at 28 days. Concrete mix shall contain no less than 5-1/2 sacks of cement per cubic yard. 2.02 CONCRETE FORMS A. All forms for pavement and sidewalks shall be either 2 -inch dimensioned lumber, plywood, or metal forms. 2.03 CURING COMPOUND A. Commercial grade conforming to ASTM C 309, Type I. 2.04 REINFORCING STEEL A. Conform to ASTM A 615, Grade 40. 2.05 BASE COURSE A. Gravel for the base course shall be clean, hard, durable, pit -run crushed stone which is reasonably graded from coarse to fine. Base course shall conform to Section 303 for Class 7 Base of the Standard Specifications for Highway Construction and compacted as specified herein. 2.06 GRAVEL SURFACE COURSE A. Gravel for the surface course shall be clean, hard, and durable, and shall be reasonably graded from coarse to fine. The surface course shall conform to Section 303 for Class 7 Base of the Standard Specifications for Highway Construction. MCCIslland Consulting Engineers Iacorpora ed Fey./bri1M, Arbmee Section 02601-2 I n I I H I I I I I j H C I H H I I 2.07 ASPHALT CEMENT A. Asphalt cement for binder shall be AC 85-100 paving asphalt conforming to the Standard Specifications unless otherwise specified. 2.08 PRIME COAT A. Asphalt to be used for a prime coat shall be asphalt emulsion Type RS -2, CRS -2, or liquid asphalt MC -70, MC -250, or RC -250 conforming to ASTM D 977, D 2397, D 2027, or D 2028. 2.09 TACK COAT A. Asphalt emulsion conforming to ASTM D 977 or D 2397, unless otherwise specified. 2.10 ASPHALT CONCRETE A. Asphalt concrete for paving the designated area shall be Type II hot -plant mix and all materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 408 of the Standard Specifications for Highway Construction. Portions of the referenced specification that are obviously not applicable for the type of work to be done shall be disregarded. 2.11 CULVERT A. Culvert pipe shall be galvanized corrugated metal pipe not less than 14 -gauge and shall conform to AASHTO M 36 with the added requirement that the pipe and coupling bands shall be completely coated with bituminous material conforming to ASTM D 449. Provide manufacturer's standard coupling bands, complete. Bolts shall be galvanized. B. Culvert pipe used to extend the existing reinforced concrete culvert at the pump station site shall be reinforced concrete pipe, conforming to the dimensions of the existing culvert. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURE A. Trench backfill shall be as specified in Section 02200, EARTHWORK, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL. MCCI.IIOS conwlllnq InCp'pp/oNq Fpp/bplll., Arkonpw Section 02601-3 I I I I J I I H I I I I I I I I B. Replace all bituminous pavement damaged under this Contract with like materials. C. Replace concrete pavement damaged under this Contract with minimum of 6 -inch thickness or to conform with existing, whichever is greater. D. In addition to the requirements set forth herein, the work shall conform to the applicable workmanship requirements of the AHTD Standard Specifications referenced heretofore. 3.02 REMOVAL OF PAVEMENT, SIDEWALK, CURBS, AND GUTTERS A. Removal of all pavement, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters shall conform to Section 02200, EARTHWORK, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL, and payment for removal shall be included in that section. 3.03 STREET MAINTENANCE A. Maintain all trenches as specified under Section 02200, EARTHWORK, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL. 3.04 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Excavation and backfill are specified in Section 02200, EARTHWORK, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL. Special backfill around culvert pipe is specified with the culvert installation. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF CULVERT A. Install culvert where shown on the Drawings or where existing culverts are destroyed. Pipe shall be carefully bedded to provide uniform bearing. Coupling bands shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Use gravel base course to a point 6 inches above pipe. Backfill remainder with base course material. Place backfill in 6 -inch lifts uniformly on both sides of the pipe simultaneously, and thoroughly compact each lift with mechanical tampers before placing the next lift. 3.06 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE A. Bring subgrade to proper grade and cross section shown by means of a blade grader or other suitable equipment. Compact subgrade with bulldozer, roller, loaded trucks, or other suitable equipment moving uniformly over the surface. As the compaction of the subgrade proceeds, dig Section 02601-4 MCClslland Conaalllaa Endmssrs Inasaarolad Fay+HSWII., Arkansas I I H I I J 7 H C Li n I I I I H out all soft or spongy areas and fill the resulting holes with locally available red chert, clay gravel, or other material satisfactory to the Engineer. Dispose of excess materials resulting from grading. Do not permit heavy machinery to operate adjacent to structures where such operations may cause damage. The finished subgrade shall provide a satisfactory base for the road and be acceptable to the Engineer. 3.07 BASE COURSE A. Spread gravel base course on prepared subgrade in a uniform layer, without segregation of size, to such loose depth that, when compacted, the course shall have a thickness of 6 -inches. Compact the base course to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D 1557. Sprinkle base material as necessary to aid compaction. Blade ruts and irregularities smooth during the compaction process until a smooth surface, conforming to the grade shown, is obtained. 3.08 SURFACE COURSE TOP COURSE A. The cross section of the finished surface shall be subject to reasonable variation by the Engineer to meet the varying conditions encountered. Spread the 1 -1/2 -inch minus rock to such a loose depth that, when compacted, it will be a minimum depth of 2 -inches. Compact the surface material to the same as that specified for the base course and blade until the top surface is smooth and conforms to the grade and crown requirements shown. 3.09 TACK COAT A. Apply a tack coat on existing asphalt concrete pavement and to each lift of new pavement that is to receive a succeeding lift in conformance with Section 403 of the Standard Specifications for Highway Construction. 3.10 PRIME COAT A. The prime coat shall be applied to the leveling course in accordance with Section 403 of the referenced specification at the rate of 0.20- to 0.30 -gallon per square yard of surface area. The exact amount is to be determined by the Engineer. MCClelland Canwlllny a y Eminon IncorD,rct d Fayetteville, Arkanew Section 02601-5 I I L J H i'H C I I H I I I I I 3.11 CONSTRUCTION OF ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT A. Lay asphalt concrete over the base course in a single lift and the compacted depth shall be 3 -inches. The method of proportioning, mixing, transporting, laying, processing, rolling the material, and the standards of workmanship shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section 408 of the Standard Specifications. B. The Engineer will examine the base before the paving is begun and bring any deficiencies to the Contractor's attention to be corrected before the paving is started. Roll each lift of the asphalt concrete and compact to the density specified in the referenced Standard Specification for Highway Construction. The grade, line, and cross section of the finished surface shall conform to the Drawings. Asphalt or asphalt stains which are noticeable upon surfaces of concrete or materials which will be exposed to view shall be promptly and completely removed. 3.12 SURFACE RESTORATION A. Maintain all trenches as specified under Section 02200, • EARTHWORK, EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL, until surface restoration is completed. 3.13 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT FOR PIPE TRENCHES A. Bring the trench to a smooth, even grade at the correct distance below the top of the existing pavement surface so as to provide adequate space for the base course and pavement. Trim existing pavement to a straight line to remove any pavement which has been damaged or which is broken and unsound to provide a smooth, sound edge for joining the new pavement. B. Compact the subgrade with mechanical vibratory or impact tampers to a minimum of 95 percent of maximum as determined by ASTM D 1557. Any subsequent settlement of the finished surfacing during the warranty period shall be promptly repaired by the Contractor, at the Contractor's sole expense. C. Place sufficient base course on the subgrade to obtain a thickness of 6 inches after compaction. Place for the full width of the trench and process as required to provide a smooth surface without segregation. MCCIIIIand Conant 9 (minor. lncorporal.d FapMlvilla, Artan.as Section 02601-6 11 H H I I C I I H I I H I I in C D. Compact the base course with mechanical vibratory or impact tampers to a minimum of 95 percent of maximum density as determined by ASTM D 1557. Any subsequent settlement of the finished surfacing during the warranty period shall be promptly repaired by the Contractor, at the Contractor's sole expense. E. Place base course under all pavement to be replaced and, in addition, under gravel surfaced shoulders and other gravelled areas. F. After the leveling course has been compacted, apply an asphalt prime coat, specified above, at 0.20 to 0.30 gallon per square yard to the surface of the leveling course and to the edges of the existing pavement. G. Place the asphalt concrete on the prepared subgrade over the trench to a compacted depth of not less than 3 inches or the depth of the adjacent pavement, whichever is greater. Spread and level the asphalt concrete with hand tools or by use of a mechanical spreader, depending upon the area to be paved. Bring the asphalt concrete to the proper grade and compact by rolling or the use of hand tampers where rolling is impossible or impractical. H. Roll with power rollers capable of providing compression of 200 to 300 pounds per linear inch. Begin the rolling from the outside edge of the replacement progressing toward the existing surfacing, lapping the existing surface at least 1/2 the width of the roller. If existing surfacing bounds both edges of the replacement, begin rolling at the edges of the replacement, lapping the existing surface at least 1/2 the width of the roller, and progress toward the center of the replacement area. Overlap each preceding track by at least 1/2 the width of the roller and make sufficient passes over the entire area to remove all roller marks. I. The finished surface of the new compacted paving shall be flush with the existing surface and shall conform to the grade and crown of the adjacent pavement. J. immediately after the new paving is compacted, all joints between new and original asphalt pavement shall be painted with hot asphalt or asphalt emulsion and be covered with dry paving sand before the asphalt solidifies. K. The surface smoothness of the replaced pavement shall be such that when a straightedge is laid across the patch area between the edges of the old surfacing and the klecl.IIand cplsalflny a y Enylnssn InaarparaM Fayalbvllls, Arkansas Section 02601-7 I I I I I I I I I HI I I I H [I I 7 surface of the new pavement, the new pavement shall not deviate from the straightedge more than 1/4 inch. 3.14 WEATHER CONDITIONS A. Asphalt shall not be applied to wet material. Asphalt shall not be applied during rainfall, sand or dust storms, or any imminent storms that might adversely affect the construction. The Engineer will determine when surfaces and material are dry enough to proceed with construction. Asphalt concrete shall not be placed (1) when the atmospheric temperature is lower than 40 degrees F, (2) during heavy rainfall, or (3) when the surface upon which it is to be placed is frozen or wet. Asphalt for prime coat shall not be applied when the surface temperature is less than 50 degrees F. Exceptions will be permitted only in special cases and only with prior written approval of the Engineer. 3.15 PROTECTION OF STRUCTURES A. Provide whatever protective covering may be necessary to protect the exposed portions of bridges, culverts, curbs, gutters, posts, guard fences, road signs, and any other structures from splashing oil and asphalt from the paving operations. Remove any oil, asphalt, dirt, or any other undesirable matter that may come upon these structures by reason of the paving operations. B. Where water valve boxes, manholes, catch basins, or other underground utility appurtenances are within the area to be surfaced, the resurfacing shall be level with the top of the existing finished elevation of these facilities. If it is evident that these facilities are not in accordance with the proposed finished surface, notify the Engineer to have the proper authority contacted in order to have the facility altered before proceeding with the resurfacing around the obstruction. Consider any delays experienced from such obstructions as incidental to the paving operation. No additional payment will be made. Protect all covers during asphalt application. 3.16 EXCESS MATERIALS A. Dispose of all excess materials. Make arrangements for the disposal and bear all costs or retain any profit incidental to such disposal. Section 02601 - 8 C MCClallend l a canwlNng Enpinaen InooreoreNd Fa,etft0la, Arkonwe I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'S RESPONSIBILITY A. Settlement of replaced pavement over trenches within the warranty period shall be considered the result of improper or inadequate compaction of the subbase or base materials. The Contractor shall promptly repair all pavement deficiencies noted during the warranty period at the Contractor's sole expense. 3.18 CONCRETE PAVEMENT A. Pavement replaced shall be the same thickness as that removed, except that in no instance shall it be less than a minimum of 6 inches. Protect the newly placed concrete from traffic for a period of 7 days and cure by covering with burlap, sand, earth, or sawdust, which is kept continuously wet. B. Handle and place concrete pavement in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Highway Construction of the Arkansas State Highway and Transportation Department. 3.19 GRAVEL A. Where required by the Drawings, and where necessary to match existing surfaces, place crushed rock, gravel surfacing material, as specified herein, on streets, driveways, parking areas, street shoulders, and other gravelled areas disturbed by the construction. Spread the rock by tailgating and supplement by hand labor where necessary. Level and grade the rock to conform to existing grades and surfaces. 3.20 A. 3.21 A. 3.22 ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS AND WALKS Replace asphalt driveways and walks in accordance with ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT. Clean up all debris and unused materials from the paving operation. Clean all surfaces that have been spattered or defaced as a result of the paving operation. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for settlement or deterioration of the finished street crossing pavement during the warranty period. YCCIIIIOM (bnMllrinI tag Incaraoro$d Fa)rrtOWllo, Arfonmf Section 02601-9 J I I I I I] I I I I I I I I I J II 3.23 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work under this section shall be based on the appropriate unit prices stated in the Contractor's Proposal. Payment shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to complete the work as specified under this section. B. Payment for replacement of gravel surface and base course shall be made as specified in Section 02200, EARTHWORK, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL. 3.24 ASPHALT CONCRETE AND PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT A. Payment for asphalt concrete and portland cement concrete pavement will be based on the unit price per square yard stated in the Contractor's Proposal for the actual area replaced. Payment will be limited to a maximum width of 8 feet. All pavement damaged outside this 8 -foot limit shall be replaced at the Contractor's sole expense. The number of square yards will be measured by the Engineer. B. The unit prices shall include payment for excavation required to provide space for the surfacing, preparation of the trench, tack coat, prime coat, surfacing, disposal of all excess excavated materials, and all other work required to complete the resurfacing. END OF SECTION Section 02601 - 10 I 1 gf. CMCNlllny Enylnr.r. an lno>Oo/alW Fayapavllln, Arlroman I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION 03210 REINFORCING STEEL 1.01 SCOPE A. This Section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, the reinforcing steel and welded wire fabric. 1.02 GENERAL A. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. 1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 1. Bending Lists 2. Placing Drawings PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 DEFORMED REINFORCING BARS A. Deformed billet -steel bars conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60. 2.02 WELDED WIRE FABRIC A. Conform to ASTM A 185 or A 497. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Tie wire shall be 16 -gauge, black, soft -annealed wire. Bar supports shall be of proper type for intended use. Bar supports in beams, columns, walls, and slabs exposed to view after stripping shall be small rectangular concrete blocks made up of the same color and same strength concrete being placed around them. Use concrete supports for reinforcing in concrete placed on grade. Conform to requirements of "Placing Reinforcing Bars" published by CRSI. Section 03210 - 1 flMCCl.11on! Cmw"in( Enqin.. PS Incsparol.d PoJI"1Wllo, Arkansas I I I C I I I I I [1 I I I I H I [] PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Conform to "Placing Reinforcing Bars", Recommended Practices, Joint Effort of CRSI-WCRSI, prepared under the direction of the CRSI Committee on Engineering Practice. B. Notify the Engineer when reinforcing is ready for inspection and allow sufficient time for this inspection prior to casting concrete. 3.02 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver steel with suitable hauling and handling equipment. Tag steel for easy identification. Store to prevent contact with the ground. The unloading, storing, and handling bars on the job shall conform to CRSI publication "Placing Reinforcing Bars". 3.03 PLACING REINFORCING STEEL - CLEANING A. Clean metal reinforcement of any loose mill scale, oil, earth and other contaminants. 3.04 STRAIGHTENING AND REBENDING REINFORCING STEEL A. Do not straighten or rebend metal reinforcement. Where construction access through reinforcing is a problem, bundling or spacing of bars instead of bending shall be used. Submit details and obtain Engineer's review prior to placing. 3.05 PROTECTION, SPACING, AND POSITIONING OF REINFORCING STEEL A. Conform to the current edition of the ACI Standard Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete (ACI 318), reviewed placing drawings and design drawings. 3.06 REINFORCING STEEL - LOCATION TOLERANCE A. Conform to the current edition of "Placing Reinforcing Bars" published by Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute and to the Details and Notes on the Drawings. 3.07 SPLICING A. Conform to Drawings and current edition of ACI Code 318. Splices in adjacent bars shall be staggered. nMCCI.IIond Can.all/n9 Enpin..r. lnooryorog0 Fo tMvlll., Arton.w Section 03210 - 2 I I I I I I I I I I C I I I I I 3.08 TYING DEFORMED REINFORCING BARS A. Conform to the current edition of "Placing Reinforcing Bars" published by Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute and to the Details and Notes on the Drawings. 3.09 REINFORCEMENT AROUND OPENINGS A. Place an equivalent area of steel around the pipe or opening and extend on each side sufficiently to develpp bond in each bar. Where welded wire fabrice is used, provide extra reinforcing using fabric of deformed bars. 3.10 WELDING REINFORCEMENT A. Welding shall not be permitted unless the Contractor submits detailed shop drawings, qualifications, and radiographic nondestructive testing procedures for review by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain the results of this review prior to proceeding. The basis for the Contractor submittals shall be The Structural Welding Code, Reinforcing Steel, AWS D1.4-79, published by the American Welding Society and the applicable portions of ACI 318, current edition. The Contractor shall test 10 percent of all welds using radiographic, nondestructive testing procedures referenced in this code. 3.11 PLACING WELDED WIRE FABRIC A. Extend fabric to within 2 inches of the edges of the slab, and lap splices at least 1-1/2 courses of the fabric and a minimum of 6 inches. Tie laps and splices securely at ends and at least every 24 inches with 16 -gauge black annealed steel wire. Ensure that the welded wire fabric is placed at the proper distance above the bottom of the slab. Conform also to ACI 318-77 and to the current Manual of Standard Practice, Welded Wire Fabric, by the Wire Reinforcement Institute regarding placement, bends, laps, and other requirements. 3.12 FIELD BENDING A. Field bending of reinforcing steel bars is not permitted when rebending will later be required to straighten bars. Rebending of bars at the same place where strain hardening has taken place due to the original bend will damage the bar. Consult with the Engineer prior to any pour if the contractor foresees a need to work out a solution to prevent field bending. flMCCIIIIa" Canwllring rs Inc.ryarafaa Fayana Ville, Arnpnaas Section 03210 - 3 C 3.13 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as ' part of the applicable unit price or lump sum bid amounts stated in the Proposal. END OF SECTION I Section 03210 - 4 a a MCCNIIo"E canwstinO Engineers lnccrporoleo Fo fl.vllls, Arkoneos 1 ' PART 1 1.01 I I I I I I SECTION 03215 GENERAL SCOPE A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, the expansion, construction and contraction joints. B. See Part 3, CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. 1.02 A 1.03 A ' PART 2 H H I [1 I SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED AND PERFORMED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS Section No. 03300 04230 PRODUCTS Item Concrete Reinforced Concrete Mansonry Units 2.01 BOND BREAKER TAPE FOR EXPANSION JOINTS A. Where indicated, bond breaker tape shall be an adhesive -backed glazed butyl or polyethylene tape which will satisfactorily adhere to the premolded joint material or concrete surface as required. The tape shall be the same width as the joint. 2.02 PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER - BITUMINOUS TYPE A. Bituminous type conforming to ASTM D 994 or D 1751, unless otherwise shown or specified. MCCNllono QMillllln• (n•Inllrl InWroorone FoWlevW., Arlrinlol Section 03215-1 r U I I I C L I I I I I J 2.03 BOND BREAKER A. Bond breaker, except where a tape is specifically called for, shall be either bond breaker tape as hereinbefore specified or a bond prevention material, nonstaining type, as specified in Section 03300, CONCRETE. 2.04 POURABLE JOINT FILLERS - RUBBER ASPHALT FILLER A. Hot -pour type, conforming to ASTM D 1190. Primer shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. 2.05 COAL -TAR TAPE A. Coal -tar tape shall be Protecto Wrap 200, manufactured by Protecto Wrap Co., Denver, CO; Tapecoat CT, manufactured by Tapecoat Company, Inc., Evanston, IL; or equal. 2.06 STEEL EXPANSION JOINT DOWELS A. Dowel bars shall be smooth steel conforming to ASTM A 36. Coating on bars shall be System No. 29, FUSION BONDED COATING, per Section 09900, PAINTING. 2.07 ROOFING FELT A. Thirty -pound asphalt -saturated roofing felt conforming to ASTM D 226, Type II; or a tar -saturated roofing felt of equal quality at the option of the Contractor. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 JOINT PREPARATION - GENERAL A. The joints shall be accurately located and constructed to produce straight joints; and shall be vertical or horizontal, except where walls intersect sloping floors. B. The concrete pour shall not commence until after the joint preparation has been inspected and approved by the Engineer. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A. Prior to placing the abutting concrete, the contact surface shall be cleaned by sandblasting or other approved means to remove all laitance and expose the aggregate. The exposed portion of the reinforcing steel shall be cleaned of all concrete. The cleaning method shall be conducted so as not to damage the water stop, if MCClelroPE 1 0 CmWIHnp Enpinnry Incprperered Fo)e/llville, Arkeneee Section 03215-2 P H I I I H L I H I I J I I I I I one is present. Grout for horizontal construction joints shall be as specified in Section 03300, CONCRETE. B. Roughen the surface of the hardened concrete by one of the following methods: 1. Sandblasting the foundation and reinforcing dowels after the concrete has fully cured to remove all laitance and spillage, and to expose sound aggregate. 2. Water blasting the foundation and reinforcing dowels after the concrete has partially cured to remove all laitance and spillage, and to expose sound aggregate. 3. Green cutting fresh concrete with high pressure water and hand tools to remove all laitance and spillage from the foundation and reinforcing dowels, and to expose sound aggregate. 3.03 LOCATION A. Joints as shown on the Drawings, or as approved. 3.04 TIME BETWEEN POURS A. At least 2 hours must elapse after depositing concrete in long or high columns and/or heavy walls before depositing in beams, girders, or slabs supported thereon. For short columns and low height walls, 10 feet or less, wait at least 45 minutes prior to depositing concrete in beams, girders, brackets, column capitals, or slabs supported thereon. Beams, girders, brackets, column capitals, and haunches shall be considered as part of the floor or roof system and shall be placed monolithically therewith. Where cold joints will result and this joint will be below the finished water surface, provide and install a water stop in the joint. 3.05 EXPANSION JOINTS - GENERAL A. The premolded joint filler shall be of sufficient width to completely fill the joint space. If a water stop is in the joint, the premolded joint filler shall be accurately cut to butt tightly against the water stop and the side forms. NcCIa11a1W Cenaallbq Ino>AKa1N Fa,.H.villa, Arkaroaa Section 03215-3 L I I I I I Li I I I u I Li I I J I B. At locations where joint sealant is to be applied, the premolded joint filler shall be precut the required depth. C. Cavities for joint sealant shall be formed with either precut, premolded joint filler; or smooth, accurately -shaped material that can be removed. D. Concrete shall be thoroughly vibrated along the joint form to produce a dense, smooth surface. Surface irregularities along the joint sealant cavity, due to improper concrete consolidation or faulty form removal, shall be repaired with an approved compound compatible with the joint sealant in a manner that is satisfactory to the sealant manufacturer. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF BITUMINOUS TYPE PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER A. Drive nails at about 1 foot on centers through the filler to provide anchors into the concrete when it is placed. Place premolded joint filler in the forms in the proper position before concrete is poured. Install premolded joint filler in all walks (to provide expansion and contraction joints at not more than 20 -foot intervals), at all changes in direction at intersections, and at each side of driveway entrances. 3.07 POURABLE JOINT FILLER -GENERAL A. Install pourable joint fillers in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Thoroughly clean joints by sandblasting the concrete surfaces of each side of the joint from the plastic water stop to the top of the joint, dry the joint, and remove all dust and foreign material; prime before pouring the filler. Avoid damaging the water stop by sandblasting operations. Primer shall be compatible with the filler material. 3.08 RUBBER ASPHALT TYPE A. Heat rubber asphalt filler material in a double -walled boiler and place in the joint by means of a nozzle. Prevent spillage outside of the joint. Begin pouring joint filler at the bottom of the horizontal joint and proceed upwards in a manner that will preclude the possibility of trapping air in the joint. Use masking tape at each side of joint to assist in cleaning all spillage. MCCi.11pne Conwllin9 Enylnpoa Inporpprpl.A Foy. 1pvlllp, Arkansas Section 03215-4 I 3.09 STEEL EXPANSION JOINT DOWELS A. Install parallel to wall or slab face and in true horizontal position by securing tightly in forms with rigid ties. Dowels shall be oriented to permit joint movement. 3.10 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the applicable lump sum bid amounts stated in the Proposal. END OF SECTION Section 03215-5 nMcClsllarA Consuill na Enpmurs Inporpsromd inysf .w1114 Arkansas C C P El I I I I I I U I I I I C SECTION 03300 CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This Section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, the cast -in -place concrete, including formwork. B. See Part 3, CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. 1.02 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. In addition, the following specific information shall be provided: 1. Concrete Mix Design 2. Certification for Aggregate Quality 1.03 PLANT INSPECTION A. The Engineer shall have access to and have the right to inspect all batch plants, cement mills, and supply facilities of suppliers, manufacturers, subcontractors, and contractors providing products included in these Specifications. Batch plants shall have current certification that all weighing scales have been tested and are within the tolerances as set forth in the National Bureau of Standards Handbook No. 44. B. Batch plant equipment shall be either semiautomatic or fully automatic. 1.04 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Section No. Item 03210 Reinforcing Steel 03215 Expansion, Construction and Contraction Joints MCC I.Iland « o canwllln0 EMln..r, Inarporol.0 Fayrl.vlll.. ArEOroa. Section 03300 - 1 I J I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 17 C I PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CEMENT A. Cement type will be submitted by the Contractor for the Engineer's approval. 2.02 WATER A. Clean and free from oil, acid, alkali, organic matter, or other deleterious substances. 2.03 CONCRETE AGGREGATES - GENERAL A. Natural aggregates, free from deleterious coatings, conforming to ASTM C33, together with all referenced ASTM Standard Specifications, except as modified herein. Aggregates shall not be potentially reactive as defined in Appendix XI of ASTM C33. The Contractor's attention is directed also to Paragraph 51.1 of Appendix XI of ASTM C 33 since evidence of reactive problems on existing structures shall be used also to prove that sources of aggregates are reactive and cannot be used. The Contractor shall be responsible for meeting these Specifications and shall import nonreactive aggregates if local aggregates are reactive. Aggregates shall be thoroughly and uniformly washed before use. 2.04 FINE AGGREGATES A. Conform to ASTM C33. Materials finer than the 200 sieve shall not exceed 4 percent. Use only clean, sharp, natural sand. 2.05 COARSE AGGREGATE A. Use only natural gravels, a combination of gravels and crushed gravels, crushed stone, or a combination of these materials containing no more than 15 percent float or elongated particles (long dimension more than five times the short dimension). Materials finer than the 200 sieve shall not exceed 0.5 percent. 2.06 GROUTS - A. Nonshrink grout for general use where required, shall conform to the Corps of Engineers' Specification for Nonshrink Grout, CRD-C621-81, and to these Specifications. The grout shall be subject to prequalification tests performed by the grout manufacturer. The results of the tests shall be NOCI.tlow a consulEngiin.ting c;rw o laooryerol.e Fay.Il.vlll., Arkaa.w Section 03300 - 2 [I I 1J I I I I I I I I I I I Il I I [I Ii submitted to and evaluated by the Engineer ad included in this Specification prior to bidding to be acceptable. The tests shall be performed in an independent test laboratory or other prearranged location approved by the Engineer to verify fluidity, placement, shrinkage, and strength. Actual placement tests using steel baseplates will be used. The manufacturer shall furnish all baseplates and material, and shall perform the testing at his expense. B. Grout shall be a fluid grout capable of satisfactorily meeting the Engineer's baseplate test and shall be nonmetallic, unless specified for special use hereinafter. The grout shall be a nongas-liberating type, cement base product; premixed product requiring only the addition of water for the required consistency. All components shall be inorganic. No material, except water, shall be added at the project site. C. The grout product shall satisfy all of the above requirements even though the project use calls for a dry pack consistency and use. D. The following listed grouts are the only materials that have been tested, reviewed, and prequalified by the Engineer, that meet these requirements, and are acceptable for general use such as grouting of equipment supports. 1. Sr nonshrinking grout, Master Builders Co., Cleveland, Ohio 2. Crystex, L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc., Omaha, Nebraska E. For grouting baseplates for machinery, see Category I and Category II grouts hereinafter specified. F. The grout used shall be cured as recommended by the grout manufacturer. 2.07 FORM MATERIAL - GENERAL A. Form surfaces shall be in "new and undamaged" condition and may be plywood, hard plastic finished plywood, overlaid waterproof particle board, and steel of sufficient strength and surface smoothness to produce the specified finish. B. All joints in forms shall be taped, gasketed, plugged, and/or caulked with an approved material so that the joint will remain watertight and withstand placing Section 03300 - 3 flMKl.11.nd C.nMlllnO Enln..r. Incwp.r.ld F.).B.vIIN, Arlon... Hr I I I I I I Li I I I I I I I I 1 I pressures without bulgir patterns. Formwork with surfaces shall not be use damaged and are no longer condition shall not be finish is of no real conc approval is obtained froi C. The Contractor shall requirements included i Specification, and shall for review by Engineer purchase of forms. 2.08 FORM TIES g outward or creating surface gaps and apertures in the form I. Form surfaces that have been in a smooth "new and undamaged" reused except in areas where am and then only after written i the Engineer. n comply with all form tie the various sections of this submit shop drawing information and obtain approval prior to A. Form ties on exposed surfaces shall be located in a uniform pattern or as indicated on the Drawings. Form ties shall be constructed so that the tie remains embedded in the wall, except for a removable portion at each end. Form ties shall have conical or spherical type inserts, inserts shall be fixed so that they remain in contact with forming material, and shall be constructed so that no metal is within 1 inch of the concrete surface when the forms, inserts, and tie ends are removed. Wire ties will not be permitted. Ties shall withstand all pressures and limit deflection of forms to acceptable limits. B. Flat bar ties for panel forms shall have plastic or rubber inserts having a minimum depth of 1 inch and sufficient dimensions to permit proper patching of the tie hole. 2.09 BOND BREAKER A. Bond breaker shall be a nonstaining type, which will provide a positive bond prevention such as Williams Tilt -Up Compound, as manufactured by Williams Distributors, Inc., Seattle, WA; Silcoseal 77, as manufactured by SCA Construction Supply Division, Superior Concrete Accessories, Franklin Park, IL; or equal. Submit review copies of manufacturer's data, recommendations, and instructions for specific use on this project. 2.10 CURING COMPOUND A. Curing compound to conform to the requirements of ASTM C309, with the additional requirement that permeability not exceed 0.039 gm/square cm/72 hours. Masterseal, Section 03300 - 4 McClelland caarmlnq c ;rvw IncnraerclW Fa)errevllle, Arlan oa I El H I I I I El I El I '7 I I El I I I 7 manufactured by Master Builders, Cleveland, Ohio; Euco Floor Coat, manufactured by Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, Ohio; or equal. Curing compounds shall be compatible with required finishes and/or coatings. Tests for compliance shall be made by manufacturer with certification furnished by the Contractor. Manufacturer's certification shall state quantity or coverage required to meet or exceed tests and method of application. The manufacturer shall submit certification that the product meets ASTM C309 and the additional permeability requirement, and shall specifically state the coverage required to meet these requirements. The Contractor shall not use the curing compound where additional finishes such as hardeners, paintings, staining, and other special coatings are required. Use water curing as hereinafter specified instead. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DESIGN OF CONCRETE MIX - PROPORTIONS (GENERAL) A. Before beginning any concrete work, the Contractor shall have the concrete mix designed and the ingredients selected and proportioned by an approved independent testing laboratory meeting the requirements of ASTM E 329. Certified copies of all laboratory trial mix reports shall be sent to the Engineer from the testing laboratory. Do not place concrete prior to the Engineer's review and acceptance in writing of the concrete mixes and the cylinder test results from these laboratory mixes. B. The concrete mix shall be designed so that the proportions will produce results that will meet the requirements of the project. C. The concrete shall be proportioned in accordance with ACI 211 subject to the following specifications. D. Design the mix and perform tests to meet the following requirements: 1. Design strength of structural concrete shall be a minimum of 4,000 psi at 28 days. The combined aggregate grading shall be for the 1 inch grading combination hereinafter specified, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified herein. Section 03300 - 5 I flNCCNIto nd tonsil? lfl [pinoor, Inworporofd Foyn/NvllN, Arkonw I I I I I I I I I I I L I I I I I 2. The water -cement ratio or water -cement plus pozzolan ratio, if applicable, shall not exceed 0.49 by weight, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer. 3. Minimum cement content or combined cement plus fly ash content when fly ash is used for performance and longevity, regardless of design strength, shall be 517 pounds per cubic yard for concrete with 1 -1/2 -inch maximum size aggregate, 540 pounds per cubic yard for 1 -inch maximum size aggregate, and 564 pounds per cubic yard for 3/4 -inch maximum size aggregate. The Contractor shall increase cement content or the combined cement plus fly ash content, when fly ash is used, as required to meet strength requirements. The amount of fly ash used shall not exceed 25 percent or be less than 15 percent of the total weight of fly ash plus cement. Verify that design mix test results reflect the slump to be used. 4. Concrete used for thrust blocks and encasement of pipelines shall have a design strength of 2,000 psi at 28 days. 3.02 MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS AND MIXING A. Conform to ACI 304 current edition and to other requirements hereinbefore specified for mix design, testing, and quality control and to these Specifications. 3.03 RETEMPERING A. The retempering of concrete or mortar in which the cement has partially hydrated will not be permitted. 3.04 REUSE OF FORMS A. Reuse of forms will be permitted only if a "like new" condition, unless otherwise approved in writing, is maintained. The Engineer shall be notified one full working day prior to concrete placement so that the forms can be inspected. The Contractor shall correct any defective work, found in the Engineer's inspection, prior to delivery of concrete to the project. Formwork surfaces that were in good condition and accepted for use, but were damaged during removal and handling shall not be reused on additional pours. The Contractor is MKI. IIa" Con lwlflnp Enpinoot Incorporalb Fo).tlavllla, Arkunoao Section 03300 - 6 I I I I I L Li Li Li I I I I 7 I Li I expected to take care in the handling of forms and to obtain approval of form surfaces prior to each reuse. B. All forms, falsework, shoring, and other structural formwork required shall be structurally designed by the Contractor and the design shall comply with all applicable safety regulations, current OSHA regulations, and other codes. Comply with applicable portions of ACI 347, ACI 318 current edition, and these Specifications. All design, supervision, and construction for safety of property and personnel shall be the Contractor's full responsibility. 3.05 FORM TOLERANCES A. Forms shall be surfaced, designed, and constructed to meet ACI 318 and the following minimum requirements for the specified finishes. Failure of the forms to produce the specified requirements will be grounds for rejection of the concrete work. Rejected work shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the owner. All repair or replacement shall be subject to these Specifications and the approval of the Engineer. Where the Contractor's work does not meet the tolerance specifications he shall submit his proposed method to upgrade the specified finish to compensate for the inferior appearance or to repair or provide an acceptable alternate solution. Obtain in writing the approval of this repair or alternate solution before proceeding. All repair work or work on an alternate solution required shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.06 FORM SURFACE PREPARATION - GENERAL A. All form surfaces in contact with the concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned of all previous concrete, dirt, and other surface contaminants prior to preparing by the applicable method below. Do not reuse damaged form surfaces. 3.07 EXPOSED WOOD FORMS A. All wood surfaces in contact with the concrete shall be coated with an effective release agent prior to form installation. The release agent shall be nonstaining and nontoxic after 30 days. 3.08 STEEL FORMS A. Mill scale and other ferrous deposits shall be sandblasted or otherwise removed from the contact surface YCC!.flood fauwlnap o p lacvFerol.a Fal.n.vub, Arko.n. Section 03300 - 7 Li I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I [I of forms. All forms shall have the contact surfaces coated with a release agent. The release agent shall be effective in preventing discoloration of the concrete from rust, and shall be nontoxic after 30 days. 3.09 BEVELED EDGES (CHAMFER) A. Form 3/4 -inch bevels at all concrete edges. Round edges at top of walls, slabs, and beams as hereinafter specified under Paragraph CONCRETE SLAB FINISHES. Where beveled edges on existing adjacent structures are other than 3/4 inch, obtain Engineeer's approval of size prior to placement of bevel form strip. 3.10 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. The Contractor shall resulting from imprope Satisfy all applicable safety of personnel an 3.11 BACKFILL AGAINST WALLS r d be responsible for all damage and premature removal of forms. OSHA requirements with regard to property. A. Do not place earth backfil against walls until the concrete has obtained a compressive strength equal to the specified 28 -day compressive strength. Where backfill is to be placed on both sides of the wall, the backfill shall be placed simultaneously on both sides to prevent differential pressures. 3.12 PLACING CONCRETE - GENERAL A. Upon completion of forms and placing of reinforcing steel, and before concrete is placed, notify other trades whose work is in any way connected to, combined with, or influenced by the concrete work. Allow them reasonable time to complete their portion of work which must be completed before concrete is placed. B. Notify Owner or his authorized representative at least 1 full working day in advance before starting to place concrete to permit inspection of forms, reinforcing, sleeves, conduits, boxes, inserts, or other work required to be installed in concrete. C. Placement shall conform to the requirements and recommendations of ACI 304, except as modified herein. D. Place concrete as soon as possible after leaving mixer, without segregation or loss of ingredients, without splashing forms or steel above, and in layers not over Section 03300 - 8 MCC,s„and ca suinna Enalnsr. Inosraotot. d Fo} ftY#11•1 Arkansas I I I I I] LIB I I I 11 I I E I I 1.5 feet deep. The vertical free fall drop to final placement shall not exceed 5 feet for walls narrower than 8 inches, and 8 feet for walls 8 inches and wider. E. When placing concrete, use of aluminum pipe or other aluminum conveying devices will not be permitted. F. Before depositing concrete, remove debris from the space to be occupied by the concrete. Prior to placement of concrete, dampen gravel fill under slabs on ground, dampen sand where vapor barrier is specified, and dampen all wood forms. Reinforcement shall be secured in position and acceptable to the Engineer before concrete is placed. Conform to ACI 304 and to other requirements needed to obtain the finishes specified. 3.13 CONVEYOR BELTS AND CHUTES A. All ends of chutes, hopper gates, and all other points of concrete discharge throughout the Contractor's conveying, hoisting, and placing system shall be so designed and arranged that concrete passing from them will not fall separated into whatever receptacle immediately receives it. Conveyor belts, if used, shall be of a type approved by the Engineer. Chutes longer than 50 feet will not be permitted. Minimum slopes of chutes shall be such that concrete of the specified consistency will readily flow in them. If a conveyor belt is used, it shall be wiped clean by a device operated in such a manner that none of the mortar adhering to the belt will be wasted. All conveyor belts and chutes shall be covered. Sufficient illumination shall be provided in the interior of all forms so that the concrete at the places of deposit is visible from the deck or runway. 3.14 PUMPING OF CONCRETE - GENERAL A. Pumping of concrete will be permitted only with the Engineer's approval. If the pumped concrete does not produce satisfactory end results, the Contractor shall discontinue the pumping operation and proceed with the placing of concrete using conventional methods. 3.15 REMOVAL OF WATER A. Unless the tremie method of placing concrete is specified, remove all water from the space to be occupied by the concrete. MCItIdnd COO wlfin a , Eaainfleelsrrr, Inoorawand Fayrfb will., Ar*onws Section 03300 - 9 I II II I I E I I [I I [1 I I I I 3.16 CONSOLIDATION AND VISUAL OBSERVATION A. Concrete shall be consolidated with internal vibrators having a frequency of at least 8000 vpm, with amplitude required to consolidate the concrete in the section being placed. At least one standby vibrator in operable condition shall be at the placement site prior to placing the concrete. Consolidation equipment and methods shall conform to ACI 309. The forms shall contain sufficient windows or be limited in height to allow visual observation of the concrete and the vibrator operator shall be required to see the concrete being consolidated to ensure good quality workmanship, or the Contractor shall have a person who is actually observing the vibration of the concrete at all times and advising the vibrator operator of any changes needed to assure complete consolidation. 3.17 PLACING CONCRETE IN HOT WEATHER A. Prepare concrete aggregates, mixing water, and other ingredients; place concrete; cure; and protect in accordance with the requirements of ACI 305. Provide special admixtures and special curing methods required by other paragraphs in this Section even though not required by ACI 305 and ACI 318. Water -reducing and/or set -retarding admixtures shall be used in such quantities as especially recommended by the manufacturer to assure that the concrete is workable, and lift lines will not be visible in architectural concrete finishes. B. Every effort shall be made to maintain a concrete temperature below 90 degrees F at time of placement. Ingredients shall be cooled before mixing to prevent excessive concrete temperature. C. Provisions shall be made for windbreaks, shading, fog spraying, sprinkling, or wet cover, when necessary. 3.18 PLACING CONCRETE IN COLD WEATHER A. Do not place concrete when the ambient temperature is below 40 degrees F, or approaching 40 degrees F and falling, without special protection as hereinafter specified. No concrete shall be placed against frozen earth or ice, or against forms and reinforcement with frost or ice present. B. Temperatures of the concrete mix shall be as shown below for various stages of mixing, placing of the concrete mix. MCCIIIIand fpuulrin/ a / Endlnora Inaaaaralsd FaycHsvllls, Arkamas Section 03300 - 10 I I I I I I I I I [] I I I L H I L CONCRETE Section size, minimum dimension, inch Minimum concrete temperature as mixed for indicated weather: Above 30 F 60 F 55 F 50 F 45 F 0 to 30 F 65 F 60 F 55 F 50 F BelowOF F 70 F 65 F 60 F 55 F Maximum allowable gradual temperature drop in first 24 hours after end of protection: -- 50 F 40 F 30 F 20 F C. Concrete placed shall be cured and protected as hereinafter specified for a minimum of 7 days except that the strength requirements may require additional protection and curing during cold weather due to delayed field strength gain. D. During cold weather concreting the Contractor shall cast six extra test cylinders, for field curing, from the last 100 cubic yards of concrete but not fewer than three specimens shall be cast for each 2 hours of placing time or for each 100 yards, whichever produces greater number of specimens. These specimens shall be in addition to those cast by the Engineer for lab testing as specified hereinafter in Paragraph EVALUATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF CONCRETE. E. Test cylinders shall be protected from the weather until they can be placed under same protection provided for the parts of the structure which they represent. Test cylinders shall be tested in accordance with applicable sections of ASTM C 31 and C 39. Evaluation and acceptance as per ACI 318-77, Paragraph 4.8.3. F. The actual temperature of the concrete surface determines the effectiveness of protection, regardless of air temperatures or whether the objective is durability or strength. Because corners and edges of concrete are most vulnerable to freezing and usually are more difficult to maintain at the required temperature, their temperatures should be monitored to evaluate and verify the protection provided. The Contractor shall provide a M.G. II.n. L.nwlllinq Enylnsn InMO.r.I.G F.).M.vill., Ark.n.s Section 03300 - 11 I r I C I I I I I 1 I I [I I H I I 11 I sufficient number of thermometers to be placed on the concrete surfaces spaced throughout the work to allow inspection and monitoring of concrete surface temperatures representative of all the work. G. Heating units should be vented and not be permitted to heat or dry the concrete locally. Fresh concrete exposed to carbon dioxide (CO2) gas from polluted atmospheres or resulting from the use of salamanders or other heating devices which exhaust flue gases directly into an enclosed area may result in concrete carbonation, causing soft surfaces of varying depths depending on the concentration of carbon dioxide, the temperature at which the concrete was cured, and the relative humidity. Carbon monoxide, which can occur with partial combustion, and high levels of carbon dioxide are potential hazards to workmen. Moreover, strict fire prevention measures should be enforced. Concrete at any age can be damaged by fire, but at a very early age it may be additionally damaged by freezing until new protection can be provided. H. Maintain curing conditions which will foster normal strength development without excessive heat, and without critical saturation of the concrete at the close of the protection period. I. Limit rapid temperature changes, particularly before strength has developed sufficiently to withstand temperature stresses. Sudden chilling of concrete surfaces or exterior members in relation to interior structure can promote cracking to the detriment of strength and durability. At the end of the required period, protection should be discontinued in such a manner that the drop in temperature of any portion of the concrete will be gradual and will not exceed, in 24 hours, the amount shown in the table hereinbefore specified. J. Maintain the temperature of the concrete above 50 degrees for a minimum of 7 days. The Contractor shall submit his detailed plan for cold weather curing and protection of all concrete that is to be placed and/or cured in weather below 40 degrees F. Reference may be made to the recommendations of ACI 306 and ACI 318 for additional information. Conform to these Specifications and to any additional information in ACI 306 which will provide the temperature protection and curing for the 7 -day period. K. Additives for the sole purpose of providing "freeze protection" shall not be used. Additives to shorten the cure time may be used if approved; however, the concrete MCCNlldnd conwltlna Enpinon Innorynrot.d Fo tMvill., Arlmnws Section 03300 - 12 [1 I IJ H I I [1 I I 1 [1 I I 11 I 7 shall be placed and cured at all times at temperatures above freezing as hereinbefore specified. 3.19 BONDING TO NEW CONCRETE HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A. Roughen the surface of the hardened concrete. Thoroughly clean and saturate with water, cover the horizontal surfaces only with at least 2 inches of grout, as hereinbefore specified, and immediately place concrete. New concrete is defined as less than 60 days old. Limit the concrete lift placed immediately on top of the grout to 12 inches thick and thoroughly vibrate to mix and consolidate the grout and concrete together. Provide inspection windows to allow close visual inspection of this work. 3.20 BONDING TO OLD CONCRETE A. Coat the contact surfaces with bonding agent specified hereinbefore. The method of preparation and application of both the bonding agent and the grout shall conform to the manufacturer's printed instructions and recommendations for specific application for this project. Obtain this recommendation in writing from the manufacturer's representative. 3.21 EVALUATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF CONCRETE A. Conform to ACI Standard Building Code requirements for reinforced concrete (ACI 318-83), Section 4.7, "Evaluation and Acceptance of Concrete", and to the following specifications: 1. The Contractor will have tests made by an independent testing laboratory, approved by the Owner, to determine compliance with the Specifications. The Contractor shall furnish necessary labor to assist testing agencies in obtaining, handling, and protecting and/or curing samples at the jobsite. The Contractor shall provide adequate facilities for safe storage and proper curing of concrete test cylinders on the project site for the first 24 hours, and for additional time as may be required before transporting to the test lab. Specimens will be made, cured, and tested in accordance with ASTM C 31 and ASTM C 39. Section 03300 - 13 McCllllana n o ConwItin a Enylnun Incc-porarsa Foy.tt.v lls, Arkansas j L I I I I [I I L I I I I I Li 2. One set of test cylinders for each class of concrete placed each day shall be taken not less than once a day, nor less than once for each 100 cubic yards of concrete, nor less than once for each 3,000 square feet of wall or slab surface area. Each set of test cylinders shall consist of one cylinder to be tested at 7 days, one cylinder to be tested at 28 days, and one spare cylinder for 28 day test if necessary. The Contractor may take any additional cylinders he feels necessary. 3. The frequency of testing may be increased if necessary. Additional testing, if required, will be paid by the Owner. 4. Where the term "building official" is used in Section 4.7 of ACI 318-83, the term shall be redefined to "the Owner's representative". 3.22 DEFECTIVE AREAS A. Remove all defective concrete such as honey -combed areas and rock pockets out to sound concrete. Small shallow holes caused by air entrapment at the surface of the forms shall not be considered defects unless the amount is so great as to be considered not the standard of the industry and due primarily to poor workmanship. if chipping is required, the edges shall be perpendicular to the surface. Feather edges shall not be permitted. The defective area shall be filled with a nonshrink, nonmetallic grout. Use an approved bonding agent on horizontal patches prior to placing nonmetallic, nonshrink grout. Since some bonding agents may not be compatible for some vertical surface patching techniques, submit all proposed methods for repair of vertical surfaces prior to ordering materials. The Contractor shall consult with representatives of the bonding agent manufacturer and the nonshrink grout manufacturer, and obtain a written recommendation for the patching of defective areas. Submit this information for review prior to performing the work. 3.23 CONCRETE SLAB FINISHES A. The excessive use of "jitterbugs" or other special tools designed for the purpose of forcing the coarse aggregate away from the surface and allowing a layer of mortar to accumulate will not be permitted on any slab finish. The dusting of surfaces with dry materials will not be permitted. Slabs and floors shall be thoroughly klCCIallond consalring Enalnnn IncorporatS Fayellavllllp 4rkon.c Section 03300 - 14 I I Li I I I I I I I I I J I I Li compacted by vibration. All edges of slabs and tops of walls shall be rounded off with a steel edging tool, except where a cove finish is indicated on the Drawings. Steel edging tool radius shall be 1/4 inch for all slabs subject to wheeled traffic. 3.24 CURING OF CONCRETE A. Cure concrete by keeping the surface continuously wet for 7 days where normal Portland cement is used, or 3 days where high -early strength Type III cement is used. Subject to approval by the Engineer, one of the following methods shall be followed: 1. Concrete forms shall be left in place and kept sufficiently damp at all times to prevent opening of the joints and drying of the concrete; or 2. A curing compound as hereinbefore specified, where allowed, shall be applied immediately after removal of forms. 3. Exposed surfaces shall be continuously sprinkled. B. Slabs: 1. Protect surface by ponding; or 2. Cover with burlap or cotton mats kept continuously wet; or 3. Cover with 1 -inch layer of wet sand, earth, or sawdust, and keep continuously wet; or 4. Continuously sprinkle the exposed surface; or 5. other agreed upon method that will provide that moisture is present and uniform at all times on the entire surface of the slab; the Contractor shall determine the best method of his operation to ensure a good water cure and submit this for review. 3.25 CURING AND PROTECTION IN COLD WEATHER A. Conform to cold weather concreting hereinbefore specified and to ACI 306. Where water curing, as specified hereinbefore for slabs, is not possible, use a double coverage of an approved curing compound and protect the lland Cansil a Can Enalnora In<waarated Fayetteville, Arkansas Section 03300 - 15 slabs during the cold weather from traffic by the use of Visqueen or other material inside the required heated enclosure if foot traffic is permitted on the slabs. Repair or replace concrete damaged by cold weather. 3.26 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as part of the applicable lump sum or unit price bid amounts stated in the Proposal. END OF SECTION Section 03300 - 16 Mcci. 'land onmalnglnt.nng os In glporapra.r.f.a Fay rf. will., Arkanw. I u H [1 I I Li I SECTION 04230 REINFORCED CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, the hollow concrete masonry units. 1.02 GENERAL A. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. 1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. In addition, the following specific information shall be provided: ' 1.04 PART 2 I 2.01 I L 1. Manufacturers' Literature: Submit information illustrating the horizontal joint reinforcement proposed for use. 2. Manufacturers' Certificate: Provide manufacturer's certificate(s) for the masonry units specified herein. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED AND PERFORMED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS Section No. 03210 09900 PRODUCTS MASONRY UNITS - GENERAL Item Reinforcing Steel Painting A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the General Conditions. MCCI.f land consulting Ergmlos IncpporalW Fapflpvill., Arkana. Section 04230-1 G I I P I I L C H H I I I Ii H I I Ii I B. Units shall be of size shown. Provide or cut special shapes for corners, jambs, lintels, and other areas shown or required. Special units shall match color and texture of standard units. C. Units shall be sound, dry, clean, free of cracks, and shall have reached the specified moisture content and compressive strength prior to placing in the structure. D. The color of the units shall be gray and the surface texture shall be smooth on the interior surface. The block exterior shall have a four -flute spilt face surface. 2.02 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMU) A. Hollow concrete masonry units shall be Grade N, Type I in accordance with ASTM C 90. B. The manufacturer shall certify that the masonry units meet all requirements of ASTM C 90 including the moisture content and linear shrinkage requirements for intermediate conditions. 2.03 CEMENT A. Type II, ASTM C 150, portland cement. 2.04 LIME A. Lime putty shall be made from Type S hydrated lime and shall conform to ASTM C207. Lime shall be kept dry. 2.05 AGGREGATES A. Hollow Concrete Units: Aggregates shall be lightweight and shall conform to ASTM C 90 and ASTM C 331. Masonry units shall not exceed 105 pounds per cubic foot, dry density of concrete. B. Mortar: Aggregate for mortar shall conform to ASTM C 144. C. Grout: Aggregate for grout shall conform to ASTM C 404. 2.06 WATER A. Water for mixing mortar and grout shall be fresh, clean, and free of deleterious amounts of acids, alkalies, chlorides, and organic materials. MCC1.IImM pl p CooWlling Enpinp Incap prvrpl.J Fpyp l•vU?., Arbnpw Section 04230-2 I C L I I I I I I I I I I El I I [1 I 2.07 MORTAR A. Mortar shall be freshly prepared and uniformly mixed in the ratio of 1 part portland cement, 1/4 part minimum to 1/2 part maximum lime putty or hydrated lime, damp loose sand not less than 2-1/4 and not more than 3 times the sum of the volumes of the cement and lime used, and shall conform to ASTM C 270, Type S. Where colored masonry units are used, the mortar shall be colored to match. 2.08 MORTAR A. Mortar admixture shall be Hydratite Plus, manufactured by W. R. Grace and Company; Sika Red Label, manufactured by Sika Chemical Corporation; Omicron Mortar Proofing, Master Builders Corporation; or equal. B. Quantity of admixture per mortar batch shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2.09 GROUT A. Conform to ASTM C 476 except as hereinafter specified. 2.10 PROPORTIONS A. Proportions: Grout for pouring shall be of fluid consistency conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 476. Coarse grout may be used in grout spaces measuring 4 inches or more in both horizontal dimensions. B. Grout for pumping shall be of fluid consistency and shall have not less than seven sacks of cement in each cubic yard of grout. The mix design shall be approved by the Engineer. C. Fluid consistency shall mean a fluid suitable for pouring without segregation. 2.11 GROUT ADMIXTURE A. Grout admixture shall be Sika Grout Aid, Type II, manufactured by Sika Chemical Corporation; Grout Aid GA -II, manufactured by Concrete Emulsions; Grout Fluidifer LL -612, manufactured by Master Builders Co.; or equal. Amount of admixture and method of introducing admixture shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. MCCIIIto nd a COi_Illnt Enylno IncYaaralH Fa)sl/sa11M, Arkansas Section 04230-3 H I I H I I I I I I I I I I C Ii I I 2.12 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH A. The average 28 -day compressive strength of the grout samples for each grout pour tested shall not be less than 2,000 psi. 2.13 JOINT REINFORCEMENT AND TIES A. Horizontal Joint Replacement for use with 8 -inch masonry: Two parallel No. 9 wires, uncoated, welded to No. 9 diagonal crosswires forming a truss design. Special manufactured corner and wall intersection pieces shall be used at these locations. Use Blok-Trus AA600 as manufactured by AA Wire Products Company, Chicago, IL; or equal. B. General: Reinforcement shall be clean and free from loose rust, scale, and any coatings that reduce bond. 2.14 PREFORMED CONTROL JOINT A. Joint material shall be No. 12 D/A 2007 Rapid Poly -Joint as manufactured by Dur-O-Wall National Company, Cedar Rapids, IA; or equal. Control joint material shall be PVC conforming to ASTM D 2287 type PVC 654-4 with a Durometer hardness of 85 plus or minus 5 when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2240; cold crack brittleness of -10 degrees C when tested according to ASTM D 746. Cut material as required along pregrooved cut points for proper sealant depth. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 WEATHER CONDITIONS A. Do not lay masonry when the ambient temperature is below 32 degrees F on a rising temperature or below 40 degrees F on a falling temperature, or when there is a probability of such conditions occurring within 48 hours, unless express approval of the Engineer is obtained. In such case, make special provisions for heating materials and protecting the finished work. Protect masonry against freezing for a minimum of 48 hours after being laid. Protect the tops of walls at all times. Cover the tops of walls with waterproof paper when rain or snow is imminent and work is discontinued. Section 04230-4 I Con wlllna pinOn Inaa'0aralaa Fayalnvub, Arkansas I I I I H I I I C [] I L C I I 17 B. Protect masonry construction from direct exposure to wind and sun when erected in an ambient air temperature of 99 degrees F (37 degrees C) in the shade with relative humidity less than 50 percent. 3.02 BONDING WALL UNITS - FOUNDATION A. The foundation shall be prepared for the initial mortar placement by one of the following methods: 1. Sandblasting the foundation and reinforcing dowels after the concrete has fully cured to remove all laitance and spillage and to expose sound aggregate. 2. Water blasting the foundation and reinforcing dowels after the concrete has partially cured to remove all laitance and spillage and to expose sound aggregate. 3. Green cutting fresh concrete with high pressure water and hand tools to remove all laitance and spillage from the foundation and the reinforcing dowels and to expose sound aggregate. B. The foundation shall be cleaned of all loose material prior to the initial mortar placement. 3.03 CORNERS A. Corners shall have a standard masonry bond for overlapping units and shall be grouted solid. Reinforcement shall be as shown. 3.04 INTERSECTIONS A. Intersecting walls shall be bonded with reinforcement as shown. The abutting wall shall not have a masonry bond with the straight wall. 3.05 LAYING REINFORCED MASONRY UNITS - GENERAL A. Masonry construction shall conform to the Standard Building Code and as supplemented by these Specifications. Do not start laying masonry units if the foundation horizontal or vertical alignment does not satisfy the Tolerance Specification specified in Section 03300, CONCRETE. MCCN11and 1 O Consulting Enprnors lnporoME Fay~1lp, Artpnsps Section 04230-5 I I I I I H I I I I I I I I I I II I B. The maximum permissible variation from plumb of the wall or of a line of joints in the wall shall be 1/16 inch per foot of height, and 1/4 inch in the total height of the wall. The maximum permissible variation from a horizontal line along the base of the wall or for lines of horizontal joints shall be 1/16 inch per block, 1/4 inch per 50 feet of wall with proportionately greater tolerance for longer walls up to 1/2 inch in the total length of wall. Interior surfaces shall be maintained in the plane described above and the dimension tolerances of the units shall be taken up on exterior surfaces. C. Units with chipped edges or corners within permissible ASTM limits shall be placed in the wall such that the chipped area is not exposed to view. 3.06 WALL UNITS - GENERAL A. If it is necessary to move a unit after it has been once set in place, the unit shall be removed from the wall, cleaned, and set in fresh mortar. B. Toothing of masonry units will not be permitted unless approval is given by the Engineer. C. All masonry work shall be protected from damage until final acceptance of the work. Damaged units will not be accepted. 3.07 RUNNING BOND A. Unless otherwise shown, walls shall be laid up in straight, uniform courses using an alternating bond pattern. 3.08 SPECIAL SHAPES A. Provide and place such special units as corner block, door jamb block, lintel block fillers, and similar blocks as may be required. Use the required shapes and sizes to work to corners and openings maintaining a proper bond throughout the wall. 3.09 BUILT-IN ITEMS A. Door frames, windows, vents, and other items required to be built in the wall shall be in position and the wall constructed around them. Standard masonry anchors shall be used to secure the items to the wall. All spaces around the items shall be filled with mortar or grout. nYCQlllJOM con uSting Endmor. Inoarpeso Md Faylrlevllll, Arkonsal Section 04230-6 [1 L I U I I I I I L [I I L I I fl I I 3.10 EMBEDDED CONDUITS A. Electrical, instrumentation, or water conduits shall not be placed in a cell containing reinforcement unless approved by the Engineer. 3.11 MORTAR PREPARATION A. Mortar shall be mixed by placing 1/2 the water and aggregate in the operating mixer. Add cement. Add the remaining aggregate and water and mix for at least 2 minutes. Add lime and continue mixing as long as needed to secure a uniform mass, but no less than 3 minutes after the addition of lime. The addition of the admixture shall be timed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the procedure used for adding it to the mix shall provide good dispersion. B. The mortar shall be machine mixed in approved mixers. Mixer drums shall be kept clean and free of debris and dried mortar. The mortar shall be in place before the initial setting of the cement has taken place. Retempering of mortar in which the cement has started to set will not be permitted. 3.12 MORTAR JOINTS - GENERAL A. Mortar joints shall be straight, clean, and shall have a uniform thickness of 3/8 inch. B. The horizontal and vertical mortar joints shall have full mortar coverage on the face shells. C. Vertical head joints shall be buttered well on each unit for a width equal to the face shell of the unit, and these joints shall be shoved tightly so that the mortar bonds well to both units. Joints shall be solidly filled from the face of the block to at least the depth of the face shell. D. All excess mortar shall be removed from the grout space of the cells to be filled as the units are being laid. 3.13 EXPOSED JOINTS A. Joints that will be exposed to view after final construction shall be tooled unless otherwise noted or shown. Joints shall be cut flush and, as mortar takes its initial set, shall be tooled to provide a concave joint. Tooling shall be done when the mortar is partially set but still sufficiently plastic to bond. MCCI.11end LMWlit ny Enpins.r. Inoorparosd Farm viii., Arkansas Section 04230-7 I I I H H L I I I L I Li I I I! I I All tooling shall be done with a tool which compacts the mortar, pressing the excess mortar out rather than dragging it out. Joints which are not tight at the time of tooling shall be raked out, pointed, and then tooled. 3.14 CONCEALED JOINTS A. Joints that are not exposed shall be struck flush with no further treatment required. 3.15 PREFORMED CONTROL JOINTS A. The mortar shall be omitted from the vertical joints. Place the control joint material as the wall is built. After the wall is grouted, cured, and cleaned, install backing rod (or backup material) and sealant. 3.16 REINFORCING - GENERAL A. Reinforcing bars shall be lapped 30 bar -diameters minimum where spliced and shall be wire -tied together. All bars shall have a minimum clearance of 1 bar -diameter from the masonry and from additional parallel bars in the same grout space. 3.17 FOUNDATION DOWELS A. The size, number, and location of shall match the vertical wall otherwise noted. B. When a foundation dowel does not with a vertical core, it shall not horizontal to 6 vertical to bring 3.18 VERTICAL REINFORCING the foundation dowels reinforcing unless line up as intended, be sloped more than 1 it into alignment. A. Vertical reinforcing steel shall be held in position near the ends of the bars by wire ties to dowels and/or by reinforcing positioners. The bars shall be held in position at intervals not exceeding 160 bar -diameters by reinforcing positioners. 3.19 HORIZONTAL REINFORCING A. Horizontal reinforcing bars shall be held in position by wire ties to the vertical reinforcing bars or by reinforcing positioners. The steel shall be positioned near the ends and at intervals not exceeding 160 bar -diameters. MCClpllon0 n CM it ny tel sac-poralpd Forilt.villp, Arkon of Section 04230-8 u I I I I L L L I [I I I J I I I H I B. Horizontal bars shall be laid on the webs of bond beam units, and shall be placed as the wall is built. 3.20 JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. Horizontal joint reinforcement shall be located as shown on the Drawings. Reinforcement shall be continuous except for discontinuity at expansion or control joints. Maximum vertical spacing shall be 24 inches. B. Horizontal mortar joint reinforcement shall be provided in addition to the typical wall reinforcing steel. Joint reinforcement shall be spaced not more than 24 inches apart, vertically, unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. Provide additional reinforcement for special coursing where indicated on the Drawings. Ends of joint reinforcement shall lap 6 inches minimum, except at control joints where the joint reinforcement shall be discontinuous. 3.21 GROUTING A. Grout shall be mixed as specified hereinbefore for mortar preparation if on -site mixing is performed. Transit -mixed grout shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 476. The grout admixture shall be added at the site. In accordance with the specified grout admixture manufacturer's recommendations, the admixture shall be premixed with water and the resulting solution shall be added to the grout mix and thoroughly mixed. Do not exceed quantity of admixture recommended by the manufacturer. 3.22 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Grout shall not be mixed, conveyed, or placed with equipment constructed of aluminum. B. All vertical and horizontal reinforcement, ties, bolts, anchors, and other required embedments shall be secured in place, inspected, and approved before grouting starts. C. Grouting of beams over openings shall be done in one continuous operation. D. Vertical cells to be filled shall have vertical alignment sufficient to maintain a clear, unobstructed, continuous vertical cell measuring not less than 2 -inch by 3 -inch. MCCI.11and a Con.altIna Inc ln..r. Incvaorot.d Foy?/.vlll., Aransas Section 04230-9 L P I Li I I I I I I I I r I I LI C Li E. Grout shall be poured as soon as possible after the mortar has cured to reduce shrinkage cracking of the vertical joints. Immediately after the grouting has been completed, the scum and stains on the masonry shall be washed off using clean water and fiber brushes. Grout and mortar stains shall not be allowed to dry on the face of the exposed masonry. F. Vertical reinforcement may be placed initially and the wall built up around it providing the reinforcing steel is first wire tied to the foundation dowels. Reinforcing positioners and/or approved cross bracing must be provided to secure the top of the steel in place. The vertical steel will not be permitted to be dropped in after the block is laid unless reinforcing positioners are provided in the course above the previously grouted course. 3.23 PARTIAL GROUTING REQUIREMENTS A. Walls which do not require solid grouting shall have all cells containing reinforcing steel and others as shown filled with grout. B. cells to be filled shall be constructed to confine the grout within the cell. Tops of unfilled vertical cells under a bond beam shall be covered with metal lath to confine the grout fill to the bond beam section. C. Grout pours shall be limited in height to mid -depth of the course above the horizontal bond beam, except at the top course. 3.24 LOW -LIFT GROUTING REQUIREMENTS A. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer prior to the start of the masonry work, all grouting shall be low -lift grouting. B. When grouting is stopped for 1 hour or longer, horizontal construction joints shall be formed by stopping the pour of grout 1/2 inch below the top of the uppermost unit. Horizontal steel shall be fully embedded by grout in an uninterrupted pour. C. Grout pour shall be limited to a maximum height of 4 feet. The wall shall not be constructed more than one course above the top of the grout pour prior to placing the grout. Mcclplland Gowning (npl m irf Incwpprpnd FpptNWllp, Ar*pmea Section 04230 - 10 H H H I L H H Li C n I U H I El I I H D. The grout shall be thoroughly consolidated with an internal "pencil" type vibrator. After waiting sufficient time to permit the grout to become plastic, but before it has taken any set, the grout shall be reconsolidated. The waiting period will vary depending upon weather conditions and block absorption rates, but under "normal" weather conditions with average masonry units, the waiting period should be between 30 to 60 minutes. 3.25 CLEANING A. Clean all surfaces of dirt, and other foreign B. Walls not requiring paii such that there are requiring painting or accordance with Section 3.26 PROTECTION excess mortar, grout spillage, substances. iting or sealing shall be cleaned no visible stains. Surfaces sealing shall be prepared in 09900, PAINTING. A. At the end of each day's work, tops of walls shall be covered with building paper or by other means that will protect the walls from becoming excessively wet. 3.27 TEMPORARY BRACING A. The Contractor shall adequately brace all walls until the walls and roof are completed. Bracing shall be sufficient to protect and walls against damage from the elements, including wind and snow. 3.28 TESTING A. Masonry units will be sampled for testing after delivery to the jobsite. They will be tested in accordance with ASTM C 140. Masonry construction shall not proceed until test results are known and the masonry units are certified by an approved testing agency as complying with these Specifications. B. Grout and mortar samples for strength testing shall be taken at the beginning of the masonry work and thereafter at the discretion of the Engineer. The samples shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C 476 and C 270, as applicable. MCCMMllaM Csawlrina Enpiaaan Incarp oraraa Fayalravlll., Arkansas Section 04230 - 11 r J 3.29 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this section will be included as ' part of the lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal for the Sunrise Mountain Water Pump Station. END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section 04230 - 12 ' �n.lro.a . co...runo Eryrn..n F.Mbvlllq Arbnl.. I I I I I U I I I I l' I I [1 I SECTION 07210 1 4('RI 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, all building insulation. 1.02 GENERAL A. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. 1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.04 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED AND PERFORMED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Section No. 07510 PART 2 PRODUCTS Built -Up Bituminous Roofing A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the General Conditions. 2.02 MASONRY FILL INSULATION A. Perlite water repellent loose fill conforming to ASTM C 549 or vermiculite water repellent loose fill conforming to ASTM C 516. nMCCIsllond Co.'s, lung E /ln.tn Inwperolsd Foys/Nvills, Arkdnsn Section 07210-1 I EXECUTION INSTALLATION - GENERAL Coordinate installation where other trades whose work, or the required inspection of their work, could be affected. MASONRY FILL INSULATION Pour from bag in accordance with manufacturer's recommended procedure into unfilled cells of hollow concrete masonry unit walls or partitions. Remove from site all containers, wrappings, and scrap insulation material. Leave floors broom clean. PRODUCT HANDLING Clearly identify manufacturer, contents, brand name, applicable standard, and "R" value. Store materials off ground and keep them dry at all times. Protect against weather, condensation, and damage. Immediately remove damaged material from site. Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal for the Sunrise Mountain Water Pump Station. END OF SECTION section 07210-2 nMCCI,Ilond Conwlllnq Engin•m InNrnroML Fay.tNvilU, Arkankok SECTION 07510 ' PART 1 I H H I I I I I I 1.01 GENERAL SCOPE A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, the built-up bituminous roofing membrane and roof rigid insulation. 1.02 GENERAL A. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All materials, including insulation, used in a roofing system shall be provided by, or approved by, the manufacturer whose roofing system specification is selected for use. 1.04 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED AND PERFORMED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Section No. Item 07600 Metal Flashing 1.05 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. In addition, the following specific information shall be provided: 1. A letter from the roofing materials manufacturer stating that the roofer is approved by him to apply the roof. 2. List of materials proposed for use including roofing materials, insulation, and fasteners. 3. Roofing materials manufacturer's specifications selected for use. l n armed a can ealllny Enpinwra InCPAeralee Fayetteville, Arkaneoe Section 07510 - 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I L' 4. Prior to starting work, submit sample copy of guarantee to be provided. Upon completion and acceptance of the work required by this section, submit an executed copy of the guarantee. 5. Manufacturer's certificate of compliance that all roofing system materials, with inclusion of asphalt, pitch, coatings, felts, and base sheets, have been fabricated in strict conformance with applicable ASTM or Federal Specification requirements referenced herein. 6. Description of complete system, from deck up, proposed for use. 7. Layout drawings for tapered insulation, showing slopes and thicknesses. 1.06 GUARANTEE A. Prior to final acceptance of roofing system, furnish the Owner a written guarantee for a 2 -year period after date of final acceptance of the roofing which covers all costs for repairs required to maintain roofing system and composition flashing in watertight condition. Limit to ordinary wear and tear by elements or defects due to faulty materials or workmanship. 1.07 MANUFACTURER'S GUARANTEE A. Prior to final acceptance of roofing system, furnish the Owner the roofing materials manufacturer's standard printed guarantee which covers all costs for repairs required to maintain roofing system and composition flashing in watertight condition. The guarantee shall cover: (1) natural deterioration of the roofing system due to ordinary wear and tear by the elements, and (2) defects due to faulty materials or workmanship during application. The guarantee shall be for a minimum period of 5 years from the date of final acceptance of the roofing system and shall contain a provision for the Owner to renew the guarantee contract for an additional 5 -year, minimum, period. nLan,vlllnp linalneer/ InOYperafea Foyen,vllle, ArkaMaa Section 07510 - 2 ' PART 2 2.01 I H I I 1 1 H. I Li I PT [I I I PRODUCTS A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the General Conditions. 12.02 ROOFING SYSTEM A. Provide a fire -retardant gravel surfaced built-up bituminous roofing system selected from the manufacturer's specifications indicated below. All materials shall be UL listed and the finished assembly shall be classified A or B by the Underwriters Laboratory. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for system materials not listed in this Specification. 2.03 NON-NAILABLE DECK A. Use Celotex, 80-G.A.-1-C; J -M, 3GIG; or equal, over rigid roof insulation. 2.04 ASPHALT A. Low slope asphalt conforming to ASTM D 312, Type I or Federal Specification SS -A-666, Type I. 2.05 FELTS -BASE SHEET A. Asphalt -coated glass fiber mat conforming to ASTM D2178, Type IV. 2.06 FELTS -FINISHING OR ROOFING FELT A. Asphalt -coated glass fiber mat conforming to ASTM D2178, Type IV. 2.07 COMPOSITION FLASHING A. Mineral surfaced asphalt -coated glass fiber mat conforming to Federal Specification SS -R-630, Class 3. 2.08 FASTENERS A. Tube-Loc nail with 1 -inch diameter cap as manufactured by Simplex Nail and Manufacturing Co., Insuldeck Loc-Nail as manufactured by E. G. Building Fasteners Corp., or equal. Section 07510 - 3 I p CplWltlna Elgln..r. Inporpprpr.G F.yll.vlll., Aron... I I U I L El L I I I 2.09 SURFACING A. Dense, hard, durable, and surface -dry gravel, free of dust, clay, loam, sand, or other foreign substances and conforming to ASTM D 1863, size No. 67. Gravel shall have a minimum bulk density of 60 pounds per cubic foot (960 kg per cubic meter), and 100 percent shall pass on a 3/4 -inch (19 mm) sieve, with no more than 5 percent passing on a No. 8 (2.36 mm) sieve or 15 percent passing on a No. 4 (4.75 mm) sieve. 2.10 PLASTIC ROOF CEMENT A. Conform to Federal Specification SS -C-153, Type I, Class A or B. Use J -M Industrial Roof Cement; Celotex, Elastigum Roofers Cement; or equal. 2.11 RIGID ROOF INSULATION BOARD A. Pittsburgh Corning "Foamglas"; or equal, conforming to ASTM C 552 and Federal Specification HH-I-551. B. Minimum size shall be 18 inches by 24 inches. Minimum thickness shall be 1-1/2 inches. 2.12 CRICKETS AND CANT STRIPS A. Use preformed asphalt -impregnated fiberboard, bitumen -coated on all sides, expanded perlite, or wood treated in accordance with AWPB LP -2 for water -borne salts and dried to 19 percent moisture content or less after treatment; sized and shaped as indicated on the Drawings. ' IPART 3 EXECUTION I I Li I I C1 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify that work of other trades which penetrates roof deck or requires men and equipment to traverse roof deck has been completed. Notify Engineer and manufacturer's representative at least 48 hours before the installation of roofing system is begun. Provide safe access to roof. B. Ensure that deck is firm, dry, free of foreign materials, and reasonably smooth. Differential height between adjacent roof deck members of more than 1/8 inch is not acceptable. Report immediately to the Engineer all cracks, breaks, holes, or other unusual irregularities in the surface. Application of the roofing constitutes "K"lland 1 0 M Con.,Ifln9 Englntlrt Inwrparoltd Fa,tl"v1111, Arkann Section 07510 - 4 [1 I Li U I I I I I I LJ I C [1 I II I I acceptance of the roof deck, and its condition cannot be used as an excuse for any subsequent failures should difficulties arise. 3.02 APPLICATION A. Apply roofing only in dry weather and when ambient temperature is above 40 degrees F (4 degrees C). When temperature is below 45 degrees F, the application must be approved by, and under supervision of, the roofing materials manufacturer. B. Do not phase application of roofing system. Install all components of an assembly, including surfacing, over that area that is covered in 1 day. Seal of f edges of system at the end of the day with one layer of mopped -in felt. C. Maintain kettle temperature so as not to exceed the flash point of the bitumen. Bitumen shall be applied at the equi-viscosity temperature, plus or minus 25 degrees F (14 degrees C). Do not exceed the finish blowing temperature. Moppings between layers shall be in the 15 - to 20 -pound per square range. D. When applying felts, thoroughly, uniformly, and firmly broom felts into bitumen as they are rolled out. Broom from center of felt to edge removing all air bubbles from under felts. Bitumen should be visible at all laps on completion. 3.03 INSULATION A. Keep insulation dry before and during application. Apply rigid insulation where indicated on Drawings in strict accordance with the insulation and roofing materials manufacturer's specifications. B. On concrete decks apply insulation to deck with bitumen specified in quantity as recommended by roofing materials manufacturer. C. Where more than one layer of insulation is used, secure second layer to previous layer with bitumen specified in quantity as recommended by insulation manufacturer. Insulation shall be placed immediately into applied bitumen and then walked into place to ensure embedment. Tapered insulation, where applicable, shall be laid in accordance with the insulation manufacturer's layout drawings and instructions. MCCl/Iland a Consulting Engsssrs Inaorporand Fpyf srlllq Arkansas Section 07510 - 5 [1 I I I H I I I I I I I [I 3.04 ROOFING SYSTEM ON DECKING OR INSULATION A. Apply built-up roofing membrane with gravel surfacing and flashing in accordance with the materials manufacturer's specifications for the roofing system selected. 3.05 CLEANUP A. Upon completion of the roofing installation, clean up all waste material and debris resulting from this operation and dispose of such waste material off the site. Remove all spots and smears of asphalt or other material resulting from the work in this section from flashings, gravel stops, and other surfaces not intended to be coated with such material. During removal, ensure that no damage will be done to the surfaces. Use solvents, if necessary, to satisfactorily clean the materials. Replace at the Contractor's sole expense any damaged surfaces resulting from the above operation. 3.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and rolls with labels intact and legible. Labels on bitumen must show composition, softening point (SP) range, minimum flash point (FP), minimum finished blowing temperature (BT), and equiviscous temperature (EVT) range. B. Handle roll goods so as to prevent damage to edge or ends. Store roll goods on end. C. Store all rigid roof insulation materials on clean, raised platforms. D. Protect materials against wetting, moisture absorption, and construction traffic. ' 13.07 I I [1 C PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal for the Sunrise Mountain Water Pump Station. END OF SECTION NOCIOIIOIM Engln.1ot Inoerporo?W F07oll.villq Athena. Section 07510 - 6 I H I I I I I I C I I I I I I I SECTION 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, the flashing and sheet metalwork. 1.02 GENERAL A. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. 1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. In addition, the following specific information shall be provided: 1. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings of custom and field fabricated work indicating joints, types and location of fasteners, and special shapes. 2. Manufacturer's Literature: Catalog data for stock manufactured items including primary components, trim, and fasteners. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Manufacturer's recommendations and Specifications. B. Aluminum Association: "Aluminum Sheet Metalwork in Building Construction" and "Designation System for Aluminum Finishes". C. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA): "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual". D. ASTM standards. nMC[lallana Cnnwlfina £, in so, Inaoraoro"a FaysHsvllls, Arkansas Section 07600-1 I 1.05 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED AND PERFORMED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Section No. Item 07510 Built -Up Bituminous Roofing I I CI I I I 11 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS' A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the General Conditions. 2.02 METAL - ALUMINUM SHEET A. ASTM B 209, Alloy 5005-H34, minimum 0.032 -inch (0.81 mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 2.03 GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL A. Copper bearing steel per ASTM A 526; commercial quality; zinc coating designation G90, ASTM A 525; thickness 0.0217 -inch (26 U.S. Standard gauge), unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 2.04 SOLDER A. ASTM B 32, class A, Grade 1, or conforming to Federal Specification QQ-S-571, composition SN 50. 2.05 SOLDERING FLUX A. Conforming to Federal Specification O -F-506, Type I, Form A or B. 2.06 PREFABRICATED METAL SYSTEMS A. All prefabricated metal systems, as specified herein, shall be factory finished. 2.07 DOWNSPOUTS AND LEADERHEADS A. Fabricate from aluminum sheet specified herein. MCC/o 'lend ConwlNny Enpinooro InWrpnroMd Fa/ofl,WllS, Arkon os Section 07600-2 I I I I I II C L I I I I I I I H H 12.08 SEALER TAPE A. Polyisobutylene sealer tape specifically manufactured for setting flanges on bituminous roofing. 12.09 ISOLATION PAINT A. See System No. 27 of Section 09900, PAINTING. 12.10 ISOLATION TAPE A. Butyl or Polyisobutylene, internally reinforced, or 20 -mil thick minimum polyester. 2.11 FASTENERS A. For aluminum work: Stainless steel or aluminum. B. For galvanized steelwork: Steel, galvanized per ASTM A 153. C. Nails: Roofing nail head, 10 -gauge spiral or ring shank, lengths as required to penetrate wood at least 3/4 inch. 2.12 THROUGH -WALL FLASHING A. Rib -Bond cold -rolled copper as manufactured by Architectural Steel Corp., or equal. Copper shall be 16 -ounce, 0.0216 -inch thick conforming to ASTM B 370. Flashing shall have uniform, matching, diagonal, herringbone pattern deformations, embossed to provide a mechanical bond in all directions within the mortar bed. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Examine all surfaces involving sheet metal. Report any improper or defective surfaces; do not commence work until defective surfaces are corrected. B. All workmanship shall be equal to the best standards of practice in modern sheet metal. Work shall be accurately formed to sizes, shapes, and dimensions indicated, with all angles and lines in true alignment. All work shall be straight, sharp, and erected plumb and level in proper plane without bulges or waves. MCCI.11.nd coowl J n 9 Enpin..r. Indor.or.r.d Fo).rr.vlll.. Arkom.. Section 07600-3 I J J H H I C L I I I I I I I H I H C 3.02 FABRICATION OF FLASHING A. Take measurements at the job and be responsible for same. B. Fabricate in accordance with reference standards. C. Form arris and angles true to line and surfaces free of waves and buckles. D. Form bends to 1/16 -inch inside radius. E. Hem exposed edges. F. Reinforcements and supports shall be same material as flashing unless other material is indicated; provide as required. G. Rigid joints and seams shall be made mechanically strong. Seal aluminum joints with sealant. H. where soldering required, neutralize soldering flux. I. Solvent clean all sheet metal. Surfaces to be in contact with roofing or otherwise concealed shall be coated with specified isolation paint. 3.03 INSTALLATION - FLASHING A. Conform to reference standards. Coordinate flashing work with roofing work; sheet metal and roofing shall make weathertight and watertight assembly. B. Isolate metal from wood and concrete and from dissimilar metal with two coats of specified isolation paint or isolation tape. Use only stainless steel fasteners to connect isolated dissimilar metals. C. Joints, fastenings, reinforcements, and supports shall be sized and located as required to preclude distortion or displacement due to thermal expansion and contraction. D. Conceal fastenings wherever possible. 3.04 PREFABRICATED SYSTEMS A. Installation of prefabricated metal systems shall be in strict accordance with the system manufacturer's latest printed instructions. Section 07600-4 Cony Sting Enpmwn rnooroarana ray.??. vlll., Arkanw. I I I I H I L I H El L I [1 I El L I 3.05 THROUGH -WALL FLASHING A. Lap cross joints of through -wall flashing at least 2 inches. Stop flashing 1/2 inch from the exterior faces of the wall. 3.06 FINISH A. Exposed surfaces of flashing and sheet metalwork shall be free of dents, scratches, abrasions, or other visible defects. 3.07 DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE A. Materials shall be adequately packaged and protected during shipment and shall be inspected for damage, dampness, and wet -storage stains upon delivery to the jobsite. Damaged or permanently stained materials that cannot be restored to like -new condition shall be removed from the jobsite and shall be replaced at the Contractor's sole expense. Sheet metal items shall be carefully handled to avoid damage to surfaces, edges, and ends. Crated materials shall not be uncrated until ready for use. Materials shall be stored in dry, weathertight, ventilated areas until immediately before installation. 3.08 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal for the Sunrise Mountain Water Pump Station. END OF SECTION MCCI.IIend CanaItInp Enpinuts IncYaaralS Faya/bvllb, Arkansas Section 07600-5 I I I H I J L7 17 H. C I I I I 7 C I I I SECTION 08100 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This Section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, the hollow metal frames and doors. 1.02 GENERAL A. Like items of equipment provided hereunder shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for appearance, operation, maintenance, spare parts, and manufacturer's service. B. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. 1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. In addition, the following specific information shall be provided: 1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings covering each type of door and frame, frame conditions, and complete anchorage details, supplemented by suitable schedules covering doors and frames. B. Submit manufacturer's painting specifications for factory finished items specified herein. C. Detail connections of door frames to structural steel framing concealed in frames, if any. D. For frames too large to ship in one piece, locate and detail field splice joints and indicate complete instructions for making field splices. E. identification of each door shall be noted. MCCI.Iland Geewtllnp e p Enalnelre in Fayettivllle, Arkanwl Section 08100 - 1 7 1.05 A. ' B. I I H I I [I I S 1.06 A. PART 2 2.01 REFERENCE STANDARDS Manufacturer's recommendations and specifications. Standards, regulations, and specifications of the following as referred to herein: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 2. Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association of NAAMM 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 4. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL) 5. Steel Door Institute (SDI) 6. Aluminum Association (AA), "Designation System for Aluminum Finishes" 7. American National Standard Institution (ANSI) RELATED WORK SPECIFIED AND PERFORMED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS Section No. 08712 09900 15463 PRODUCTS GENERAL Door Hardware Painting Door Grilles - Intake A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the General Conditions. 2.02 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES - MANUFACTURERS A. Products of the following manufacturers, or equal, may be used on this project: 1. The Ceco Corporation 2. Republic Steel Corporation 3. Steelcraft Manufacturing Company 2.03 BASIC MATERIAL A. Sheet steel for frames shall be hot -rolled prime quality carbon steel conforming to ASTM A 569. ivanalland C0aW111n/ a / fnplo..tz Incerporalod Faw/Nvil", ArtoMas Section 08100-2 H I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Li B. Sheet steel for doors shall be cold -rolled stretcher level sheet steel conforming to ASTM A 366. 2.04 ANCILLARY ITEMS A. Manufacturer's standard anchors, fasteners, etc. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION OF HOLLOW METAL - FRAMES A. Frames for doors shall be 16 -gauge, knockdown or welded type, and shall conform to SDI 100, except as modified herein. Provide adequate reinforcement and cutouts for hardware, prepared in accordance with SDI 107, also adequate floor and wall anchors. Frames shall be products of the hollow metal door manufacturer. B. The Drawings indicate the size, shape, and profile of frame members. Manufacturer's standard forming methods may be used to achieve the desired finished appearance. Concealed fasteners or welding are preferred to through -the -face fasteners. C. Provide stainless steel bolts, nuts, and washers as required. 3.02 DOORS AND TRANSOM PANELS A. Hollow metal doors shall be 18 -gauge, Grade II, Model 3, seamless, with polyurethane core of dimensions shown. B. Doors shall conform to SDI 100, except as modified herein. Doors shall be constructed and prepared in accordance with SDI 107 and ANSI A115 to receive the hardware specified. 3.03 FINISH A. All metal doors and frames specified phosphate treated for paint adhesion, shop coat of baked -on prime coating finish coating. B. Finish coating shall be as indicated on as specified in Section 09900, PAINTINC 3.04 INSTALLATION OF FRAMES herein shall be and receive one compatible with the Drawings and A. Install hollow metal frames in accordance with SDI 105. MCClo11and Gonwlli na [npinaora H, cp orated Fapllovillo, Arronwo Section 08100- 3 I I 1 1 I I 1 1 B. Exercise care in setting of frames to maintain scheduled dimensions, hold head level, and maintain jambs plumb and square. C. Secure anchorages and connections to adjacent construction. D. Wherever possible, leave frame spreader bars intact until frames are set perfectly square and plumb and anchors are securely attached. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF DOORS A. Install hollow metal doors in accordance with SDI 100. B. Apply hardware in accordance with hardware manufacturer's templates and instructions. Adjust operable parts for correct function. Remove hardware, with the exception of prime coated items, tag, box, and reinstall after finish paintwork is completed. Installation of labeled doors shall conform to NFPA Pamphlet No. 80. 3.06 PRIME COAT TOUCHUP A. Immediately after erection, areas where prime coat has been damaged shall be sanded smooth and touched up with same primer as applied at shop. Remove rust before above specified touchup is applied. Touchup shall not be obvious. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect installed doors and frames against damage from other construction work. 3.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle doors and frames in a manner to prevent damage and deterioration. Provide packaging such as cardboard or other containers, separators, banding, spreaders, and paper wrappings to protect metal items. B. Store doors upright, in a protected dry area, at least 1 inch or more off the ground or floor and at least 1/4 inch between individual pieces. Follow special storage and handling requirements of manufacturer. Protect exposed finish surfaces of prefinished items with masking tape. Section 08100-4 MCC1a Ilan! Conaulling a g Enynaar. Inwroeraaa Foy. l.Yllla, ArkaMaa 3.09 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal for the Sunrise Mountain Water Pump Station. END OF SECTION Section 08100-5 MCCNlland LbaNlliny o y Enpinnr. Inca pnroNd Foy.11ovlllo, Arkat,.os I I I J H I I I I L I I I I I I I SECTION 08712 1§Zd03:m01_\:isum:i PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, the door hardware. 1.02 GENERAL A. Like items of equipment provided hereunder shall be the end products of one manufacturer to achieve standardization for appearance, operation, maintenance, spare parts, and manufacturer's service. B. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standards sponsored by Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA). 1.04 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. In addition, the following specific information shall be provided: 1.05 SCHEDULE A. Submit complete schedule of finish hardware required herein, for the Engineer's review. Such schedule must be completely detailed, showing all items, numbers, and finishes for all hardware for each separate opening. Any corrections or changes necessary in the schedule to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be made promptly. Review of the schedule shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for errors or omissions therein. MCCIaIIand CanwlIlag Enpino.r. InaorporMM Fa)aliavllla, Artaasw Section 08712 -1 I Li J H H I C H C I I I I I I I I I A. In addition to the required Schedule, submit manufacturers' literature for each item of finish hardware required herein, for the Engineer's review. Manufacturers' literature to be plainly marked for each proposed item; indiscriminate submittal of unmarked literature will not be accepted. 1.07 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED AND PERFORMED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Section No. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS -II Metal Doors and Frames A. Provide all finish hardware with suitable fastening for complete work. Items not specifically mentioned by necessary to complete the work shall be furnished, matching in quality and finish the items specified for similar locations. A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the General Conditions. 2.03 FINISHES A. Numbers in the 600 series are from BHMA 1301 Product Standard Section M, Materials and Finishes. 2.04 FASTENERS A. All fasteners for hardware specified herein shall be stainless steel. 2.05 BUTT HINGES A. The Stanley Works; McKinney Manufacturing Company; Lawrence Brothers; or equal, conforming to ANSI A 156.1 (BHMA Standard 101). ncon -Inn, Etglneen InGereerotee Fayetteville, Arkonew Section 08712 -2 i] I F I C I I] I I I I I Li Ii H P B. Minimum number of hinges per door leaf: 1-1/2 pairs. C. Minimum height of hinges; based on width of doors: Up to 3'-0" 4-1/2" 3'-1" to 4'-0" 5" D. Width of hinges shall be the minimum which will provide clearance of trim and permit 180 -degree swing. E. Exterior hinges shall have nonremovable pin. F. Hinge leaves shall be parallel and joint tolerance shall be 0.012 inch maximum, gauged in closed position. 2.06 FINISH A. Finish shall be Satin stainless steel, No. 630. 2.07 HINGE TYPES A. Use manufacturer's recommended standard. 2.08 LOCKS AND LATCHSETS A. Lock cylinders and keys shall be provided that conform to the Owner's existing keying system, where applicable. Obtain keying details from the Owner. B. All doors shall be equipped with locks/latchsets. Sargent and Company; Schlage Lock Company; Corbin Division, Emhart Industries, Inc.; or equal, conforming to ANSI A156.2. C. Design shall be Sargent "GC"; Schlage "Planet"; or Corbin "864 Global" knobs and roses. Construction shall be wrought metal. D. In all locks provide interchangeable, removable core cylinders with a minimum of six pins. E. Strikes shall have lip dimensions to fit configuration of trim. Provide 3/4 -inch throw on all latch bolts used on pair of doors. 2.09 BACKSET A. Three -and -three -fourths inches, except as noted. B. Finish shall be Satin stainless steel, No. 630. MCCI.IIor4 C Con.ullin9 Enpin..r. InporporptW Foy.rl.vllle, ArkoMo. Section 08712 -3 I C I Ii I I I I 1I H I I Li I I I I 2.10 LOCK AND LATCH TYPES A. Lock by door manufacturer; provide cylinders for keying to other locks as required. 12.11 KEYING A. All lock cylinders shall be operated by a master key system that allows for future expansion. Key locks as indicated by Owner. Furnish two keys for each lock. Tag all keys with identification information. 2.12 STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Builders Brass Works; Baldwin; or equal. B. Provide with machine screws in threaded anchors at concrete or masonry and with self -tapping screws at stud partitions, wood, or metal mountings. C. For pairs of doors, provide item scheduled for each leaf. D. Satin chromium -plated, No. 626 finish. E. Door -attached holder. 2.13 BOLTS A. Stanley; Lawrence Brothers; or equal. B. Bright nickel, No. 645 finish. 2.14 BOLT TYPES A. Bottom: 8 -inch foot bolt - 1056, T145 or 4056 or surface bolt 283 2.15 THRESHOLDS A. Pemko Manufacturing Co.; Reese Enterprises, Inc.; or equal. B. Thresholds shall be one-piece full width of opening. Extend beyond jamb where indicated. C. Provide with stainless steel machine screws in threaded expansion anchors at concrete. D. Mill finish, unless indicated otherwise. E. Threshold furnished by door manufacturer. Section 08712 - 4 nMSONIbM Consulting EnplNos Iii LE10era lee Fo,etteville, Arkynsos n I I J I I H C C I I J F I I I 2.16 WEATHERSTRIP A. Pemko Manufacturing Co.; Reese Enterprises, Inc.; or equal. B. Weatherstripping furnished by door manufacturer 2.17 SILENCERS A. Ives; Glynn -Johnson; or equal. B. Provide at each hinged door which does not have seals. C. Provide three at single leaves and two at pairs. PART 3 3.01 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT A. A representative of the Hardware Supplier shall be available during the construction period, if necessary, to instruct the Contractor on the proper method of installation and adjustment of the Supplier's products. The representative shall inspect and adjust the hardware items at completion of the work and supply proper maintenance manuals to the Owner. After installation, adjust hardware for smooth, noise -free operation. Replace any damaged items. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Follow manufacturer's instructions for installation of finish hardware. Make all work neat and secure, developing full strength of components and providing proper function. Prevent marring, scratching, or otherwise damaging adjacent finishes during the installation of hardware. B. Do all fitting, dismantling, and reinstalling of finish hardware required for finish painting work. Use strippable coating, removable tape, and other means to protect and prevent staining of hardware during construction. Protective measures shall be removed and permanent lock cylinders installed prior to final cleaning. C. Latch bolts shall be installed to engage in strikes automatically, whether activated by closers or manually. In no case shall additional manual pressure be required to engage latch bolt in strike. MCCI.ito M consullny £npinfro fnoolporul o Foyllf.rilll, Arkofflos Section 08712 - 5 I iI H H C H I D. Set stops and holders to allow doors to open as far as possible. E. Install stops, holders, and other wall -mounted items over solid structural backing or solid blocking in hollow walls. F. Cope ends of thresholds neatly to profile of jamb. Thresholds shall be set in sealant and ends shall be sealed to jambs. 3.03 MOUNTING DIMENSIONS A. Use standard door hardware locations recommended and published by the Door and Hardware Institute, except as noted or detailed otherwise. B. Install door silencers 3 inches from top and bottom of jamb and 1 inch above strike at single doors, and 3 inches from edges of doors in head for pairs of doors. ' 13.04 C U I [] I H [1 I I Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal for the Sunrise Mountain Water Pump Station. END OF SECTION MCCNlland canwlllna Loge aara InaoryarcMd Fa/allavllla, Arkansas Section 08712 - 6 H I Li I F I P I I H I C 11 I C C SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers surface preparation, furnishing, and application of paint and protective coatings, complete. B. It is the intent that all new exposed ferrous surfaces be painted, whether specifically mentioned or not, except as modified herein. C. All new exposed piping is to be painted. D. New masonry walls are to be cleaned and painted. E. Factory primed surfaces are to receive finish coats. 1.02 GENERAL A. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory. for this project. 1.03 ABBREVIATIONS ANSI American National Standards Institute AWWA American Water Works Association FRP Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic HCl Hydrochloric Acid MDFT Minimum Dry Film Thickness MDFTPC Minimum Dry Film Thickness Per Coat mil Thousandths of an Inch MIL -P Military Specification - Paint OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act PSDS Paint System Data Sheet SFPG Square Feet Per Gallon SFPGPC Square Feet Per Gallon Per Coat SP Surface Preparation SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council 1.04 SURFACES NOT REQUIRING PAINTING A. Unless otherwise specifically indicated in the Technical Specifications or on the Drawings, the following areas or items will not require painting: Section 09900 - 1 NcCla flood GMIWItin q Enpinalr, InoerporabO Foy.Mavilb, Arkaww I I I I I I I H H I I r I I II C L II 1. Nonferrous and corrosion -resistant ferrous alloys such as copper, bronze, monel, aluminum, chromium plate, weathering steel, and stainless steel, except where: a. Required for electrical insulation between dissimilar metals. b. Aluminum and stainless steel is embedded in concrete or masonry, or aluminum is in contact with concrete or masonry. c. Color coding or equipment and piping is required. d. Fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) equipment with an integral colored gel coat does not require painting, provided the color is as specified. 2. Prefinished electrical and architectural items such as motor control centers, switchboards, switchgear, panelboards, transformers, disconnect switches, etc. 3. Items specified to be galvanized after fabrication unless specifically required elsewhere in these Specifications or subject to immersion; specifications for repair of damaged galvanized surfaces are contained hereinafter. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The paint manufacturer shall provide a representative to visit the jobsite at intervals during surface preparation and painting as may be required for product application quality assurance, and to determine compliance with manufacturer's instructions and these Specifications, and as may be necessary to resolve field problems attributable to, or associated with, the manufacturer's products furnished under this Contract. 1.06 INSPECTION A. The Contractor shall give the Engineer a minimum of 3 days advance notice of the start of any surface preparation work or coating application work. All such work shall be performed only in the presence of the Engineer, unless the Engineer has granted prior approval to perform such work in his absence. nMapa'land Canwlllnp Log lnon Inc rporaMd Farfavllla, Arkann Section 09900-2 Li H IJ I I I L LI L I I I I H [] I B. For all coatings subject to immersion, full cure must be obtained for the completed system. Consult the coatings manufacturer's written instructions for these requirements. The coating shall not be immersed for any purpose until completion of the curing cycle. C. Inspection by the Engineer, or the waiver of inspection of any particular portion of the work, shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to perform the work in accordance with these Specifications. 1.07 PAINT DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. All materials shall be new and shall be delivered to the project site in unopened containers that plainly show, at the time of use, the designated name, date of manufacture, color, and name of manufacturer. Paints shall be stored in a suitable protected area that is heated or cooled as required to maintain temperatures within the range recommended by the paint manufacturer. A. The Contractor shall warrant to the Owner and guarantee the work under this section against defective workmanship and materials for a period of 1 year commencing on the date of final acceptance of the work. 1.09 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. In addition, the following specific information shall be provided: 1. For each paint system used herein, the Contractor shall obtain from each paint manufacturer for submittal to the Engineer, a Paint System Data Sheet (PSDS) and, Technical Data Sheets, for each product used in the paint system. The required information shall be submitted on a system -by -system basis. The Contractor shall also provide copies of the paint system submittals to the coating applicator. A sample PSDS form is appended at the end of this section. MOCl/Ilona I O Censal Enpinoerssrs Ifcerporals0 Fa)sthvlll., Arkansos Section 09900-3 I L r I I I I I I] I H L I I I 2. The Contractor shall, prior to the start of surface preparation, furnish the Engineer with a 4 -inch by 4 -inch steel panel for each grade of sandblast specified herein, prepared by the Contractor to the specified requirements. The panel shall be representative of the steel used and shall be prevented from deterioration of the surface quality. Upon review by the Engineer, the panel shall be preserved as a reference source for inspection. 1.10 PAINT COLOR SAMPLES A. Submit paint color charts displaying the full color selection available from the paint manufacturer selected by the Contractor. B. Allow 30 days from date of submittal for Owner/Engineer to determine selected colors. 1.11 RELATED PAINTING WORK PERFORMED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS, BUT SYSTEMS DESCRIBED IN THIS SECTION A. Section No. Item 04230 Reinforced Concrete Masonry Units 08100 Metal Doors and Frames 11002 Multi -Stage Vertical Centrifugal Pumping - General 11503 Hydropneumatic Tank 15001 Plant Piping PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PAINT AND COATINGS SUPPLIERS A. The letter code will be found following the generic descriptions of materials outlined in the Specifications. Alternate suppliers will be considered, if product is equal to that specified. Address given is that of the general offices; contact these offices for information regarding the location of their representative nearest the project site. B. Supplier Code A - Coatings Suppliers: (Able to supply most heavy-duty industrial coatings) 1. Koppers Company, Inc., Pittsburg, PA 2. Porter Coatings, Louisville, KY 3. Rustoleum Corporation, Evanston, IL Section 09900-4 nMCCIallana Conwll,np Loginoora InoorOoraro0 Foprro Wllo, Arkansoa I I I I I I I I I C II I I L_ I LI 4. Tnemec Coatings, Kansas City, MO C. Supplier Code B - Paint Suppliers (Able to supply most architectural paints) 1. Benjamin Moore Paints, New York, NY 2. Pittsburgh Paints, Pittsburgh, PA 3. Sherwin Williams, Cleveland, OH D. Supplier Code C - Specialty Suppliers 1. McCloskey Varnish Company, Philadelphia, PA 2. Olympic Stain & Varnish, Seattle, WA 3. Pavey Research Corporation, Tukwila, WA 4. Chemstop Manufacturing and Sales Corp., Itasca, IL E. Supplier Code E - Fusion Bonded Coating Applicators 1. B. L. Downey, Cicero, IL 2. Industrial Coatings, Baltimore, MD 2.02 PAINT MATERIALS A. The following paint products are listed according to their approximate order of appearance in the paint systems. Deviations from the specified paint systems must be reviewed by the Engineer prior to use. The letter designating the supplier code references the listing of paint suppliers able to furnish these specific materials. Alternate systems will be considered subject to the review of the Engineer. PRODUCT DEFINITION Polyamide, Anti- Converted epoxy primer Corrosive, Epoxy containing rust inhibitive Primer pigments; minimum percent volume solids, 46% - Supplier Code: A Coal -Tar Epoxy Amine or polyamide type, 68% volume solids minimum, suitable for immersion service - Supplier Code: A Organic Zinc Rich Converted epoxy, epoxy/phenolic or Primer urethane type, minimum 10 pounds metallic zinc content per gallon. Supplier Code: A MCCNllana H 0 CanNlflag Enalnar InaraereM Fa,aln villa, Aftmwaa Section 09900 - 5 I I C I I I I C I II L I Li I H H I I Rust -Inhibitive Primer Single -package steel primers with anti -corrosive pigment loading; may be alkyd, vinyl, epoxy ester, chlorinated rubber; 40% volume solids minimum. Supplier Code: A -B Alkyd Enamel Optimum quality, gloss finish, medium long oil, 45% minimum solids by volume Supplier Code: A -B Wash Primer Vinyl butyral acid - Supplier Code: A Inorganic Zinc Primer Solvent or water based, 10 pounds metallic zinc content per gallon minimum; follow manufacturer's recommendation for topcoating. Supplier Code: A Silicone Acrylic Elevated temperature types; 20% minimum solids by volume - Supplier Code: A Polyamide High Build Capability of 4-8 MDFT per coat Epoxy Supplier Code: A Acrylic Latex (Gloss) High gloss, single -component; minimum volume solids, 25%. Supplier Code: A -B Bituminous Paint Single -component, coal -tar pitch based; 68% minimum solids by volume. Supplier Code: A Polyurethane Enamel Two -component, asphaltic or acrylic based polyurethane; 45% minimum volume solids; high gloss finish. Supplier Code: A Block Filler Primer -sealer designed for rough masonry surface. Supplier Code: B Sanding Sealer Co -polymer oil, clear, dull luster. Supplier Code: B -C Mccl.Jrena Lon.ulriny o y Enpin..r. Incorporor.o FayMNvlll., Arkanw. Section 09900-6 I r L I I Li n H I I J J I H I [] I I I Stain Pigmented water repellant coating (no silicones) specifically designed for masonry and concrete surfaces; minimum volume solids, 19% to 21%. Supplier Code: C Acrylic Latex Semi -gloss latex; minimum volume (Semi -Gloss) solids, 41%. Supplier Code: B Acrylic Latex Flat latex; minimum volume (Flat) solids, 34% Supplier Code: B Varnish (Satin) Nonpigmented vehicle based on a variety of resins (alkyd, phenolic, urethane) available in gloss, semi -gloss, and flat finishes - Supplier Code: B -C 2.03 COLOR SELECTION A. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner and the Engineer as hereinbefore specified for final color selections. B. Colors shall be formulated with colorants free of lead, lead compounds, or other materials which might be affected by the presence of hydrogen sulfide or other gas likely to be present at the project. 2.04 EQUIPMENT COLORS A. Equipment shall be meant to include the machinery or vessel itself plus the structural supports and fasteners and attached electrical conduits. All nonsubmerged portions of equipment shall be painted the same color as the process piping it serves, except as itemized below. Equipment Color Dangerous parts of equipment and machinery OSHA Orange Fire protection equipment and apparatus OSHA Red Physical hazards in normal operating area OSHA Yellow MCClollana I O M CanWl/lna Enal000ro Fay.??.ville, Arkansas Section 09900 -7 I I J I I I I I I L I I] I I L PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All materials of a paint system, including primer and finish coats, shall be produced by the same paint manufacturer. Thinners, cleaners, driers, and other additives shall be as recommended by the paint manufacturer of the particular coating. 3.02 INTENT A. It is the intent of these Specifications that the Contractor and his subcontractors employed on the jobsite will leave the surfaces of their work in such a condition that only minor cleaning and sanding is required prior to surface preparation and painting. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to inspect and provide substrate surfaces that are prepared in accordance with these Specifications and the printed directions and recommendations of the paint manufacturer whose product is to be applied. 3.03 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS NOT TO BE PAINTED A. Remove, mask, or otherwise protect hardware, lighting fixtures, switchplates, aluminum surfaces, machined surfaces, couplings, shafts, bearings, nameplates on machinery, and other surfaces not intended to be painted. Provide drop cloths to prevent paint materials from falling on or marring adjacent surfaces. Protect working parts of mechanical and electrical equipment from damage during surface preparation and painting process. openings in motors shall be masked to prevent paint and other materials from entering the motors. 3.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Paint shall not be applied in temperatures beyond the manufacturer's recommended maximum and minimum allowable, nor in dust, smoke -laden atmosphere, damp or humid weather. B. Abrasive blast cleaning shall not performed whenever the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent, nor whenever the surface temperature is less than 5 degrees F above the dew point of the ambient air. MCCMlland Consallins a s Enpinssrs lnaaraarabd Faysnsrws, Arkansas Section 09900 -8 L1 U I I J P. C r C I I I I I I I L 3.05 SAFETY A. Painting shall be performed in strict accordance with the safety recommendations of the paint manufacturer; with the safety recommendations of the National Association of Corrosion Engineers contained in the publication, Manual for Painter Safety; Federal, state, and local agencies having jurisidiction. 3.06 PAINT MIXING A. Multiple -component coatings shall be prepared using all of the contents of the container for each component as packaged by the paint manufacturer. No partial batches will be permitted. Multiple -component coatings that have been mixed shall not be used beyond their pot life. The Contractor shall provide small quantity kits for touch-up painting and for painting other small areas. Only the components specified and furnished by the paint manufacturer shall be mixed. No intermixing of additional components for reasons of color or otherwise, even within the same generic type of coating, will be permitted. B. Paint materials shall be kept sealed when not in use. C. Where more than one coat of a material is applied within a given system, color will be alternated to provide a visual reference that the required number of coats have been applied. 3.07 SHOP BLAST CLEANING A. Items such as structural steel, metal, and similar items as reviewed by the Engineer may be shop prepared and primed at the option of the Contractor. Centrifugal wheel blast cleaning is an acceptable alternate to shop blast cleaning. All work shall be blast cleaned and primed in accordance with these Specifications. 3.08 ABRASIVE BLASTING A. Perform abrasive blasting for items and equipment where specified and as required to restore damaged surfaces previously shop or field blasted and primed. Materials, equipment, procedures, and safety equipment for personnel shall conform to the Steel Structures Painting Council. Mauslland CM a,Ilit, / Enalnppp Inwppraad Fays?svllls, Arkansas Section 09900-9 J H H I 7 I I C I P1 I [] I I H I 3.09 PREPARATION OF SURFACES - METAL A. No surface preparation blasting will be permitted prior to submission of samples. All workmanship for metal surface preparation as specified shall be in strict conformance with the current Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) Specifications as follows: Solvent Cleaning SP 1 Hand Tool Cleaning SP 2 Power Tool Cleaning SP 3 White Metal Blast Cleaning SP 5 Commercial Blast Cleaning SP 6 Brush -Off Blast Cleaning SP 7 Pickling SP 8 Near -White Blast Cleaning SP 10 B. Wherever the words "solvent cleaning," "hand tool cleaning," "wire brushing," or "blast cleaning," or similar words of equal intent are used in these Specifications or in paint manufacturer's specifications, they shall be understood to refer to the applicable SSPC Specifications listed above. C. Hand tool clean areas that cannot be cleaned by power tool cleaning. 3.10 PRE -BLAST CLEANING REQUIREMENTS A. All oil, grease, welding fluxes, contaminants shall be removed prior Preblast cleaning methods shall use hot water, or cold water with ap; additives followed with clean water and other surface to blast cleaning. steam, open flame, ?ropriate detergent rinsing. B. Small isolated areas shall be cleaned as above or solvent cleaned with suitable solvents and clean cloths. C. All sharp edges shall be rounded or chamfered and all burrs, jagged edges, and surface defects shall be ground smooth. D. Welds and adjacent areas shall there is: (1) no undercutting o3 weld bead, (2) no weld spatter on or any other area to be painted, or ridges along the weld bead. electrode or wire shall be ground surface of the weld bead. MCCJ•itond Conlalilnp a p Enpin..n In Fe"tI*viJII, Arkanw. be prepared such that reverse ridges on the or adjacent to the weld and (3) no sharp peaks All embedded pieces of flush with the adjacent Section 09900 - 10 I I I I H I L I E L L I I I I I I 3.11 BLAST CLEANING REQUIREMENTS A. The type of equipment and speed of travel shall be such that and specified degree of cleanliness is obtained. The type and size of abrasive shall be selected to produce a surface profile that meets the coating manufacturer's recommendations for the particular primer to be used. only dry blast cleaning methods will be permitted. The abrasive shall not be reused. B. The Contractor shall comply with the applicable Federal, state, and local air pollution control regulations for blast cleaning. 3.12 POST -BLAST CLEANING AND OTHER CLEANING REQUIREMENTS A. All surfaces shall be cleaned of all particles of the cleaning operations water vapor) air blast cleaning or oth painting. Enclosed areas and other settling is a problem shall be vacuum with a tack cloth. dust and residual by dry (no oil or er method prior to areas where dust cleaned and wiped B. Surfaces shall be painted the same day they are sandblasted. Surfaces that have started to rust before they are painted shall be reblasted. 3.13 CONCRETE SURFACE PREPARATION A. Not Used. 3.14 PLASTIC SURFACE PREPARATION A. Not Used. 3.15 MASONRY SURFACE PREPARATION A. Masonry construction shall be completed and cured for 14 days or more before surface preparation work is started. B. All oil, grease, dirt, salts or other chemicals, loose materials, or other foreign matter shall be removed by solvent, detergent washing, or other suitable cleaning methods. C. Masonry surfaces shall be cleaned of all mortar and grout spillage and other surface deposits using either (1) nonmetallic fiber brushes and commercial muriatic acid followed with rinsing with clean water, or (2) brush-off blasting, or (3) water blasting. nMCClslland Consulting Log his sri Intaararsd Foysr/.vills, Arkansas Section 09900 - 11 I I I I H I I I I Li I LI I I C I I I D. Care shall be taken to avoid damage to the masonry mortar joints or adjacent surfaces. E. Surfaces shall be clean and, unless otherwise required for proper adhesion, shall be dry prior to painting. 3.16 PREPARATION OF EXISTING COATED SURFACES A. The equipment, procedure, and degree of cleaning shall conform to the Application Schedule presented hereinafter. The abrasive may be either wet or dry blasting sand, grit, or nut shell. The various surface preparation parameters such as size and hardness of the abrasive, nozzle size, air pressure, and nozzle distance from the surface shall be selected such that the surface is cleaned without pitting, chipping, or otherwise damaging the surface. The Contractor shall verify his parameter selection by blast cleaning a trail area that will not be exposed to view. The trial blast cleaned area shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and shall be used as a representative sample of the surface preparation. Surfaces that are damaged by blast cleaning shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 3.17 ACID ETCHING A. After precleaning, the following solution is spread by brush or plastic sprinkling can: 1 part commercial muriatic acid reduced by 2 parts water by volume. Adding acid to water in these proportions gives an approximate 10 percent solution of HC1. Workmen shall be equipped with necessary protective clothing. The application rate shall be approximately 2 gallons per 100 square feet. Work the acid solution into the surface by hard -bristled brushes or brooms until complete wetting and coverage is obtained. The acid will react vigorously for a few minutes, during which time brushing is continued. After the bubbling has subsided (10 minutes), hose down the remaining slurry with high pressure clean water. Rinsing must be done immediately to avoid formation of salts on the surface which are difficult to remove. Thorough rinsing is necessary to remove any residual acid surface condition which can impair adhesion. The surface shall be completely dry before coating is applied. After etching, the surface shall be "grainy" to the touch. If not, repeat the treatment. McClelland a Lanwlllnp lnosrOoralW Faye"eville, Artonsas Section 09900 - 12 I I I I I I I I I I I H I I I I I I 3.18 SOLVENT CLEANING A. Solvent cleaning shall consist of removal of foreign matter such as oil, grease, soil, drawing and cutting compounds, and any other surface contaminants by the use of solvents, emulsions, cleaning compounds, steam cleaning, or similar materials and methods which involve a solvent or cleaning action. This method conforms with Steel Structures Painting Council SP 1. 3.19 APPLICATION OF PAINT - GENERAL A. Manufacturer's written instructions for applying each type of paint or protective coating shall be furnished the Engineer prior to application. Cleaned surfaces and all coats shall be inspected prior to the succeeding coat. Schedule such inspection with the Engineer in advance. Apply all coatings in strict accordance with the paint manufacturer's recommendations, as reviewed by the Engineer. Sufficient time shall be allowed between coats to assure thorough drying of previously applied paint. B. New units to be bolted together and to structures shall be painted prior to assembly or installation. 3.20 SHOP PRIMED SURFACES A. All shop primed items shall be inspected at the jobsite for compliance with these Specifications. Schedule such inspection with the Engineer in advance. Areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded primer shall be hand or power sanded feathering the edges. The areas shall then be spot primed with the specified primer. Prior to application of finish coats, shop primed surfaces shall be cleaned free of all dirt, oil and grease, and a mist coat, 1.0 mil dry film thickness, of the specified primer applied, complete. Holdback areas for welding shall be prepared and primed, after welding, as required for the specified paint system. Application of primer shall be in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.21 MANUFACTURER APPLIED PAINT SYSTEMS A. Abraded areas on factory finished items shall be repaired in strict accordance with the equipment manufacturer's directions. Repaired areas shall be carefully blended into the original finish. AnMCC)@ r lend Con MIS'lny IncorDarobd Fay.A.vBN, Arkamw Section 09900 - 13 L I I I I I I I U I I I I [] I I I I I 3.22 FILM THICKNESS A. Coverage is listed as either total minimum dry film thickness in mils (MDFT) or the spreading rate in square feet per gallon (SFPG). Per coat determinations are listed as MDFTPC or SFPGPC. The number of coats is the minimum required irrespective of the coating thickness. Additional coats may be required to obtain the minimum required paint thickness, depending on method of application, differences in manufacturers' products, and atmospheric conditions. Maximum film build per coat shall not exceed the coating manufacturer's recommendations. B. Film thickness measurements and electrical inspection of the coated surfaces shall be performed with properly calibrated instruments. Recoat and repair as necessary for compliance with the Specifications. All coats will be subject to inspection by the Engineer and the coating manufacturer's representative. C. Particular attention shall be given edges, angles, flanges, etc. Where insufficient film thicknesses are likely to be present, ensure proper millage in these areas. D. After repaired and recoated areas have dried sufficiently, final tests will be conducted by the Engineer. Coating thickness specified in mils will be measured with a magnetic type dry film thickness gauge such as Mikrotest, supplied by Nordson Corporation, Anaheim, CA. The finish coat (expect zinc primer and galvanizing) will be tested for holidays and discontinuities with an electrical holiday detector, low voltage, wet sponge type such as Model M-1, manufactured by Tinker and Rasor, San Gabriel, CA. E. Each coat shall be checked for the correct millage. No measurement will be made under a minimum of 8 hours after application of the coating. 3.23 POROUS SURFACES A. Porous surfaces such as concrete, masonry, etc., may have the prime coat thinned to provide maximum penetration and adhesion. Type and amount of thinning shall be determined by the paint manufacturer and is dependent upon the surface density and type of coating. MCClellena a Cenwuing Inorperona Faptlevllleo Arkamos Section 09900 - 14 Li I B. Porous surfaces specified to receive a water base coating shall be damp, but free of running water, just prior to application of the coating. ' I3.24 DAMAGED COATINGS H H I I I I A. Damaged coatings, pinholes, and holidays shall have the edges feathered and repaired in accordance with the recommendations of the paint manufacturer, as reviewed by the Engineer. B. Repair of fusion bonded coatings to be as recommended by the original applicator. Liquid repair kits to be provided for this purpose by the applicator, as recommended by the coating manufacturer. C. All finish coats, including touch-up and damage -repair coats shall be applied in a manner which will present a uniform texture and color -matched appearance. 3.25 UNSATISFACTORY APPLICATION A. If the item has an improper finish color, or insufficient film thickness, the surface shall be cleaned and topcoated with the specified paint material to obtain the specified color and coverage. Specific surface preparation information to be secured from the coating manufacturer and the Engineer. B. All visible areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint shall be hand- or power -sanded feathering the edges. The areas shall then be primed and finish coated in accordance with the Specifications. Depending on the extent of repair and its appearance, a finish sanding and topcoat may be required by the Engineer. C. Work shall be free of runs, bridges, shiners, laps, or other imperfections. Evidence of these conditions shall be cause for rejection. D. Any defect in the coating system shall be repaired .by the Contractor per written recommendations of the coating manufacturer. E. Leave all staging up until the Engineer has inspected the surface or coating. Staging removed prior to approval by Engineer shall be replaced. MCCI,Ilond Enyln.rt Inoorparolsd Fnytll.villt1 Arkonns Section 09900 - 15 I I I I L [ I I I I I ri 3.26 SHIPPING A. In all cases where precoated items are to be shipped to the jobsite, all efforts will be made to protect the coating from damage. Coated items shall be battened to prevent abrasion. Contractor shall use nonmetallic or padded slings and straps in handling. Items will be rejected for excessive damage, in the opinion of the Engineer. 3.27 CLEANUP A. All cloths and waste that might constitute a fire hazard shall be placed in closed metal containers or destroyed at the end of each day. Upon completion of the work, all staging, scaffolding, and containers shall be removed from the site or destroyed in a legal manner. Paint spots, oil, or stains upon adjacent surfaces and floors shall be completely removed, and the entire job left clean. COATING SYSTEMS Surface Preparation Paint Material Min Coats Cover SYSTEM NO. 6 EXPOSED METAL - ATMOSPHERIC Abrasive Blast, or Centrifugal Wheel Blast (SP 3) Rust -Inhibitive Primer Alkyd Enamel 1 coat, 2 MDFT 2 coats, 4 MDFT (SYSTEM NO. 27 ALUMINUM AND DISSIMILAR METAL INSULATION Solvent Clean (SP 1) Wash Primer 1 coat, 0.4 MDFT Bituminous 1 coat, 10 MDFT Paint SYSTEM NO. 29 FUSION BONDED COATING Abrasive Blast, or Fusion Bonded Centrifugal Wheel 100% Solids Blast (SP 10) or Acid Epoxy or Pickling (SP 8) Polyurethane SYSTEM NO. 109 SEMI -GLOSS Masonry Block Filler Acrylic Latex (Semi -Gloss) MCCI111and Canwllln/ Enaln..ra Inaraaralad Fo,arlavllla, Arkanaaa 1 or 2 coats, 7 MDFT 1 coat, 75 SFPG 2 coats, 240 SFPGPC Section 09900 - 16 H C I I I [I I II I I I I I I I 3.28 APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. Unless otherwise indicated in the Technical Specifications or on the Drawings, the work shall be painted or coated in accordance with the following application schedule. In the event of discrepancies or omissions in the following, request clarification from the Engineer before starting the work in question. 1. System No. 6 Exposed Metal - Atmospheric: Paint metal items at the pump station with this paint system, including but not limited to; building door and door frame, exposed pipe, valves and fittings, non -factory coated electrical panels, pumps, motors ane the pressure tank. All metal items at the pump station not specifically listed as not requiring a coating shall receive this coating system. 2. System No. 27 Aluminum and Dissimilar Metal Insulation: This system shall be used where specified and on the following items or areas: All electrical conduit where it is embedded in concrete or masonry. All nonsubmerged concrete embedded aluminum surfaces all aluminum in contact with concrete and masonry all contacting dissimilar metals 3. System No. 29 Fusion Bonded Coating - This system shall be used on anchor bolts subject to being submerged. 4. System 109 - Masonry, Semi -Gloss: This system shall be applied to interior and exterior masonry walls and ceilings and exterior exposed concrete on the Pump Station Building. 3.29 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the applicable lump sum bid amounts stated in the Proposal. (Paint System Data Sheet attached hereafter). McClelland ConwlNnd Enalnnra Inovaorand Fayette ville, Arkansas Section 09900 - 17 Attached products' Technical Data Sheet (if applicable) to this sheet for each paint system submittal. Paint System Number (from Spec.) Paint System Title (from Spec.) Coatings Supplier Representative Surface Preparation Paint Material Product Name/Number (Generic) (Proprietary) END OF SECTION nMCCI.11ond Conwtin q Enaln..r. InccraeroMd Foy.n.vill., Arkonw! Min. Coats Coverage Section 09900 - 18 n TI I I I I I [l I H I C I I I SECTION 10520 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. This section covers install, complete, a new Pump Station. 1.02 GENERAL the work necessary to furnish and portable fire extinguisher for the A. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. 1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. In addition, the following specific information shall be provided: 1. Manufacturer's Literature: Catalog data for each item, including sizes, ratings, UL listings or other certifications, and mounting information. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Manufacturer's recommendations and specifications: 1. NFPA No. 10: "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers" 2. NFPA No. 101: "Life Safety Code" 3. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL): "Fire Protection Equipment List" 4. National Institute of Safety and Health (NIOSH) Certification Program 5. Superintendent of Documents: "A Guide to Industrial Respiratory Protection", GPO 017-033-00153-7. 6. ANSI Z88.2: "Standard Practice for Respiratory Protection" M[c"'OS conwting Mcorn rafaa Far"avllla, Arkansas Section 10520 - 1 I I C n I I J I I I I 1] I [l I I C Li C1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the General Conditions. 2.02 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - MANUFACTURERS A. Products of the following manufacturers, or equal, meeting these Specifications, may be used on this project: 1. Amerex Corporation 2. Ansul Company 3. Badger-Powhatan 4. General Fire Extinguishing Corporation 5. Halprin Supply Company 6. J. L. Industries 7. Kidde Belleville 8. Larsen's Manufacturing Company 9. W. D. Allen Manufacturing Company B. For all hand extinguishers, provide heavy-duty brackets with clip -together strap for wall mounting. All extinguishers shall have UL listing and be charged and ready for service. 2.03 MULTI -PURPOSE HAND EXTINGUISHER A. Tri-class dry chemical extinguishing agent in pressurized, red enameled steel shell cylinder; activated by top squeeze handle; agent propelled through hose or opening at top of unit; for use on A, B, and C class fires; minimum UL rating 4A-60B:C, 10 -pound capacity. 2.04 FASTENINGS A. Provide necessary screws, bolts, and other fastenings of suitable type and size to secure items of fire equipment in position. Provide metal expansion shields for machine screws at concrete and masonry. B. Interior fastenings shall be rust -resistant. Exterior screws shall be stainless steel. McCNIto ad Call aadd EIMIrs laarprarid FayslbvlllsArko s s Section 10520 -2 U I I I I LJ L I I I I LJ I H I PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install where indicated below as directed by Engineer and in accordance with reference standards. Equipment shall be plumb and level. Brackets shall be securely and rigidly attached to structure. Mounting surfaces shall have adequate backing as specified or shown on the Drawings. Install as follows: o Portable Fire Extinguisher 1 in new Pump Station Building 3.02 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER A. Provide at location shown, mounting hangers securely in position following manufacturer's recommendations, so that top of extinguisher is no more than 5 feet above the floor. 3.03 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal for the Sunrise Mountain Water Pump Station. END OF SECTION MCCI• tony finp grnun IncOrDerpnlJ Fs).Asv11No Arkumos Section 10520-3 I U I I H I I C 1 I S H C J I I SECTION 11002 MULTI -STAGE VERTICAL CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS - GENERAL (3`3111= 4 W: 1 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, the multi -stage vertical centrifugal pumps specified herein, and as further specified in the Detail Pump Specifications hereinafter. 1.02 GENERAL A. The pumps, provided hereunder, shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for operation, maintenance, spare parts, and manufacturer's service. B. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. 1.03 DEFINITIONS - TOTAL HEAD A. Total head in feet of liquid pumped shall be the discharge head minus the suction head (or plus the suction lift), both measured at the pump flanges and corrected to pump datum as defined by Hydraulic Institute Standards, plus the difference in velocity heads at the same points. 1.04 SUPPLIERS'/MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES A. If stated in the Detail Pump Specification, a supplier's and/or manufacturer's representative for the equipment specified shall be present at the jobsite for installation assistance, inspection and certification of the installation, equipment testing, startup assistance, and training of Owner's personnel. 1.05 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. In addition, the following specific information shall be provided: nMCCIslland Con wItin Q Enain..r$ Inwrparolld Fo/,ll.vills, Arkansas Section 11002 - 1 [J I I I S L' I L I I I [] I H U I I 1. Performance data curves showing head, capacity, horsepower demand, pump efficiency, and NPSH (required) over the entire operating range of the pump, from shutoff to maximum capacity. The equipment manufacturer shall indicate separately the head, capacity, horsepower demand, and pump efficiency at the guarantee points. Performance requirements shall be as defined in the Hydraulic Institute Standards. 2. Provide complete motor nameplate data, as defined by NEMA, motor manufacturer; and any motor modifications. 3. For energy -efficient motors, provide a certified copy of the test report for an identical motor tested in accordance with NEMA Standards Publication No. MG 1-12.53.a and IEEE Standard No. 112, Test Method B, showing full -load efficiency meeting or exceeding specified values. Motors not as specified will be rejected. 4. Submit manufacturer's written certification that the factory -applied coating system(s) is identical to the requirements specified herein. Where in the manufacturer's opinion, the coating system(s) exceeds the requirements specified herein, submit complete technical literature of the proposed system(s) to the Engineer for review. 5. Any additional information required in the Detail Pump Specifications. 1.06 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED AND PERFORMED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS Section No. Item Division 16 Electrical PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the General Conditions. flrca.u.na toowlrina Enaln..rs in carporafsa Fo).H.Ylll., Arkansas Section 11002 - 2 I I I I E H H I I J [l C I I I 2.02 PUMP AND DRIVER DESCRIPTION A. See Detail Pump Specification at the end of this section. 2.03 LIFTING LUGS A. Equipment weighing over 100 pounds shall be provided with lifting lugs. 2.04 VENT AND DRAIN CONNECTIONS A. Provide tapped and plugged case vent and drain connections. Field install a 1/2 -inch petcock, rated for the case hydrostatic test pressure, in the casing vent connection. 2.05 GAUGE CONNECTIONS A. Provide tapped suction and discharge gauge connections on the pump flanges. Where this is not possible, provide gauge connections on the immediately adjacent piping. Do not provide diaphragm seal or pressure gauge under this section. 2.06 SPARE PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS A. See Detail Pump Specifications for spare parts and special tools required for each pump or set of pumps. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PUMP AND DRIVER INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and as approved. Where shown, provide flexible, intermediate line shafting between the drivers and pumps. Mount pumps and drivers on concrete bases as shown on the Drawings. The size of the concrete bases shall be determined by the dimensions of the pump and driver and shall be at least 2 inches wider and longer than the pump and/or driver base and in accordance with the details shown. Anchor bolt size and material shall be as shown in the Detail Pump Specification. Bolts shall be accurately placed with templates. Coat bolt thread projections with lubricant to facilitate future nut removal. Driver bases for pumps having intermediate shafting shall be constructed with holes on the vertical center line large enough to permit lineshaft coupling removal. AnMCCIalland Canwlflny Enyinaara Inaoraoralaa FapHlvilla, Artunwa Section 11002 - 3 I I I H I I I L I I I I L I I I B. Level base by means of steel wedges (steel plates and steel shims). Wedge taper shall not be greater than 1/4 inch per foot. Use double wedges to provide a level bearing surface for the pump and/or driver base. Secure each pair of wedges in their final positions with one tack weld on each side after leveling is complete. Accomplish wedging so that there is no change of level or springing of the baseplate when the anchor bolts are tightened. C. Adjust pump assemblies such that the driving units are properly aligned, plumb, and level with the driven units and all interconnecting shafts and couplings. Flexible couplings shall not be considered to compensate for misalignment. D. After the pump and driver have been set in position, aligned, and shimmed to the proper elevation, grout the space between the bottom of the baseplate and the concrete foundation with a dry, tamped -in, nonshrinking grout, prepared and installed in accordance with Section 03300, CONCRETE. E. Pipe all pump and base plate drains to floor drains. F. All strain from attached piping shall be eliminated from the pumps and any evidence of pump or driver misalignment, noisy operation, or other signs of improper setting shall be corrected by the Contractor. Care during storage, installation, and lubrication shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.02 PAINTING A. The definitions of submerged and nonsubmerged surfaces shall be taken from Section O9900, PAINTING. Nonsubmerged metal surfaces of equipment and accessories specified herein shall be factory prepared and primed with the manufacturer's standard primer, provided it meets or exceeds primer coating of System No. 6 as specified in Section 09900, PAINTING, and provided it is compatible with finish coating of said system. B. Field -applied finish coating system shall be as specified in Section 09900, PAINTING. C. Nonferrous and corrosion -resistant ferrous alloys such as copper, bronze, monel, aluminum, chromium plate, and stainless steel need not be coated at the manufacturer's discretion subject to the Engineer's review. MCC/Aland Cdnwltind a d Englnors IncrOarasd Fa)allavlllq Artensaa Section 11002 - 4 I I I I Li n I I I H I I I C I 7l C I 3.03 BALANCE OF VIBRATION A. The rotating parts of each pump and its driving unit shall be dynamically balanced before final assembly. The driving unit alone shall operate without vibration in excess of the limits stated in the latest revision of NEMA MG 1. 3.04 FUNCTIONAL TEST A. Prior to plant startup, all equipment described in the Detail Pump Specifications following shall be inspected for proper alignment, quiet operation, proper connection, and satisfactory performance by means of a functional test. 3.05 VIBRATION TEST A. The complete assembly, consisting of the driving unit and pump, and flexible shafting where shown, connected and in normal operation, shall not develop amplitudes of vibration exceeding limits recommended by the current edition of Hydraulic Institute Standards. 3.06 PERFORMANCE TEST A. The Contractor shall perform field tests on completed pump assemblies, as required by the Detail Pump Specifications, to demonstrate their conformance to the Specifications to the satisfaction of the Engineer. A test log shall be presented to the Engineer upon the completion of each test that records the following: 1. Flow, in gallons per minute. 2. Pump suction and discharge pressures as measured by calibrated gauges and total head, all tabulated in feet. 3. For ac motors, driving motor voltage and amperage measured for each phase. B. Measurements shall be made with plant instrumentation and/or other methods approved by the Engineer. Units apparently failing to meet the Specifications to the satisfaction of the Engineer must be more accurately tested in accordance with Hydraulic Institute Standards. If the pump fails the second test, the unit will be rejected, and the Contractor shall furnish a unit that will perform as specified. In addition, if the specified pump fails the second test, all identical pumps covered by the Detail Pump Specification for the pump under test shall be tested under fl0 MccOpna Gnlry'Vi n0 EIIOIIIIIn IUncorporofM Fppfl.villl, Arkmupk Section 11002 - 5 I I I C I Li [I I I C [] I the same provisions, whether specified or not, at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.07 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE(S) A. Provide manufacturer's certificate(s) in accordance with Section 01610, MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES of Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. B. Provide manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance that the factory -applied painting systems referenced herein have been furnished. 3.08 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this General Section will be included as part of the payment for the equipment covered by the Detail Pump Specification of this Section. END OF SECTION nMCCSIIaM Lunsulllnp Enpinl4s InaarporotH Farllsvills, Arkamas Section 11002 - 6 C I I I I I I I 1 I I H I I I [] I SECTION 11002-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section provides detailed specifications for the pumps to be installed in the Sunrise Mountain Pump Station. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. See Section 11002, MULTI -STAGE VERTICAL CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS - GENERAL, for additional requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PUMP MANUFACTURERS 1. Grundfos, Series C, Model CP8-KU 2. Or approved equal 2.02 QUANTITY - Two (2) per station 2.03 SERVICE CONDITIONS Liquid Pumped Potable Water Pumping Temperature (PT) Ambient Specific Gravity at PT 1.0 Viscosity at PT 1.00 cs Vapor Pressure at PT 0.34 psia 2.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. GUARANTEED PERFORMANCE 1. Rated Capacity 40 gpm 2. TDH at Rated Capacity 115 Feet 3. Minimum Efficiency at Rated Capacity 58% 4. Speed 3450 rpm Section 11002-1 - 1 MCClpllona Conoolllna Enpinwn in carp atoSd Fayetteville, Arkansas I I I I I J H I I I I I I I I C 2.05 PUMP CONSTRUCTION DETAILS A. The pump suction/discharge chamber, motor stool and pump shaft coupling shall be constructed of cast iron. The impellers, pump shaft, diffuser chambers, outer discharge sleeve and impeller seal rings or seal ring retainers shall be constructed of stainless steel. The impellers shall be secured directly to the pump shaft by means of a stainless steel tapered split cone and locking nut or by a splined shaft arrangement. Intermediate and lower shaft bearings shall be bronze or tungsten carbide and ceramic. Pumps shall be equipped with a high temperature mechanical seal assembly with tungsten carbide seal faces mounted in stainless steel seal components. 2.06 SPARE PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS FOR EACH SET OF PUMPS A. Complete set of any special tools required to dismantle pumps. B. Mechanical seal assembly for each pump size. 12.07 DRIVE MOTORS Speed Enclosure Horsepower Volts Phase Frequency Service Factor Duty Cycle Insulation Class Temperature Rise Ambient Temperature Rating Starting Method Thrust Bearing Lubrication Bearing Life (min.) Mounting 3450 rpm Open Drip Proof 3 hp, minimum, non -overloading at any point on the performance curve 230 volts Single Phase 60 -Hz 1.15 Continuous Manufacturer's standard Manufacturer's standard 40 degrees C Full Voltage Nonreversing (FVNR) Manufacturer's standard Manufacturer's standard 50,000 hours rating life as defined by AFBMA Standards NEMA C Face MC[lalland Lmwlung Enaansan Incsparond Faysllsrllls, Arkansas Section 11002-1 -2 I I I ET I I 1 L I C I [] I C 1, C PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FIELD TESTING A. The Contractor, assisted by the pump supplier's or manufacturer's representative, shall conduct functional and vibration tests on all pumps. Pumps failing to meet the guaranteed performance requirements and/or exhibiting excessive vibration and/or noise shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner. 3.02 PAYMENT A. Payment shall be made as specified in the General Specifications on Multi -Stage Vertical Centrifugal Pumps. Payment for providing and installing the pumps shall be included in the lump sum price for the pump station. END OF SECTION flMcCl.11and Cooni Enln..rs lnaxaoraNd FopBavllla, Arkansas Section 11002-1-3 c I PART 1 H I I I I I I L I I •I I I L I 1.01 GENERAL SCOPE SECTION 11503 A. This section covers the requirements for furnishing and installing a bladder type ASME hydropneumatic water tank, suitable for utilization with potable water and rated at 125 psi operating pressure. 1.02 QUALIFICATIONS A. The tank manufacturer shall be regularly engaged in fabricating ASME Section VIII tanks and shall have a minimum of 10 years fabrication experience. 1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Submittals during construction accordance with Section 01300, CONSTRUCTION. In addition, the information shall be provided: 1. Drawings showing dimensic connections, and construction tank. shall be made in SUBMITTALS DURING following specific ns, openings, details of the 2. Operations and Maintenance Manual. 3. Submit manufacturer's written certification that the factory -applied coating system(s) is identical to the requirements specified herein. Where, in the manufacturer's opinion, the coating system(s) exceeds the requirements specified herein, submit complete technical literature of the proposed system(s) to the Engineer for review. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 HYDROPNEUMATIC TANK A. The tank shall be the size shown on the Drawings, as a minimum. A larger size shall be accepted, provided that it conforms to the other requirement of these flMCCI•ISYnd consulting Engln.m InCOra.rald FayN eviii., Arkansas Section 11503 - 1 I I I Li U H I J Specifications. Minimum tank acceptable volume shall be 211 gallons. B. Tank shall be fabricated in conformance with ASME Section VIII construction requirements and shall utilize a replaceable bladder for the water container. The bladder shall keep the water separated from the tank's steel walls and from the air chamber portion of the tank. Tank working pressure rating shall be 125 psi. C. The tank shall be factory pre -charged for operating between a range of 85 psi to 105 psi. The air charge shall be field adjustable. D. The bladder shall be approved by the FDA for contact with potable water, and shall not cause taste or odor in the water. E. The tank shall be Model NO. FXA 800 as manufactured by the Wessel Company, or approved equal. ' PART 3 I I I 3.01 WORKMANSHIP A. Install the tank in accordance with the Drawings and in strict conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Field paint tanks that are delivered with prime coat only. Touch up prime coat with compatible primer, as recommended by the manufacturer. The finish coating shall conform to paint system No. 6, as listed in Section 09900. 3.02 A. 1 1 1 Payment for the tank shall be included in the lump sum bid item for the pump station END OF SECTION nMCCI.IlaM (onovlliny (0ala••'J Inarporolod Fa,albvilo, Artonan Section 11503 - 2 SECTION 15001 PIPING - GENERAL ' PART 1 I I I I H I U fl C [I I I I I r' 1.01 SCOPE A. This Section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, the piping specified herein, and as further specified in the Detail Piping Specifications hereinafter. 1.02 GENERAL A. Like items of material provided hereunder shall be the end products of one manufacturer. B. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. 1.03 PIPE FITTINGS AND COUPLING COMPATIBILITY A. To assure uniformity and compatibility of piping components in piping systems, fittings and couplings shall be furnished by the same manufacturer. 1.04 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. In addition to the requirements of Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION, Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the following information shall be provided: 1. Shop Drawings: A specific selection of pipe material and joint type for each pipeline. 2. Thrust blocking or pipe restraints shall be provided for all mechanical joint or "push -on joint" piping, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. All thrust blocking shall meet or exceed the requirements shown on the Drawings. For locations where thrust ties are required, the Contractor shall submit calculations of the pipe lengths to be restrained for the Engineer's review. Restrained joints shall comply with ANSI/AWWA A21.51/C151. "eclplland Canwornp End a..rs mosrperarW Faysnsv,lls, Arkansas Section 15001 - 1 r I U U I I I J 17 L I I I I I 3. Submit manufacturer's written certification that the factory -applied coating system(s) is identical to the requirements specified herein. Where, in the manufacturer's opinion, the coating system(s) exceeds the requirements specified herein, submit complete technical literature of the proposed system(s) to the Engineer for review. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. The materials to be used for the piping systems are shown on the Drawings. 2.02 PIPE JOINTS FOR EXPOSED PIPING A. Flanged, weld, soldered, or screwed end pipe joints shall be used on exposed piping. Changes in pipe joints shall be submitted with the shop drawings, as specified hereinbefore, for the Engineer's approval. 2.03 PIPE ENDS FOR BURIED PIPING A. Mechanical joint or push -on joint pipe ends shall be used for all buried ductile iron pipe. Joints for buried pressure pipe shall be America Cast Iron Pipe Co.; Lok-Fast type joints; U.S. Pipe and Foundry Co.; Lok-Tyton or Lok-Tyte type joints; or equal, or mechanical joint or push -on joint with thrust bearing. Anchoring of retainer glands with setscrews is not acceptable. B. Within the limitations noted above, all pipe materials and joints do not necessarily have to be the same for all lines in a specific service, except that the materials and joints for any particular buried line shall be the same. 2.04 METALLIC PIPING SYSTEMS A. Flanged Coupling Adapters: Flanged coupling adapters shall be Series 912 for ductile iron piping as manufactured by Rockwell International; or Style 127 for ductile iron piping as manufactured by Dresser Industries, Inc.; or equal. Couplings shall be provided with thrust ties attached to the pipe with welding lugs, cast -in -place lugs, or friction collars. Anchor studs placed perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the pipe MCCI.iland tAflufliflg Enpinur, inooraerat.d Faya.vifl., A,fdms Section 15001 - 2 r C I I Li I I I I I I I I H I I I I are unacceptable. Thrust protection shall be adequate to sustain the force developed by 1-1/2 times the operating pressures specified. Mounting nuts, bolts and other hardware shall be stainless steel. PART 3 3.01 PIPE PREPARATION AND HANDLING A. Each pipe and fitting shall be carefully inspected before the exposed pipe or fitting is installed or the buried pipe or fitting is lowered into the trench. The interior and exterior protective coating shall be inspected. Clean ends of pipe thoroughly. Remove foreign matter and dirt from inside of pipe and keep clean during and after laying. B. Use proper implements, tools, and facilities for the safe and proper protection of the pipe. Carefully handle pipe in such a manner as to avoid any physical damage to the pipe. Do not drop or dump pipe into trenches under any circumstances. 3.02 PREPARATION OF TRENCH - LINE AND GRADE A. Grade the bottom of the trench by hand to the line and grade to which the pipe is to be laid, with proper allowance for pipe thickness and for pipe base when specified or indicated. Remove hard spots that would prevent a uniform thickness of bedding. Before laying each section of the pipe, check the grade with a straightedge and correct any irregularities found. The trench bottom shall form a continuous and uniform bearing and support for the pipe at every point between bell holes, except that the grade may be disturbed for the removal of lifting tackle. 3.03 BELL (JOINT) HOLES A. At the location of each joint, dig bell (joint) holes of ample dimensions in the bottom of the trench and at the sides where necessary to permit easy visual inspection of the entire joint. 3.04 REMOVAL OF WATER A. Provide and maintain ample means and devices at all times to remove and dispose of all water entering the trench during the process of pipe laying. The trench shall be kept dry until the pipe laying and jointing are Section 15001 - 3 I Conwllin/ o / Corporal In Fayatevill., Arbruo. I I I I I I I I I I rl H r H L [1 I TI completed. Removal of water shall be in conformance with specifications in Section 02200, EARTHWORK, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL. 3.05 PREVENT TRENCH WATER AND ANIMALS FROM ENTERING PIPE A. When the pipe laying is not in progress, including the noon hours, the open ends of pipe shall be closed, and no trench water, animals, or foreign material shall be permitted to enter the pipe. 3.06 PIPE COVER A. Minimum pipe cover shall be 3 feet over the top of the pipe. 3.07 LAYING BURIED PIPE A. All buried pipe shall be prepared as hereinbefore specified and shall be laid on the prepared base and bedded to ensure uniform bearing. No pipe shall be laid in water. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable, trench stabilization material shall be placed as hereinbefore specified. Joints shall be made as herein specified for the respective types. Take all precautions necessary to prevent uplift and floating of the pipe prior to backfilling. B. Where the pipe is conected to concrete structures, the connection shall be made as shown. Make connection such that a standard pipe joint is located no more than 18 inches from the structure. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTERS A. Prior to installation, thoroughly clean oil, scale, rust, and dirt from the pipe to provide a clean seat on the gasket. Care shall be taken that the gaskets are wiped clean before they are installed. If necessary, flanged coupling adapter gaskets may be lubricated with soapy water or manufacturer's standard lubricant before installation on the pipe ends. Install in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Bolts shall be tightened progressively, drawing up bolts on opposite sides a little at a time until all bolts have a uniform tightness. Workmen tightening bolts shall use torque -limiting wrenches. Map.nand cunwit np Enpmor. Incarp.rotS Fo).fl.vlllq Arkansas Section 15001 - 4 Ti Ii I I I I I I I I I C I L H 3.09 TESTING - GENERAL A. Conduct pressure and leakage tests on all newly installed pipelines. Furnish all necessary equipment and material and make all taps in the pipe, as required. The Engineer will monitor the tests. Test pressures shall be 150% of normal operating pressures except where governing codes or regulations specify higher test pressures, or as otherwise specified. 3.10 TESTING NEW PIPE WHICH CONNECTS TO EXISTING PIPE A. New pipelines which are to be connected to existing pipelines shall be tested by isolating the new pipe with the required valves. 3.11 PREPARATION AND EXECUTION - BURIED PIPING A. Conduct final acceptance tests on buried piping that is to be hydrostatically tested after the trench has been completely backfilled. B. Conduct the tests on exposed piping after the piping has been completely installed, including all supports, hangers, and anchors, but prior to insulation. 3.12 A. 3.13 W HYDROSTATIC LEAK TESTS - EQUIPMENT Furnish the following equipment for the hydrostatic tests: Description 2 Graduated containers 2 Pressure gauges 1 Hydraulic force pump Suitable hose and suction pipe as required. BURIED WATER LINES Some leakage is permissible from buried water lines. The hydrostatic testing of these pipelines shall be conducted as follows: 1. Where any section of pipe is provided with concrete thrust blocking, do not make the pressure test until at least 14 days have elapsed after the thrust blocking is installed. If high -early cement is used for thrust blocking, the time may be reduced to 7 Section 15001 - 5 Map.11pn0 ton .alNna Enpin..r. incorp arot. d Fo,al.vlll., Arkan o. [1 E !J I I I I I I I I I lI I I CIS I days. When testing cement -mortar lined piping, slowly fill the section of pipe to be tested with water and allow to stand for 24 hours under slight pressure to allow the cement -mortar lining to absorb water. 2. Expel all air from the piping system prior to testing and apply and maintain the specified test pressure by means of the hydraulic force pump. Valve off the piping system when the test pressure is reached and conduct the pressure test for 2 hours, reopening the isolation valve only as necessary to restore the test pressure. The pump suction shall be in a barrel or similar device, or metered so that the amount of water required to maintain the test pressure may be measured accurately. This measurement represents the leakage, which is defined as the quantity of water necessary to maintain the specified test pressure for the duration of the test period. No pipe installation will be accepted if the leakage is greater than the number of gallons per hour as determined by the following formula: ND(P) nm L = 7400 In the above formula: L = Allowable leakage, in gallons per hour N = Number of joints in the length of pipe tested D = Nominal diameter of pipe, in inches P = Average test pressure during the leakage test, in pounds per square inch 3. The Contractor shall correct any leakage greater than the allowance determined under this formula at the Contractor's sole expense. 3.14 TEST RECORDS A. Records shall be made of each piping system installation during the test. These records shall include: 1. Date of test 2. Description and identification of piping tested 3. Test fluid McClolland CMW111ny a y Enamor. 1n cap. Farirhville. Arkansas Section 15001 - 6 [1 H I I I I I I I H I I Li I I Ii 4. Test pressure 5. Remarks, to include such items as: a. Leaks (type, location) b. Repairs made on leaks 6. Certification by Contractor and written approval by Engineer 3.15 FINAL CLEANING A. Following assembly and testing and prior to final acceptance, all pipelines installed under this Section shall be flushed with water and all accumulated construction debris and other foreign matter removed. Flushing velocities shall be a minimum of 2.5 feet per second. Cone strainers shall be inserted in the connections to attached equipment and left there until cleaning has been accomplished to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Accumulated debris shall be removed through drains 2 -inch and larger or by dropping spools and valves. 3.16 CORROSION PROTECTION FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE A. Cement Linings: All ductile iron piping shall be cement lined in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104. 3.17 DISINFECTION A. Pipelines intended to carry potable water shall be disinfected before placing in service. Disinfecting procedures shall conform to AWWA C-601, as hereinafter modified or expanded. B. Flushing: Before disinfecting, flush all foreign matter from the pipeline. Provide hoses, temporary pipes, ditches, etc. as required to dispose of flushing water without damage to adjacent properties. Flushing velocities shall be at least 2.5 fps. For large diameter pipe where it is impractical or impossible to flush the pipe at 2.5 fps velocity, clean the pipeline in place from the inside by brushing and sweeping, then flush the line at a lower velocity. C. Disinfecting Mixture: Disinfecting mixture shall be a chlorine -water solution having a free chlorine residual of 40 to 50 ppm. The disinfecting mixture shall be prepared by injecting: (1) A liquid chlorine gas -water mixture; (2) dry chlorine gas; or (3) a calcium or sodium hypochlorite and water mixture into the pipeline at a measured rate while fresh water is allowed to flow through the pipeline at a measured rate so that the Matl,llana con RIlling Enamors Inaaraara/aa Fo).Rarllla, Arkonn. Section 15001 - 7 I I I I 1 I I 7 1 I I I II I I I combined mixture of fresh water and chlorine solution or gas is of the specified strength. D. The liquid chlorine gas -water mixture shall be applied by means of a standard commercial solution feed chlorinating device. Dry chlorine gas shall be fed through proper devices for regulating the rate of flow and providing effective diffusion of the gas into the water within the pipe being treated. Chlorinating devices for feeding solutions of the chlorine gas or the gas itself must provide means for preventing the backflow of water into the chlorine cylinder. E. If the calcium hypochlorite procedure is used, first mix the dry powder with water to make a thick paste, then thin to approximately a 1 percent solution (10,000 ppm chlorine). If the sodium hypochlorite procedure is used, dilute the liquid with water to obtain a 1 percent solution. The following proportions of hypochlorite to water will be required: Product Quantity Water Calcium Hypochlorite (1) 1 lb 7.5 gal. (65 to 70 percent Cl) Sodium Hypochlorite (2) 1 gal 4.25 gal. (5.25 percent Cl) (1) Comparable to commercial products known as HTH, Perchloron, and Pittchlor (2) Known as liquid laundry bleach, Clorox, Purex, etc. 3.18 POINT OF APPLICATION A. Inject the chlorine mixture into the pipeline to be treated at the beginning of the line through a corporation stop or suitable tap in the top of the pipeline. Clean water from the existing system or another source shall be controlled so as to flow slowly into the newly installed piping during the application of chlorine. The rate of chlorine mixture flow shall be in such proportion to the rate of water entering the pipe that the combined mixture shall contain 40 to 50 ppm of free available chlorine. Valves shall be manipulated so that the strong chlorine solution in the line being treated will not flow back into the line supplying the water. Use check valves if necessary. MCCMllana nwlriny a y Enpinor. lnpsppra?W Fayvvt.vilN, ArkQMas Section 15001 - 8 I I IH H I I I I I I I I I I I I I 3.19 RETENTION PERIOD A. Treated water shall be retained in the pipeline long enough to destroy all nonspore-forming bacteria, with proper flushing and the specified solution strength, 24 hours is adequate. At the end of the retention period, the disinfecting mixture shall have a strength of at least 10 ppm of chlorine. B. Operate all valves, hydrants, and other appurtenances during disinfection to assure that the disinfecting mixture is dispersed into all parts of the line, including dead ends, new services, and similar areas that otherwise may not receive the disinfection solution. C. Do not place concentrated quantities of commercial disinfectants in the line before it is filled with water. D. After chlorination, flush the water from the permanent source of supply until the water through the line is equal chemically and bacteriologically to the permanent source of supply. 3.20 DISPOSAL OF DISINFECTING WATER A. Dispose of disinfecting water in an acceptable manner that will protect the public and publicly used receiving waters from harmful or toxic concentrations of chlorine. Do not allow disinfecting water to flow into a waterway without adequate dilution or other satisfactory method of reducing chlorine concentrations to a safe level. B. The Contractor shall meet all requirements of the Arkansas State Plumbing Code. 3.21 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as part of the lump sum or unit price bid amount in the Proposal. END OF SECTION M<CMllond Consulfln0 En,n.srs inpprporalad FoMt.Wll., Arkansas Section 15001 - 9 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I n I I I I SECTION 15001- 2 !]A:y�i�H�4MIZIAP 1.01 SCOPE A. This Section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, the cement -lined ductile iron pipe and gray cast iron or ductile iron fittings specified herein, and as specified further in Section 15001, PIPING - GENERAL. 1.02 GENERAL A. See Section 15001, PIPING - GENERAL, for additional requirements. B. Service shall include pump station interior and yard piping, fire hydrant stubs, and other locations designated on the Drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE A. Centrifugally cast, Grade 60-42-10 iron, ANSI A21.51, AWWA C-151, cement -lined and seal -coated in accordance with ANSI A21.4, 350 psi minimum working pressure, except as follows: 1. Buried pipe shall be thickness class as specified in ANSI A21.51, Tables 51.1 and 51.2; however, the minimum thickness class shall be Class 51. 2.02 JOINTS A. Flanged, mechanical joint, or push -on as specified in Section 15001, PIPING - GENERAL and as shown on the Drawings. 2.03 FITTINGS A. Gray or ductile iron, 250 psi minimum working pressure, cement -lined and seal -coated. Where taps are shown on fittings, tapping bosses shall be provided. flNCClklla/d Consul lin q EMlnur.n InoorOoroME Fa)Wfev1111, Arkansas Section 15001-2 - 1 I I I I I I I H H I L Flanged ANSI/AWWA C-110 & ANSI 816.1, faced and drilled 125 -pound ANSI standard. All buried pipe fittings 4" and larger in size shall be cast or ductile iron, Mechanical Joint, conforming to ANSI/AWWA C-110 and ANSI/AWWA C-111, or AWWA C-153. 2.04 FLANGES A. ANSI A21.15/AWWA C-115, threaded, 250 psi working pressure, ANSI 125 -pound drilling. 2.05 BOLTS A. Nuts, bolts and other hardware for flanged fittings shall be stainless steel. B. For mechanical joint use manufacturer's standard. 2.06 GASKETS A. Gaskets for mechanical or push -on joints shall be rubber, conforming to ANSI A21.11, AWWA C-111. B. Gaskets for flanged joint shall be 1/8 -inch thick, cloth -inserted rubber conforming to applicable parts of ANSI B16.21 and AWWA C-207. Gasket material shall be free from corrosive alkali or acid ingredients and suitable for use in sewage or potable waterlines. Gaskets shall be full -face type for 125 -pound FF flanges. ' J2.07 A. ' 2.08 A. ' 2.09 A. LUBRICANT Lubricant for mechanical manufacturer's standard. TRACE WIRE joint end piping shall be Trace wire shall be 14 gauge insulted copper wire. POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT Polyethylene materials for pipe encasement shall meet the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C -105/A21.5-82, or latest revision thereof. Section 15001-2 - 2 MCCMIIOM (bnwlliny Enpinu 'ow pOla"0 Fa)Ifbvill., Aaan o. 1 ' PART 3 3.01 HANDLING PIPE I I I I [1 11 I I I I I I I A. Care shall be taken not to damage the cement lining when handling the pipe. 3.02 CUTTING PIPE A. Cut pipe with milling type cutter, rolling pipe cutter, or abrasive saw cutter. Do not flame cut. 3.03 DRESSING CUT ENDS A. Dress cut ends of pipe in accordance with the type of joint to be made. B. Dress cut ends of mechanical joint pipe to remove sharp edges or projections which may damage the rubber gasket. C. Dress cut ends of push -on joint pipe by beveling, as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. D. Dress cut ends of pipe for flexible couplings and flanged coupling adapters as recommended by the coupling or adapter manufacturer. 3.04 FABRICATION OF FLANGED PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Flanged pipe and fittings shall be fabricated in the shop, not in the field, and delivered to the jobsite with flanges in place and properly faced. Threaded flanges shall be individually fitted and machine tightened on the threaded pipe by the manufacturer. Flanges shall be faced after fabrication in accordance with ANSI A21.15/AWWA C-115. 3.05 JOINING FLANGED PIPE A. Prior to connecting flanged pipe, the faces of the flanges shall be thoroughly cleaned of all oil, grease, and foreign material. The rubber gaskets shall be checked for proper fit and thoroughly cleaned. Care shall be taken to assure proper seating of the flange gasket. Bolts shall be tightened so that the pressure on the gasket is uniform. Torque -limiting wrenches shall be used to ensure uniform bearing insofar as possible. If joints leak when the hydrostatic test is applied, the gaskets shall be removed and reset and bolts retightened. MCCSicnd Lballln0 e Elflglnasrs IlKwporerpnla Faye/Mvllle, Arkansas Section 15001-2 - 3 C Join pipe with mechanical or push -on type joints in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Provide all special tools and devices, such as special jacks, chokers, and similar items required for proper installation. Lubricant for the pipe gaskets shall be furnished by the pipe manufacturer, and no substitutes will be permitted under any circumstances. All lines procedures - GENERAL. hydrostatically tE specified in Section Run trace wire continuous from valve meter box and other access points. Bri boxes in an accessible fasion. Wrap wi: wire to each pipe section. Join soldering or by using approved wire n shall include following trace wire. A incomplete splices shall be repaired by no additional expense. Include trace for pipe. to valve box, wire up inside kround, or tape a segments by Pipe testing wire breaks or a Contractor at e in the Price Procedures set forth in ANSI/AWWA C -105/A21.5-82, or latest revision, shall be followed during construction. Polythylene encasement will be installed on all buried ductile or cast iron pipe and fittings used on this project. Payment for the work described in this Section will be included as part of the unit price or lump sum bid amounts stated in the Proposal. Unit prices bid for pipe shall include trenching, trace wire, polyethylene encasement, pipe base and pipe zone material, backfilling above the pipe zone, topsoil replacement, finish grading, seeding and fertilizing and final clean-up. Payment for pipe shall be made at 80% of the unit price upon pipe installation, backfilling, and r grading. Payment shall be increased to 85% completion of testing. Payment will be increased tc of the unit price bid upon seeding, fertilizing and f fla MIaling con wiling mo Elgra IKnanraeralad FayalbrW., Arkono. n I I I I I I [I I L I El 1] I I [1 cleanup. The remaining 2% will be released upon satisfactory establishment of a grass stand. C. Payment for mechanical joint cast or ductile iron fittings shall be made at the unit price bid in the Proposal per pound, based on the weight of the fittings installed. Weight values will be taken from the current Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association handbood for mechanical joint fittings for AWWA C-110 fittings. If compact fittings are used, fitting weights shall be taken from the applicable tables in AWWA C-153. Glands, bolts, and gaskets shall be included in the unit price payment, however, the weight of these items will not be added to the handbook's fitting weight. All buried pipe fittings 4" and larger in size shall be cast or ductile iron, mechanical joint. END OF SECTION nConsulting Engineer. Incorporated FCnrreviai•. Ar&o,, s Section 15001-2 - 5 I I I I I I I I I I] I I E I I I I I SECTION 15001-14 1.01 SCOPE A. This Section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, the polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings specified herein, and as specified further in Section 15001, PLANT PIPING - GENERAL. B. Service shall include water lines ranging from 2 inch to 8 inch, used at the locations designated on the Drawings. 1.02 GENERAL A. See Section 15001, PLANT PIPING - GENERAL, for additional requirements. All piping system components shall be the products of one manufacturer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 AWWA PVC PIPE (4 -INCH AND LARGER) A. PVC, AWWA C-900 pipe, with outside diameters equivalent to cast iron pipe. Sizes 4 -inch through 12 -inch, with pressure rating of 200 psi (DR -14). 2.02 RURAL WATER PIPE (2 -INCH) A. PVC, ASTM D 1784, Type 1, Grade 1, with gasket joints for buried water piping. Pipe pressure class shall be SDR 21, Class 200. 2.03 JOINTS A. For buried pipe, gasketed slip joint. 2.04 FITTINGS A. Fittings shall be cast iron or ductile iron, mechanical joint, and as otherwise specified in Section 15001-2, CEMENT -LINED DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS. B. For junctions between PVC and galvanized iron pipe, flexible transition couplings of stainless steel material, as specified in Section 15001. Section 15001-14 - 1 ►aclollond U can fulfinq flEnylnom Ii,c&pornrld Forirlfvlllf, Arkansas I I I I I I I I I I I I Il I I I I 2.05 GASKETS A. As recommended by the pipe manufacturer to conform to the pipe OD, and as further specified in Section 15001-2. PART 3 EXECUTION A. All rigid PVC pipe shall be cut, made up, and installed in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. 3.02 TRACE WIRE A. Furnish and install a 14 gauge insulated copper trace wire with all PVC pipe. Run wire continuous from valve box to valve box, meter box or other access points. Bring wire up inside boxes in an accessible fashion. Wrap wire around, or tape wire to each pipe section. Join wire segments by soldering or by using approved wire nuts. Pipe testing shall include following trace wire. Any wire breaks or incomplete splices shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional expense. Include trace wire in the unit price bid for pipe. 3.03 TESTING A. All lines shall be hydrostatically tested at the pressures listed in Section 15001, PLANT PIPING - GENERAL. B. Use pipe locating equipment to test continuity of trace wire. The Engineer shall observe and document trace wire test. 3.04 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as part of the unit price bid amounts stated in the Proposal. Unit prices bid for pipe shall include trenching, trace wire, backfilling above the pipe zone, topsoil replacement, finish grading, seeding and fertilizing and final clean-up. B. Separate payment shall be made for GRANULAR PIPE BASE AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL in accordance with Section 02200, EARTHWORK, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL. inNCCllane C.a.allln9 E ln..r. IncXp.ra1.0 Fay.B.vlll., Arkan.W Section 15001-14 - 2 I Li J H I I I H [1 I [1 C C1 I I C C I C. Payment for pipe shall be made at 80% of the unit bid price upon pipe installation, backfilling, and rough grading. Payment will be increased to 85% upon completion of testing. Payment will be increased to 98% of the unit price bid upon seeding, fertilizing and final cleanup. The remaining 2% will be released upon satisfactory establishment of a grass stand. D. Payment will be made for cast or ductile iron, mechanicaljoint fittings as listed in Section 15001-2, CEMENT -LINED DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS. E. No payment will be made for flexible transition couplings used to join PVC to galvanized iron pipe. Include coupling cost in the cost of the items requiring the galvanized iron pipe. END OF SECTION MCClaIto S nWlwla/ g Elginn IncvporoN! Fafl lavllla, Arkeaaw Section 15001-14 - 3 SECTION 15001-31 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers the specification of the miscellaneous building gravity drainage systems. B. Service: I I I I I J HI I H 1. Pump station floor drain piping. 1.02 GENERAL A. See Section 15001, PLANT PIPING - GENERAL, for additional requirements. B. Building Drainage systems described hereinafter are categorized as follows: 1. Sanitary and Waste Drains: Drains from building sanitary fixtures, roof drains, floor drains, and other building process drains, other than acid -resistant drains, extending to 3 feet beyond the building line. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED AND PERFORMED ELSEWHERE A. Drainage piping more than 3 feet outside of the building line is specified, furnished, and installed under Section 15001, PLANT PIPING - GENERAL and associated Detail Piping Specifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SANITARY AND WASTE DRAINS AND VENTS - HUBLESS CAST IRON PIPING SYSTEMS A. Pipe: Cast iron soil pipe, service weight, "no -hub" ends, conforming to CISPI 301-78. B. Fittings: Cast iron soil pipe, service weight, "no -hub" ends, conforming to CISPI 301-78. flMttl.rand Elgmwrs Inceraw."a Fay.".vBl., Ark.n.as Section 15001-31 - 1 I I I U I I Li I I Li I I I I 7 L I C. Joints: "No -hub" type, with neoprene sealing sleeve, and AISI Series 300 shield and clamp assemblies, all as specified in CISPI 301-78. 12.02 HUB -AND -SPIGOT CAST IRON PIPING SYSTEMS A. Pipe: Cast iron soil pipe, service weight, hub -and -spigot ends, conforming to ASTM A 74. B. Fittings: Cast iron soil pipe, service weight, hub -and -spigot ends, conforming to ASTM A 74. C. Joints: Hub -and -spigot, rubber gasketed, push -on gaskets conforming to ASTM C 564. 2.03 SANITARY AND WASTE DRAIN LOCATIONS, SIZES AND SYSTEM TYPES WITHIN A. Under Slab, Buried 3 -inch and larger Hub -and -spigot cast iron PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SANITARY AND WASTE DRAIN AND VENT PIPING A. Set sanitary and waste drain and vent piping occurring above the floor slab true and plumb. Set risers as close to walls as possible where exposed. Where vent stacks pass through the roof slab, fit with the specified flashing sleeve for securing the roofing. Flashing and roof connection shall be watertight. Extend vents at least 1 foot above roof. B. Sanitary and waste drainage piping encased in concrete shall be properly sloped. The Contractor shall coordinate with affected trades the routing of drains through steel reinforcement. C. All changes of direction in waste piping shall be made with combination Y and 1/8 bend fittings. D. Install cleanout fittings and plugs where shown on Drawings and where reasonably required to facilitate pipe cleaning. Cleanout fittings shall be T or Y branches or trap hubs of the same material and size as the pipe in which they are placed, except that maximum cleanout size shall be 4 inches. "CCI. Hand C.n.alling [nolna.r. I.amo.ral.d Fa,vnevlb, Arkane.. Section 15001-31 - 2 3.02 CORROSION PROTECTION A. As specified in Section 15001, PLANT PIPING - GENERAL. 3.03 TESTING A. All lines shall be hydrostatically or pneumatically tested. 3.04 PAYMENT A. Building gravity drainage piping specified herein will be furnished, installed, and paid for under the lump sum bid amount for the new pump station. END OF SECTION Section 15001-31 - 3 nMaCMIIaM conwlline EnpiMsrs Foyw"001., Arkansas MECHANICAL MECHANICAL Contractor shall refer to and comply with all provisions of the General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Information to bidders and other technical sections which are a part of the Specifications and govern work under this Section. This Specification covers furnishing all labor, materials and equipment shown on Drawings and herein specified to make a complete heating, ventilation and gas piping installation. Contractor shall show on blueline prints in red ink, all changes from the Original Drawings made during installation of work, and file them with Owner and Engineer when work is completed. Contractor shall coordinate all work with that of other trades on the project to prevent conflicts or delays during construction. The Contractor shall provide an approved experienced Job Superintendent at the project site at all times that mechanical work is being conducted. All Drawings relating to the renovation and erection of this structure, including architectural, structural, electrical, plumbing, heating, cooling and ventilating, together with these Specifications shall be considered in bidding on work under this Division. Drawings and Specifications are complementary -what is called for in either of them shall be binding. SPECIFICATIONS Mechanical Drawings are diagrammatic in character. Exact locations of system elements and measurements shall be determined from the structure and from equipment, except where dimensioned on Drawings. Contractor shall check space requirements of materials and equipment prior to ordering. Equipment which will not enter openings, or which will not fit the assigned space, will not be accepted. MEFW0362 15010 - 2 C. Any omissions, discrepancies, or questions of clarity or intent of Drawings and/or Specifications shall be referred Ito Engineer for interpretation before bid is submitted. Likewise, if any departure from Contract Drawings or Specifications is proposed. reasons therefore shall be ' presented to Engineer for approval before bid is submitted. Contractor's bid will be construed as a proposal to complete work for amount of bid, without additional cost to Owner ' and/or General Contractor. 1.03 CODES, ORDINANCES, INSPECTIONS AND PERMITS IA. Contractor shall comply with local and/or state codes and regulations. Where not governed by local codes, comply with the Southern Building, Mechanical and Plumbing Codes, NFPA ' pamphlets, and National Electrical Code. B. Codes shall govern, in case of direct conflict between codes Sand Drawings and/or Specifications, except when Drawings and/or Specifications require higher standards than those required by codes. IC. Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, licenses, and inspection fees. Give Owner Certificates of Final Inspections, if available. ' D. Contractor shall arrange with Utility Company for installation of gas service, including meters and regulators and pay all costs, if any. Extend gas piping to all gas t appliances. Install lubricated plug valve and insulating union at building service connection. Install valve, dirt leg and union at each appliance. Extend vent piping to ' outside of building from each appliance vented regulator. 1.04 WORK BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR A. Furnish lintels over wall openings and built-in outside air intakes. ' B. Leave openings and chases and provide framing for same as directed by Mechanical Contractor, provided Mechanical Contractor keeps the General Contractor notified well in advance of construction requirements. C. Flashing of roof for curbs, pipes, stands, etc., shall be by the General Contractor. Curbs and couterflashing shall be by Mechanical Contractor. 1.05 LOCAL SITE CONDITIONS ' A. Contractor shall examine the site and compare it with Drawings and Specifications. Become familiar with existing MEFW0362 15010 - 3 conditions before submitting a bid or proposal. No allowance will subsequently be made in behalf of this ' Contractor by reason of any error on his part. 1.06 ELECTRICAL WORK IA. Electrical service, wiring, and connections to motor starters, control stations, and motors, including wiring shown for temperature controls, disconnect switches, and motor protective switches; unless otherwise noted, shall be furnished and installed under the Electrical Section. All temperature control equipment and control wiring not shown shall be furnished under this Section. All motors, starters, and temperature controls on factory wired package mechanical equipment shall be furnished as part of the equipment. Starters for mechanical equipment that are not normally furnished with starters as part of the package such as fans, pumps, air handling units, etc., shall be furnished under the Electrical Section. All items of control equipment shall be mounted on or in electrical boxes and installed under the Electrical Section. Wiring diagrams, instructions, and adjustments for the temperature controls shall be the responsibility of this Section. 1.07 APPROVALS IA. All items of material and equipment required and furnished by the Mechanical and Plumbing Contractor for plumbing, heating, cooling, and ventilation shall have the approval of the Engineer and be submitted within 30 days after award of the contract. ' B. The list does not in anyway replace Shop Drawings and Submittals. 1.08 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ' A. All items of material shall be of best quality normally used for the purpose in good commercial practice and shall be ' products of the specified or scheduled Manufacturers. Each major component of equipment shall have the Manufacturers' name, address and catalog number on a nameplate securely affixed in a conspicuous place. 1 Nameplate of the distributing agent only will not be acceptable. All belts, pulleys, chains, gear couplings, projecting set screws, keys and other rotating parts shall Ibe fully enclosed or properly guarded. 8. All material and equipment shall be new and free from defects. The equipment furnished shall be essentially a standard cataloged product of the Manufacturer; where two or IMEFW0362 I I I I I L II IL LI I I [1 I L Lli I 15010 - 4 more units shall be products of a single Manufacturer; however, the component parts of the equipment may be products of another Manufacturer. C. Contractor shall install all materials and equipment in a neat and workmanlike manner by competent specialists for each subtrade in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations. The installation of any materials or equipment not meeting these standards, or the approval of the Engineer, may be condemned by the Engineer, removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. D. All mechanical equipment furnished and installed under this contract shall be subjected to such field tests as may be required by Engineer. Any and all such field tests shall be made by this Contractor in conjunction with the Manufacturer's Representatives and in the presence of Engineer or his Representatives. Such field tests as are required shall demonstrate complete compliance of equipment with design requirements specified herein, and also shall demonstrate satisfactory functional and operating efficiency of both equipment and system of which the equipment is a component part. All instruments, facilities and labor required to properly conduct any of the above tests shall be provided by this Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. All gas. water, and electricity required for these tests shall be furnished by the Owner. E. Approximately 60 days after the Owner has occupied the building, the Mechanical Contractor shall have a Representative of each major equipment supplier and Subcontractor on the project to fully demonstrate each item of the mechanical system to the Engineer and/or Owner. The equipment Representatives shall be prepared to make necessary minor adjustments or revisions to make the systems operate as required. This shall include control system demonstrations, air balancing, equipment operation, etc.. 1.09 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall submit five copies of Shop Drawings, Manufacturer's cut sheets, and published catalog performance data for approval. Submittals shall be bound in identical sets. Submittals shall include Manufacturer's published capacity charts and tables, construction features, and dimensioned Drawings. B. Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings for approval on the following lists of items, plus any additional items as required by the Engineer: El MEFW0362 15010 - 5 1. Valves. 2. Unit heater and support ' 3. Exhaust fans. 4. Air devices. 5. Temperature controls. ' 1.10 SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS A. Whenever a material, article, or piece of equipment is ' identified on the Drawings or in the Specifications by reference to Manufacturer's or Vendor's names, trade names, catalog numbers, or similar identification, it is so ' identified for the purpose of establishing a standard, and any acceptable equal Manufacturers shall be identified either on the Equipment Schedule or under that section of ' the Equipment Specification. B. Products listed in this Specification and scheduled on Drawings shall be used by the Contractor in the Base Bid. If Contractor desires to substitute materials or equipment of equal quality and type, from Manufacturers not listed, he shall state on the bid form or on his company letterhead the brand of equipment to be substituted and amount to be added or deducted from the base bid if the equipment was to be used. If no substitution items are listed or data submitted, Contractor shall furnish only those items listed in the Specifications or on Drawings. C. The Contractor shall check and approve Shop Drawings before ' submitting them to the Engineer, in writing, about any information in the Shop Drawings which deviates from requirements of Contract Drawings and Specifications. All ' Shop Drawings submitted by the Contractor, which have not been checked and approved by him, shall be returned unapproved. 1.11 EXISTING SYSTEMS A. Active systems: When encountered in work, Contractor shall protect, brace, and support existing active gas, water, and other systems where required for execution of work. If existing active systems are encountered that require relocation, Contractor shall make request in writing to Engineer for determination. Do not proceed with work until written directions are received. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active system services that are to remain. ' Be Inactive systems: When encountered in work, Contractor shall remove, cap, or plug inactive services. Notify ' Engineer and protect or remove these services as directed by Engineer. I I ' MEFW0362 15010 - 6 C. Interruption of services: Where work makes temporary ' shut -downs of services unavoidable, Contractor shall shut down at such times as approved by Owner and which will cause the least interference with established operating routine. Arrange to work continuously, including overtime, if required, to assure that services will be shut down only during time actually required to make connections. ' 1.12 USE OF PREMISES A. Contractor shall confine all apparatus, storage of materials ' and operations of workmen to limits indicated by law, ordinances, permits or directions of Engineer. Do not load or permit any part of the structure to be loaded with a ' weight that will endanger its safety. Enforce all laws, ordinances and instructions of Engineer regarding signs, advertisements, fires and smoking. 1.13 COORDINATION OF TRADES A. Contractor shall coordinate piping and ductwork locations to clear sloped drain lines. Pressure piping shall clear ductwork. IS. Contractor shall provide offsets in piping and ductwork as required to accommodate building structure without additional cost to Owner. IC. Contractor shall coordinate air devices to clear light fixtures. ' 1.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Contractor shall advise General Contractor well in advance of size and location of chases and openings required in new ' work. Framing shall be furnished by General Contractor as directed by Mechanical Contractor. ' B. Do all cutting and patching for installation of mechanical items. 1.15 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Contractor shall do all excavation and backfill necessary for underground work in accordance with all applicable 1 requirements of "Excavation and Backfill" of these Specifications. B. Contractor shall do all pumping necessary to keep trenches ' free of water, plug open ends of pipe when laying is not in 11 ' MEFW0362 15010 - 7 progress. Excavate trenches to required fall and hand excavate bell holes for bell spigot pipe. C. After underground work is laid, Contractor shall tamp dry sand around sides of pipes, leaving joints and top of pipe ' exposed until piping test is approved. After testing is approved, backfill trenches with sand and tamp as required until sand has completely settled. Trenches outside of building may be backfilled with clean earth, carefully tamped in lieu of sand. Backfill must be left level with finished grade. Compaction shall be 95% for backfill of trenches in streets and parking areas. D. Contractor shall repair street and sidewalks damaged by this work to satisfaction of local governing authority. Pavement Ito be removed shall be cut in straight lines with saw cuts to a depth of one inch. Replacement pavement shall match existing. Any settlement or damage done to the finished floors, yard, etc., caused by insufficient tamping, shall be corrected and made good by this Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Dispose of surplus dirt and materials from excavation on or off the site as directed by General Contractor. 1.16 PROTECTION OF FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT IA. Contractor shall store and protect all materials and equipment to prevent damage or weathering prior to installation. All equipment stored outdoors shall be ' completely covered at all times with heavy material that resists tearing. Protect fixtures and equipment against dirt and damage during construction. Keep all pipe openings ' capped or plugged to prevent entry of dirt or foreign objects. ' B. Contractor shall clean all fixtures and equipment at the completion of the project. Paint all marred surfaces on equipment to match factory finish. ' 1.17 WORK REQUIRED BY CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall make such alterations that are required by construction conditions. Apparatus, piping, etc., shall be located to clear all structural members without extra charge. ' 1.18 WORK SCHEDULE A. Contractor shall refer to General Conditions for sequence of ' work. Installation of new equipment shall be provided with all utilities, that are required. Temporary lines or MEFW0362 15010 - 8 connections shall be made as necessary to accomplish this. Short interruptions of services will be allowed providing ' the Owner and operating personnel is consulted and approves the time and length of interruptions. ' 1.19 PAINTING A. Contractor shall paint or finish all items of mechanical ' equipment not having a factory applied finish coat. Retouch marred areas of factory finishes to match original finish. Piping shall be painted as indicated in the Specifications. B. All surfaces shall be dry and free from dirt or grease. Do not apply paint when air temperature is below 40 degrees F. Allow at least 24 hours between coats and the preceding coat ' shall be thoroughly dry before the next coat is applied. C. Paint shall be Pittsburg, or equal, applied in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. ' 1.20 INSTRUCTIONS IA. Contractor shall furnish for the Owner's permanent file the following: ' 1. Complete detailed instructions with diagrams and all other pertinent information and data covering operation, general maintenance and repair for heat/cooling installation. 1 2. Complete Shop Drawing data on all items of equipment. IS. Instructions shall bear the Contractor's name and address and his day and night phone numbers. Provide complete verbal instructions to Owner, Engineer, and/or their ' Representatives, on proper operation and maintenance of completed system. All instructions and diagrams shall be bound under one cover, all Shop Drawings shall be bound together and under a separate cover, both placed in a heavy plastic envelope and presented to Owner. C. Contractor shall operate heating system after completion, ' for a sufficient period demonstrating the workability of all mechanical equipment. In the event, heating work is completed in the summer, start and make this demonstration operation at start of heating season. For this test, furnish all labor and materials. The same applies to the cooling system, completed in the winter. I I' I I MEFW0362 ' 1.21 GUARANTEES I I I I I I I L7 LI I I I I I 15010 - 9 A. Contractor shall guarantee all new equipment of systems remodeled and proper operation for the entire system for a period of one year from date of final Certificate of Acceptance and replace any defective material and/or workmanship without cost to Owner, and also replace or repair all damage to buildings and/or contents as a result of defective material and/or workmanship, providing the equipment was operated in accordance with instructions and sufficient power and fuel was supplied. 1.22 ALTERNATES A. Contractor shall observe the alternates for all Sections of the Specifications and quote amounts to be added or deducted from the Base Bid as dictated by the corresponding change in the Mechanical work (if any). END OF SECTION I 1 PART 1 I L I I I I I 1.01 GENERAL SCOPE SECTION 15012 A. This Section covers the work necessary for furnishing and installing the miscellaneous tubing and accessories, complete. 1.02 GENERAL A. Like items of equipment specified herein shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization of maintenance and spare parts. B. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. PART 2 PRODUCTS A. All items shall be complete with all necessary end connections, fittings, and couplings which are required for the proper completion of the work included under this Section. 2.02 COPPER TUBING A. Copper tubing shall be Standard Type K, ASTM 888, sized as indicated on the Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All tubing shall be cut, made up, and installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations, as approved and as further specified hereinunder. AnMCCSIIana Canwlfin f Ewinoor, Incorp orWM FarilrariHM, Arkanw. Section 15012 - 1 I I I [1 I C I LI I �I C I I I I Li 3.02 TESTING A. Prior to startup, all miscellaneous hoses, tubing, and accessories shall be inspected for proper connection and satisfactory performance. Each item shall be tested at the same time that the adjacent pipeline is tested. Joints shall show no visible leakage under test. Repair joints that show signs of leakage prior to final acceptance. If there are any special parts of control systems or operators that might be damaged by the pipeline test, they shall be properly protected. The Contractor will be held responsible for any damage caused by the testing. 3.03 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as part of the applicable unit price or lump sum bid amounts stated in the Proposal. END OF SECTION MCCblland Con nwning Enalwos InpsppratW FnwtNNtlq Arkansas Section 15012 - 2 C I H I I I I I II I H H 11 1, I C I SECTION 15013 MISCELLANEOUS PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This Section covers the work necessary for furnishing and installing the miscellaneous piping specialties, complete. 1.02 GENERAL A. Like items of equipment specified herein shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for operation, maintenance, spare parts, and manufacturer's service. B. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. 1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION, Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. In addition, the following specific information shall be provided: 1. Shop Drawings: Provide drawings and manufacturer's literature, clearly identified, showing layouts, item specifications, and mounting details. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All items shall be complete with all necessary end connections, fittings, and couplings required for the proper completion of the work included under this Section. MCCbIto nd Canwlllnp Enpinun Incorp or0tH Fa7+H.vilb, Ar(Ynnn1 Section 15013 -1 H I I I I I I H J H H H I I I H I I I 12.02 TAPPING SADDLES A. Tapping saddles for service lines shall be designed for use on PVC or ductile iron mains, as applicable, and shall be sized for 3/4 -inch corporation stops. B. Saddles for 2 -inch PVC shall be Mueller H-13420. Saddles for 4 -inch and larger PVC ductile iron pipe shall be Romac 101N. 2.03 CORPORATION STOPS A. Corporation stops for service lines to house meters shall be 3/4 -inch in size, as required for the specified tubing, Mueller H-15008 or approved equal, with compression connection. 2.04 FIRE HYDRANT A. Three-way fire hydrant shall be 5; -inch Mueller Centurion A-423, or approved equal, with 1; -inch pentagonal operating nut opening to the left, 2 -2½ -inch hose nozzles, 1 -4½ -inch pumper nozzle, and 6 -inch mechanical joint inlet. Nozzle threads shall be National Standard. 2.05 BLOWOFF ASSEMBLIES A. Blowoff assemblies to consist of meter box and lid, 2 - inch Schedule 40 galvanized iron pipe, and a 2 -inch quick coupling with cap, matching existing blowoff couplings. Quick couplings shall be No. 633-A Komlock adaptor with No. 633-B Kamloc cap with chain, or equal. B. Meterbox for the blowoff assembly shall be an 18 -inch diameter PVC meterbox as manufactured by Mueller/McCullough. Meterbox lid shall be 18 -inch diameter flat meter lid C-109 as manufactured by Crouch Foundry. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All miscellaneous piping specialties shall be installed in accordance with and in conformance to the applicable requirements of Section 15001, PLANT PIPING - GENERAL. MCCl. Cond e ConWlilnp InCar aerotea Fayette ville, Arkansas Section 15013 -2 I I I I I J I LJ I I I I I C I I 3.02 TAPPING SADDLES AND CORPORATION STOPS A. Provide and install saddles and stops with matching threads, and outlet fittings for the applicable service line. Install as recommended by the manufacturers to ensure that excessive tightening does not damage the main. Complete main leakage and pressure testing with all taps, service lines and meter settings in place. 3.03 FIRE HYDRANT A. Install fire hydrant with the pumper nozzle facing the street. Adjust height to finish grade using standard hydrant risers. Paint exposed hydrant barrel with white exterior metal paint containing reflectorized beads (3M Company #7216 paint, or equal). Conform with installation details indicated on the Drawings relative to drain gravel, thrust blocking and other details. Utilize ductile iron pipe between the hydrant and the main tee. Install thrust restraints between the main tee and hydrant inlet. 3.04 BLOWOFF ASSEMBLIES A. Install blowoffs as indicated by the details on the Drawings. Finish height shall match existing grade. Provide ;-inch drain hole in blowoff riser. 3.05 TESTING A. Prior to plant startup, all MISCELLANEOUS PIPING SPECIALTIES shall be inspected for proper connection and satisfactory performance. Each item shall be tested at the same time that the adjacent pipeline is tested. Joints shall show no visible leakage under test. Repair joints that show signs of leakage prior to final acceptance. The Contractor will be held responsible for any damage caused by the testing. 3.06 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as part of the applicable unit price bid amounts stated in the Proposal. B. Payment for fire hydrants shall include gravel drain pit, inter -connecting pipe and thrust blocking. Separate payment will be made for the gate valve with box and the main tee only. YcC1.Il.nd Cbnwl/Iny Enpin..r. Inccrp.rot d F.,.tt.vlll., Arkan... Section 15013 -3 I IC. The unit price bid for blowoff assemblies shall include the blowoff piping and fittings, meter box with cover, gravel drain pit, thrust blocking, two inch gate valve ' with box and flexible transition coupling used between the galvanized iron pipe and PVC pipe. ' END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section 15013 - 4 fl "CObl log E glnppn ' Inwrp,rolM Fuy.Illv/llp, Arkompp I C I I Li I I I I [1 I H C SECTION 15014 E a�rhr►_�.i 0 yi44 iii; 4KEmOVAC@cm PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install the miscellaneous metering and measuring devices, complete. Included is the master meter used in the new pump station. Also included are pump station pressure gauges. 1.02 GENERAL A. Like items of equipment specified herein shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for appearance, operation, maintenance, spare parts, and manufacturer's service. B. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PRESSURE GAUGES A. Pressure gauges shall have 4-1/2" minimum diameter faces. The case shall be black, cast aluminum, flanged back type with close type ring and clear glass face. The gauge connections shall be at the bottom of the gauge and will be 1/4" N.P.T. The gauge internal construction shall include phospor bronze bourdon tube with a brass movement, bronze bushed independently mount. Supply gauges complete with 1/4 -inch brass gauge cock. Pressure gauge range and scale graduations shall be in feet of water and psi and shall be installed as follows: Pump Station 0-100 psi 0-200 psi Sunrise Mountain Suction Discharge MCCIallund Cdnwllllny Enpinurr Inarperar.d Fay.??. vlus, Arkansas Section 15014 - 1 L 1 I I I P I I I 17 H I I I C C 2.02 MASTER WATER METER A. The master meter for the new pump station shall be Rockwell W-160 DR, 2 -inch turbine meter, conforming to AWWA C-701, latest revision. A 2 -inch bronze basket strainer sized as recommended by the meter manufacturer shall be mounted on the meter inlet. Meter shall be provided with a high speed pick-up electronic signal transmitting register, designed to interface with a totalizer with flow indicator and circular chart recorder. The flow rate indicator/totalizer shall be Rockwell Act -Pak Model 1000 D or approved equal. it shall output a 4-20 ma signal to pace a circular chart recorder, or to otherwise interface with the Owner's SCADA monitoring and control equipment. 2.03 WATER METERS FOR HOUSES A. Meters for individual houses shall be provided and installed by the Owner. 2.04 METER BOXES A. Meter boxes shall be 18" diameter by 24" deep, PVC boxes. Boxes shall not have pipe notches. 2.05 METER BOX LIDS A. Meter box lids shall be by Crouch Foundry Model C-109, or approved equal, sized for an 18 -inch box. Lids shall be of cast iron material. 2.06 METER LOOPS A. Meter loops for single and dual meter setting shall be by Mueller, H-1402, or approved equal, sized for a 5/8" x 3/4" meter, having a 12" riser and having inlet and outlet pack joint fittings for 3/4" service tubing. Loops shall have a locking wing nut shutoff valve on the tubing. Loops shall have a locking wing nut shutoff valve on the meter inlet side. Meter loop inlet fitting for dual meter settings shall match the "U" branch connection fittings. B. Dual meter settings shall utilize a 3/4" inlet by two 3/4" outlets "U" - branch connector, with pack joint inlet and threaded outlets. flMCCI.Iland Csn.oInna Lags..,. Inanrporo"d FayorrpvllI., Arkansas Section 15014 - 2 I C C I U I I I I C I I [I I 7 I I 7 u PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All equipment in this section shall be installed carefully to avoid damage to the instruments and in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions, as approved. B. Install gauges on pump station suction and discharge piping, as required by the Drawings. C. The Contractor shall furnish such additional incidental materials and labor as required for proper mounting. Install measuring and metering devices plumb or level, as applicable, and attach securely to mounting brackets with suitable fasteners. Units installed in -line shall be made up with the gaskets or thread lubricant specified for the adjacent piping. 3.02 METER SETTINGS A. Install meter settings in accordance with the details on the Drawings and with the recommendations of the manufacturer. B. Location of meter boxes shall be field determined to correspond to the requirements of the Owner, the desires of the property owner and the general location of existing houses. The Field Engineer shall coordinate meter locations. C. The Contractor shall install all components of the meter settings except for the actual meter. The City of Fayetteville will provide and install meters in the meter settings. 3.02 PAYMENT A. Payment for master meter and pressure gauges installed at the new pump station shall be made under the pump station bid item. B. Payment for home meter settings shall be made at the unit price bid in the Proposal. Payment shall include all materials and installation required for a complete meter setting, excepting only the actual meters. END OF SECTION MCCI.IIOM Con will Ag E/glnl.n Incdr9drdl/d FYrlhVIII., Arbnws Section 15014 -3 7 1. I I SECTION 15080 ' I PART 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ' 11.01 SCOPE n I I Li I I I I I I I I A. This section covers the work necessary for furnishing and installing the various manually operated valves and check valves in the piping systems, complete. 1.02 GENERAL A. Like items of equipment specified herein shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for operation, maintenance, spare parts, and manufacturer's services. B. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All valves shall be complete with all necessary operators, extension stems, floor stands, worm and gear operators, operating nuts, etc. which are required for the proper completion of the work included under this section. B. Renewable parts including discs, packing, and seats shall be of types recommended by valve manufacturer for intended service. C. All units shall have the name of the manufacturer and the size of the valve cast on the body or bonnet or shown on a permanently attached plate in raised letters. D. For the purpose of designating the type and grade of valve desired, a manufacturer's name is given in the following specifications. Valves of equal quality by other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the General Conditions. nMecls fiend Consulting Englnnn Ii, c DoroMd Fayonovfts, Arkansas Section 15080 - 1 Ii Ii I El Ii I I I I I I I I fl I I 2.02 DESIGN FEATURES - BRASS AND BRONZE COMPONENTS A. Brass and bronze components of valves and appurtenances which have surfaces in contact with the water shall be alloys containing less than 16 percent zinc and 2 percent aluminum. B. Approved alloys are of the following ASTM designations: 1. B 61, B 62, B 98 (Alloy A, B, or D) , B 139 (Alloy A), B 143 (Alloy 1-B), B 164, B 194, B 292 (Alloy A), and B 127. 2. Stainless steel Alloy 18-8 may be substituted for bronze at the option of the manufacturer and with the approval of the Engineer. C. All gland bolts on iron body valves shall be bronze and shall be fitted with brass nuts. 2.03 VALVE OPERATORS A. All valve operators shall open by turning counterclockwise. Operators shall be galvanized and painted the same color as the valve and associated pipeline. 2.04 VALVE BOXES A. Valve boxes shall be Buffalo two-piece screw or telescoping type, cast iron, with 5 -1/4 -inch shaft of appropriate length for the installation. The word WATER shall be cast into the top of the lid. Extension pieces, if required, shall be the manufacturer's standard type. Units shall be Mueller H-10360, or equal. All units shall be complete with all necessary bases and accessories. 2.05 EXTENSION STEMS FOR VALVE OPERATORS A. Where the depth of the valve is such that its centerline is more than 4 feet below grade, operating extension stems shall be provided to bring the operating nut to a point 6 inches below the surface of the ground and/or box cover. Extension stems shall be constructed of steel and shall be complete with 2 -inch square operating nut. 2.06 GATE VALVES A. Type 100: Gate valves 2 -inches and smaller for exposed water service shall be all -bronze with screwed bonnet and po[IIINOd 1 C conwulna Elglnpra Incvporot d FaWNVIll., Arkonnos Section 15080 - 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I [1 II I I I I H ends, single solid wedge gate, and nonrising stem. Valves shall be rated for 250 psi, and shall be by Crane, Stockham, or equal. B. Type 110: Gate valves 2-1/2 inches and larger for exposed water service shall be iron body, bronze mounted valves with flanged ends, double disc gate, and nonrising stem conforming to AWWA C-500. Valves shall be rated for 200 psi minimum, and shall be Mueller No. A-2380-6; or equal. C. Type 115: Gate valves 2 -inches thru 4 -inches for buried water service shall be iron body, bronze mounted valves with mechanical joint ends, double -disc gate, nonrising stem, O-ring seals, and 2 -inch square wrench nut conforming to AWWA C-500. Valves shall be rated for 200 psi minimum, and shall be Mueller A-2380-20; or equal. D. Type 116: Gate valves 6 inches and larger for buried water service shall be iron body, resilient seat, epoxy lined with mechanical joint ends, nonrising stem, O-ring seal and 2 inch square wrench nut conforming to AWWA C-509. Valves shall be rated for 200 psi and shall be Mueller A-2370-20 or equal. 2.07 GLOBE VALVES A. Type 235: Angle type hose valves 1-1/2 inches and smaller shall have brass or bronze body, with rising stem and composition disc, rated 250 -pound WOG minimum. Valves shall have hose thread on the outlet end; 1 -inch size shall have straight iron pipe thread, 11-1/2 threads per inch. Valves shall be Fairbanks Figure 74; Jenkins Figure 112; DeSanno No. 111 or 114; or equal. 2.08 PLUG VALVES A. Type 462: Gauge cocks shall be 1/4 -inch bronze body valves, hexagon end pattern with tee head and male and female ends, rated for 250 psi. Cocks shall be Lunkeheimer Figure 1180; Crane No. 744; or equal. Install at the inlet to all pressure gauges. 2.09 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. All butterfly valves, except as herein otherwise noted, shall conform to AWWA C-504, latest revision. All valve shafts shall be connected to operators by the use of keys and keyways. The use of compression or friction connections is not acceptable. ngeClpbM Con nil? inq IncOporar.0 FY,.It.Vllb, Arkon.w Section 15080 - 3 L r , Lam' LEI I I I I I I I I I I I I I I B. All seats on disc seated valves shall be continuous around the periphery of the disc and shall not be penetrated by the valve shaft. Also the seat shall be adjusted and replaceable without removing the disc from the valve body on valves 30 inches and larger. C. Type 501: Standard service wafer type body suitable for 125 flanges. Valves shall working pressure, hand lever to AWWA C-504. Valves shal approved equal. 2.10 CHECK VALVES butterfly valves shall be installation between Class be rubber seated, 200 psi operator, and shall conform 1 be Dresser Model 450, or A. Type 802: Each pump discharge pipe run shall include a wafer -type, non -slam check valve. The body of the check valve shall be semi -steel. The plug, seat and guide bushing shall be bronze and conform to ASTM Designation B-143. The valve spring and sear retainers shall be stainless steel and conform to ASTM Designation A-276. The valve plug shall be guided at both ends by a center shaft integral with the valve plug. Alignment of the center shaft shall be provided through the usage of guide bushings. The check valve shall be designed to prevent water hammer by returning the valve plug to the seat before reversal of flow occurs. The check valves shall be designed so as to be easily repaired in the field. Screwed in valve seats will not be accepted. 2.11 FLAP VALVES A. Type 892: Flap valves for gravity systems shall be flanged frame, iron body valves with bronze seat, Mueller Co. Cat. No. A-2540-6; Clow No. F-3012; or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Bolt holes of flanged valves shall straddle the vertical centerline of the pipe run. Prior to installing flanged valves, the flange faces shall be thoroughly cleaned. After cleaning, insert gasket and bolts, and tighten the nuts progressively and uniformly. If flanges leak under pressure, loosen or remove the nuts and bolts, reseat or replace the gasket, retighten and/or reinstall the nuts and bolts, and retest the joints. Joints shall be watertight at test pressures before acceptance. MCCSIIand CenwiI n/ Enpinesrs Incar peralea Fayenevllle. Artan as Section 15080 -4 I I I I I I [I J I I I I I I 11 I [] B. Thoroughly clean threads of screwed joints by wire brushing, swabbing, or other approved methods. Apply approved joint compound to threads prior to making joints. Joints shall be watertight at test pressures before acceptance. 3.02 PLACING A. Generally, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, all valves installed in horizontal runs of pipe having centerline elevations 4 feet 6 inches or less above the finish floor shall be installed with their operating stems vertical. Valves installed in horizontal runs of pipe having centerline elevations between 4 feet 6 inches and 6 feet 9 inches above the finish floor shall be installed with their operating stems horizontal. If adjacent piping prohibits this, the stems and operating handwheel shall be installed above the valve horizontal centerline as close to horizontal as possible. Valves installed in vertical runs of pipe shall have their operating stems orientated to facilitate the most practicable operation, as approved by the Engineer. All buried valves shall be installed with valve boxes in accordance with the details shown on the Drawings. B. Install 2 feet by 2 feet by 4 inches thick concrete pad around the top of all valve boxes. 3.03 ACCESS A. Location of valves shall be as required to provide accessibility for control and maintenance. 3.04 ANCHOR BOLTS A. Anchor bolts for floor stands, stem guides, etc. shall be cast -in -place during concrete placement. Threads shall be protected and shall be cleaned before the nuts are attached and tightened. 3.05 TESTING A. Valves shall be tested at the same time that the adjacent pipeline is tested. Joints shall show no visible leakage under test. Repair joints that show signs of leakage prior to final acceptance. If there are any special parts of control systems or operators that might be damaged by the pipeline test, they shall be properly protected. The Contractor will be held responsible for any damage caused by the testing. MCClarland n Conwltin a iirs Incorp orarat.d Fayetteville, Arkanwa Section 15080- 5 11 11 I I I I I I I I I 7 Li I I I E I I B. If requested by the Engineer, the valve manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit stating the materials options furnished and/or that he has complied with these and other referenced specifications. 3.06 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the lump sum bid or unit price bid amounts stated in the Proposal. B. Payment for buried valves shall include payment for the valve boxes, lids and concrete collar. C. No separate payment will be made for valves used as part of the pump station. Include the cost of these valves in the station lump sum price. END OF SECTION MCCb IOM l o Con .vi Nnp Enpin..rs InporporatM Fayoffe Will, Arkanoas Section 15080 -6 I I 1 L I L I I L I L I I r-, I I SECTION 15082 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install the various self-contained automatic process valves, complete. In') ]AZ13i7ji� A. Like items of equipment specified herein shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for operation, maintenance, spare parts, and manufacturer's services. B. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. 1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. PART 2 PRODUCTS pa'II�dDiuDk:�:lr A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the GENERAL CONDITIONS. B. All valves shall be complete, with all necessary operating appurtenances included in the work under this section. C. All units shall have name of their manufacturer and the size of the valve cast on the body or bonnet or shown on a permanently attached plate in raised letters. NCCl111ontl Con an ring Enpin..ra Inaaraerol.E Foy/Iiavlllo, Arkamao Section 15082 - 1 I H I I 2.02 AIR RELEASE VALVES A. APCO Model No. 61, 3/4" air release valve rated for 150 psi, or approved equal. Valve to be direct acting with stainless steel float. I I PART 3 I I I I I El I I [1 H I I I I 3.01 GENERAL A. Before installation carefully material, and inspect val' positions. Install valves applicable portions of Installation practices shall recommendations. clean valves of all foreign ves in open and closed in accordance with the these Specifications. conform to manufacturers' B. Prior to installing flanged valves, the flanged faces shall be thoroughly cleaned. All flange bolts shall be lubricated with a light coating of the piping manufacturer's recommended thread lubricant. After cleaning the flanged faces, install the flange gasket and bolts. Tighten the nuts progressively and uniformly using a torque -limiting wrench to the torque values specified by the piping manufacturer. If flanges leak under pressure, loosen the nuts, reseat or replace the gasket, retighten the nuts, and retest the joints. Joints must be watertight or airtight at test pressures before acceptance. After 24 hours has elapsed, retighten the bolts to their specified values with torque limiting wrenches. 3.02 TESTING A. Valves shall be tested at the same time that the adjacent pipeline is tested. Joints shall show no visible leakage under test. Repair joints that show signs of leakage prior to final acceptance. If there are any special parts of control systems or •operators that might be damaged by the pipeline test, they shall be properly protected. The Contractor will be held responsible for any damage caused by the testing. 3.03 PAYMENT A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as part of the lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal for the Sunrise Mountain Pump Station. END OF SECTION MCp.ISO " Con., Enpin. srs Inewoarolid Fa,alMVllla. Artonsos Section 15082 - 2 MEFW0362 15111 - 1 DIVISION NO. FIFTEEN - MECHANICAL SECTION 15111 - BALANCING AND TESTING OF AIR AND WATER SYSTEMS PART I GENERAL ' 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Contractor shall refer to Section 15010 - GENERAL MECHANICAL WORK, which is a part of the Specifications and governs work under this Section. ' B. The work covered by the Section consists of furnishing all labor and materials and installing the air conditioning system complete, in accordance with all Sections of the Specification; codes and regulations required by governing ' authorities and as indicated on Drawings. PART II PRODUCTS ' 2.01 EVALUATION OF SYSTEM IA. The Contractor shall furnish all materials and equipment necessary to properly measure the air capacity of the system, the electrical voltage and current, fan speeds. static pressures, air velocity, and all other readings normally ' necessary to evaluate the performance of a system, adjust the quantities to those called for, and test the system. ' 2.02 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A. This Contractor is responsible for the performance of the ' equipment and the system he installs. Contractor cannot assume that supplier will ship equipment adjusted to meet the job requirements. 2.03 EQUIPMENT OPERATION A. All equipment shall be checked for proper operation as soon as electrical power is available to do so. Any malfunction shall be reported to the Manufacturer, and a corrective action taken as soon as possible to prevent delay of the acceptance of the work. 2.04 EQUIPMENT PROBLEMS AND ADJUSTMENTS IA. Required adjustments and minor problems with mechanical equipment are to be expected to some extent, and it is the Contractor's responsibility to determine if there are any in ' the work and to correct them without causing any undue alarm on the part of the Owner and without delay of the job. L 11 ' MEFW0362 15111 - 2 1 PART III EXECUTION ' 3.01 INITIAL BALANCING - AIR SYSTEMS A. As soon as electrical power is available, the Contractor shall check all equipment for electrical problems, check rotation of motors, read voltage and current in each leg of each motor, heater, etc., and check the readings against the nameplate. D. Contractor shall check and balance each exhaust system to the ' design air quantity. Excess exhaust air will not be permitted since this wastes energy. 3.02 RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROPER BALANCING AND TESTING A. The General Contractor is responsible for the performance of ' the entire building, including the work in this Section. After this Contractor has completed the installation, the Superintendent for the General Contractor shall monitor the Balancing and Testing of the system and shall certify that the readings required under this Section have actually been made and that all systems are in actual operation. The Test and Balance data shall be signed by the General ' Superintendent. At time of final review, if it is apparent that these readings have not been made, or that equipment is not in operation, the expense for the return of the Engineer shall be billed to the General Contractor. 3.03 READINGS REQUIRED TO BE REPORTED IA. The following readings shall be made and reported to the Engineer after the building is balanced and all equipment is operating properly. B. Al]. readings shall be recorded on a print of the Mechanical system giving the actual raw data read for each supply and return opening, including exhaust hoods and openings. All ' readings made shall be recorded, and if any readings are invalid, they shall be identified a such. Any readings out of line shall be explained by a note on the print. (The original print shall be submitted to the Engineer for review.) If additional copies are required, they may be transcribed from this print on to other copies. ' C. Air quantity readings shall include: 1. Actual measured air quantity of each exhaust outlet shall be read and recorded. Measurement shall be made with a cone with a calibrated outlet and velometer equal to I [1 ' MEFW0362 15111 - 3 ' Alnor. ' D. Electrical readings required are: 1. Measured voltage and amps on EACH phase of each major ' motor (roof exhaust fans, etc.) while the equipment is under maximum normal load. 2. The nameplate voltage and current for each of the above motors. 3.04 SYSTEM DIFFICULTIES ' A. The above readings shall be made on each unit or piece of equipment and these readings sent to the Engineer for review as early as possible so that any apparent difficulties can be resolved before the anticipated close of the job and before such problems are called to the attention of the Owner. Minor problems, such as the necessity to adjust a fan sheave, often raise questions and doubts in the Owner's mind about the system. Such problems are normal, and if corrected without delay, lead to a much happier Owner. ' 3.05 REVIEW BY ENGINEER IA. After the above information is received by the Engineer, it will be reviewed and compared against the design. The Engineer will generally review the job for the Owner and recommend final acceptance or the holding for funds pending additional work. Such review will not be scheduled until the above information can be reviewed and accepted. The work required under this contract is not complete until this information is accepted as accurate and complete. I END OF SECTION [1 I [1 I [] ' MEFW0362 15421 - 1 DIVISION NO. FIFTEEN - MECHANICAL SECTION 15421 - ROOF EXHAUST FAN CENTRIFUGAL DIRECT DRIVE PART I GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Refer to Section 15010 - GENERAL MECHANICAL WORK, which is a part of the Specification and governs work under this Section. ' B. The work covered by this Section consists of furnishing all labor and materials and installing roof exhaust fan system complete, in accordance with all Sections of the ' Specification; codes and regulations required by governing authorities and as indicated on Drawings. PART II PRODUCTS 2.01 ROOF EXHAUST FAN IA. Roof exhaust fan shall be spun aluminum enclosure mounted on an aluminum curb cap. Is. The aluminum centrifugal fan shall be mounted on a large diameter shaft supported by two ball bearings and connected to the motor. The motor shall be supported on adjustable heavy steel brackets, and the entire fan assembly shall be ' supported on rubber or springs. C. The capacity of the fan and the noise rating shall be as ' shown on the Drawings. The motor power and speed given shall not be exceeded. D. The fan shall bear the AMCA Seal as having been tested and meeting Standard 210. 2.02 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ' A. Contractor shall provide an insulated aluminum curb to match and line up with the fan. ' B. Contractor shall provide a bird screen in the fan discharge. C.Contractor shall provide a disconnect switch located under the fan housing. ID. Contractor shall provide back -draft damper mounted in the throat of the curb. I MEFW0362 15421 - 2 2.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Exhaust fans shall be the model number shown on the Drawings or approved equivalent models by ACME, Cook, Greenheck, or Penn. PART III EXECUTION 3.01. INSTALLATION A. Contractor shall install the curb, fan and counterflashing. B. Contractor shall install ductwork as shown and secure to the deck or base of the curb. C. Contractor shall install back -draft dampers and check to make sure they are free to open and close. D. Electrical Contractor shall connect power. E. Contractor shall check rotation of fan. F. This system is not complete until the system has been balanced to provide the correct air quantity and has been tested to demonstrate the correct system performance. See Balancing and Testing, Section 15111. END OF SECTION Li I I I I 1 Li I MEFW0362 DIVISION NO. FIFTEEN - MECHANICAL 15463 - 1 SECTION 15463 - DOOR GRILLES - INTAKE PART I GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Refer to Section 15010 - GENERAL MECHANICAL WORK, which is a part of the Specification and governs work under this Section. ' B. The work covered by this Section consists of furnishing all labor and materials and installing door grilles complete, in accordance with all Sections of the Specification; codes and ' regulations required by governing authorities and as indicated on Drawings. PART II PRODUCTS 1 2.01 WALL LOUVERS IA. Door grilles shall be heavy gauge steel type. Door grilles shall be mounted on the door with framing secured to both sides of the door. B. Grilles shall bear the AMCA Seal as having been rated in • accordance with Standard 500 for air performance and moisture penetration. ' C. Finish shall be painted to match color of door. If specific color is required, a sample of the required color will be ' furnished. 2.02 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT IA. Grilles shall be provided with an aluminum bug screen in a removable frame on the inside. ' PART THREE EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION ' A. Install the grilles in the door opening with the frame extension extending from the door, and secure to the door to prevent unauthorized entry. 1 END OF SECTION 11 I I MEFW0362 I 1 16010 - 1 DIVISION NO. SIXTEEN - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16010 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ' PART I GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES IA. Basic Electrical Requirements specifically applicable to Division 16, in addition to Division 1 - General Requirements. ' 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under Provisions of Architectural Specifications. B. Submit the following products: 1. Wiring Devices and Cover Plates. ' 2. Disconnect Switches. 3. Panelboards. 4. Generator. ' 5. Light Fixtures and Lamps. C. Indicate Manufacturer's name and complete catalog number with the label or number of the equipment, as designated on ' Drawings, adjacent thereto. D. Substitutions: Where a specific Manufacturer or trade name • ' is mentioned in the Specification, it is to establish a standard of quality. Substitutions for specified equipment are allowed only when substitutions or approved equals are noted. Substitution of other makes shall be approved by the Architect\Engineer and\or Owner, 10 days prior to bids. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable Building codes. 1.04 PROJECT\SITE CONDITIONS A. Visit the site, examine and verify the conditions under which work must be conducted before submitting a proposal. the submitting of a proposal implies that the Contractor has visited the site, is conversant with all site conditions, including existing services and equipment, obstruction and all conditions, which will be encountered in the removal and\or relocation of present materials and equipment, installation of new materials, etc., for a complete installation. I MEFW0362 16010 - 2 B. The Drawings show the location and general arrangement of all equipment and shall be followed as closely as actual building construction and work of other trades permit. Investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting work and arrange work according. PART II PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment: Acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction as suitable for the use intended. B. All equipment of same or similar systems shall be of the same Manufacturer. PART III EXECUTION 3.01 WORKMANSHIP A. Install work using procedures defined in NECA Standard of Installation. END OF SECTION I ' MEFW0362 16050 - 1 ' DIVISION NO. SIXTEEN - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ' PART I GENERAL 1.01 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Do all cutting made necessary by the work, subject to the approval of the Architect and in accordance to the General Conditions. In no case cut through or into any structural member without written permission of the Architect. B. Exercise due diligence to avoid cutting openings larger than ' required or in wrong locations. Furnish and install all sleeves required for the work. IC. Where openings are cut through masonry walls, furnish and install lintels or other structural supports to protect the remaining masonry. Adequate support shall be provided during the cutting operation to prevent any damage to ' masonry by the cutting operation. All structural members, supports, etc., shall be of the size, type, and installation as directed by the Architect. ' D. Where openings are cut, the patching shall be done by the trade whose work is disturbed but shall be paid for by the ' sub -contractor cutting the opening or causing the damage. E. Repair affected surfaces to match adjacent surfaces. 1.02 ROADWAYS, CURBS, AND WALKS A. Use every possible precaution to prevent injuries to ' roadways, curbs, and walks on or adjacent to the site of the work and replace any such damaged items. This shall also include damage necessary for installation of the work. ' 1.03 TRENCHING A. Perform all trenching and digging incidental to Electrical ' work. Depth of cover shall conform with NEC 300-5 and NEC 710-3b unless otherwise noted. Where rock is encountered, the same shall be excavated to a grade three inches below the ' lowermost part of the conduit and the trench shall be refilled to required grade as specified. Trenches shall be sheathed or braced and pumping or bailing performed as may be necessary to protect the workmen and adjacent structures and to permit proper execution of the work. Trenching shall not interfere with existing walls, footings, or utilities. Li MEFW0362 16050 - 2 B. The Specifications and the Drawings in no way imply the condition of the soil to be encountered. When excavation may be required in execution of the work, the Contractor agrees that he has informed himself regarding conditions affecting the work and labor and material required, without recourse to any representation as to soil conditions that may appear, or seem to be implied, in any portion of the Contract Documents. C. Backfill shall be free from large particles where adjacent to conduit or cable, and tamped in 6" layers. Final 12" may be ' tamped in one layer. D. Backfill under any construction shall be compacted to 95% optimum density to prevent settlement. Replace sod or paving ' which has been removed for trenching. Remove and dispose of excess material as directed by the Engineer. 1 1.04 EXISTING ELECTRICAL LINES A. If any existing power, telephone or other electrical lines 1 and appurtenances are encountered which interfere with the proper installation of new work and which will not be used in connection with new work, close such items in proper manner. B. If such items encountered must remain functional for proper operation of existing systems and/or facilities, the Contractor shall furnish and provide necessary labor and materials to repair, replace, and/or relocate said items as directed by the Engineer or his Representative. 1.05 EQUIPMENT PADS A. The General Contractor shall furnish and install concrete pads for electrical equipment and concrete bases for lighting ' standards unless indicated otherwise. 1.06 ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT ' A. Locate all control devices, specialties, pull boxes, etc., so as to provide for easy access for operation, repair and maintenance: if concealed, furnish and install access doors. ' 1.07 PAINTING A. Touch-up items of equipment whose factory finish has been marred or damaged during installation, restoring it to its original appearance. All painting will be done by the General Contractor in accordance to the General Conditions. I J L ' MEFW0362 16050 - 3 ' 1.08 IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT A. Furnish and install laminated plastic nameplates with 3/4" minimum contrasting -color engraved letters for each service ' disconnect, panelboard, safety switch, time switch, enclosed circuit breaker, starter and pushbutton station. ' B. Nameplates shall be bolted or pop -riveted to equipment. Color code nameplates as follows, or with another consistently applied scheme: ' Equipment Function Nameplate Color Power Black Ventilation Yellow ' Heating Red Air Conditioning Blue Lighting Brown ' C. Legend on the plate shall clearly identify the equipment served, such as "Air Handling Unit AU -1" and "Hot Water Cir. Pump P-1" and shall reference circuit breaker or switch and panel that feeds the item. D. Identify each service disconnect, panelboard, safety switch, ' time switch, enclosed circuit breaker, starter and pushbutton station as called for on the Drawings. ' PART II PRODUCTS 2.01 RACEWAYS - CONDUIT IA. Install all wiring in conduit unless otherwise noted in Drawings or Specifications. ' B. Size all conduits in accordance with NEC or as shown on the Drawings, but in no case less than the following: ' All Uses 1/2" minimum C. Conduit types permitted (All types must bear the UL Label): Rigid Metal Conduit (steel) - hot dip galvanized, ' manufactured by Republic or approved equal. D. Permitted for general exposed or concealed work, above or below grade. 2.02 INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT A. Hot dip galvanized manufactured by Republic or approved equal. Permitted for general exposed or concealed work. 1 MEFW0362 16050 - 4 2.06 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Sealite, with PVC jacket. Permitted exposed in lengths of 6 feet or less for connections to equipment, where rigid ' connections are not suitable. Support in accordance with 1990 NEC 351-8. ' 2.07 WIRES AND CABLES A. All wire and cable as indicated and required by the Drawings ' shall bear the UL Label and stamping indicating wire size, type, voltage and grade, and shall meet the standard specifications and tests established for such materials and construction by ASTM, NEMA, ANSI, and IPCEA where applicable. ' B. Material construction data, insulation thickness, jacket thickness, test data, and samples shall be submitted for ' approval upon request. C. Unless otherwise noted, all wire shall be code gauge, ' soft annealed copper, not less than 98 per cent conductivity and of the 600 volt class. No. 10 AWG and smaller may be solid or stranded and shall have insulation type THWN (THW or XHHW may be used if conduit size is increased.) No. 8 AWG ' and larger shall be stranded and shall have insulation type THW, THWN. or XHHW. ID. No wire shall be smaller than No. 12 AWG unless otherwise noted, except that wiring for signal and pilot control circuits may be No. 14 AWG unless otherwise noted. ' E. Incandescent Fixture Wire: Wire for final connection at all incandescent lighting fixture sockets shall be NEC Type SF -2 fixture wire rated 200 degrees C., 600 volts. ' F. Color code all conductors in accordance with Section 210-5 of the NEC and the following: ' SYSTEM VOLTAGE NEUTRAL "HOT" WIRE COLORS EQUIPMENT COLOR GROUND COLOR ' 120/240V lPh 3W White Black, Red Green G. Where permitted by NEC for neutral, hot wires may be ' colored -coded by tape or paint. H. Other consistently applied color schemes may be used with t approval of Engineer. I. Identify circuit numbers with synthetic cloth labels. 1 MEFW0362 16050 - 5 ' 2.08 WIRE CONNECTIONS AND DEVICES A. Run conductors without splices from outlet to outlet, except within junction boxes. Make splices in No. 8 AWG and smaller ' wire with Ideal "Wingnut" or 3M "Scotchlok" connectors. Ballast lead connections in continuous rows of fluorescent light fixtures may be made using 3M "Scotchlok" ' #567 self stripping tap connectors. Make splices in No. 6 AWG and larger wire with approved solderless lugs. If any other type of connector is proposed for use on any size ' conductor, submit for approval prior to use. 2.09 OUTLET BOXES AND CONDUIT FITTINGS IA. Interior boxes shall be cast aluminum or steel, 4" minimum octagon or square unless otherwise noted. Boxes for outlets installed flush in concrete block or brick walls shall be ' masonry boxes manufactured by Raco, Steel City, Appleton. or approved equal. Single surface -mounted outlet boxes shall be cast aluminum or steel FS or FD boxes. ' B. Boxes shall comply with the NEC in regard to allowable fill. C. Outlet boxes intended to support lighting fixtures shall be suitable for the purpose. D. Boxes in wet or damp locations shall be cast aluminum with ' threaded hubs Type FS or FD. 2.10 CONDUIT CONNECTIONS IA. Outdoor GRC or IMC box connections shall be made with Meyers Seal-Tite hubs, O.Z. Gedney (IT Series) Space Maker hub, Appleton Uni-Seal hub or equal. ' B. Threadless GRC or IMC fittings shall not be used. Indoor GRC or IMC connections shall be made with double locknuts ' and bushings. PART III EXECUTION ' 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install conduits exposed on surfaces of interior areas except where indicated on the Drawings. B. Keep all openings in conduits closed during the progress of the work. Swab conduits clean before pulling wire. C. Furnish and install suitable pitch pockets or lead flashings where conduits penetrate the roof seal. 1 I MEFW0362 16050 - 6 D. Furnish and install required sleeves and appropriately rated fire seals for all conduits penetrating a fire or smoke rated structure. Fire rating shall be equal to or greater than ' structure rating of which conduits penetrate. Installation of sleeves and seals shall be of size and type and manner of installation as recommended by sleeve ' manufacturer. Sleeves shall be as manufactured by O.Z. Gedney or approved equal. E. Arrange for conduits in masonry or exposed to weather to 'drain. F. Paint all metallic conduits concealed in concrete on grade, ' or in contact with earth, with two heavy continuous coats of asphaltic paint or other approved conduit protective covering after assembly of conduit and fittings. G. Do not install conduits in plain concrete, such as cement topping on structural floors, without special approval. They may be installed, however, in non -reinforced concrete ' headers which have been provided for the installation of outlet boxes and conduits. ' H. No reinforcing steel shall be displaced to accommodate the installation in beams or joists. In general, all embedded conduits shall be located in the physical center of the ' particular section of concrete. I. Unless otherwise approved, raceways embedded in reinforced concrete shall conform to the following usual types of conditions. The Contractor may be instructed during the course of the project not to place embedded conduits in certain areas, and being so instructed shall not entitle the ' Contractor to extra compensation. J. LOCATION MAXIMUM ALLOWANCE ' Floors and Walls Displacement of 1/3 of thickness of concrete, spaced not less than three diameters on centers. 1 Seams and joists Displacement of 1/3 of least dimension, spaced not less than three ' diameters on centers. Sleeves thru 2" Maximum pipe size not less than three floors & walls diameters on ' centers. I I ' MEFW0362 16050 - 7 UK. Conduits installed on building exterior wall structures and transitioning down the wall to a horizontal underground conduit run, shall be installed utilizing a UL listed and approved conduit expansion sleeve located above grade, to ' allow for natural ground settle without destroying installed conduit and/or wiring. Conduit expansion sleeve shall be rated for exterior applications. ' L. Seal -offs shall be installed in conduit run where conduit passes from areas of extreme temperature differences. En I 1 U I I El C I I 1 END OF SECTION MEFW0362 16111 - 1 DIVISION NO. SIXTEEN - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16111 - CONDUIT PART I GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Rigid metal conduit and fittings. B. Intermediate metal conduit and fittings. C. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit and fittings. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01010 - Cutting and Patching. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI C80.10 Rigid steel conduit, zinc -coated. B. ANSI/NEMA FB - Fittings and supports for conduit and cable assemblies. PART II PRODUCTS 2.01 RIGID METAL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; threaded type, material to match conduit. 2.02 INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC) AND FITTINGS A. Conduit: Galvanized steel. B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB1 use fittings and conduit bodies specified above for rigid steel conduit. 2.03 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. Conduit: Flexible metal conduit with PVC jacket. B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1. 2.04 CONDUIT SUPPORTS A: Conduit Clamps, Straps and Supports: Steel or malleable iron. Li MEFW0362 16111 - 2 B. Conduit Clamps in Wet or Damp Locations: Cast aluminum, 2 piece straps with back plate. ' PART III EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUIT SIZING, ARRANGEMENT, AND SUPPORT A. If not indicated on Drawings, Size Conduit for Conductor Type Installed: 1/2 inch minimum size. B. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present a neat appearance. IC. Route exposed conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls and adjacent piping. ID. Maintain minimum 6 inch clearance between conduit and piping. Maintain 12 inch clearance between conduit and heat sources such as flues, steam pipes, and heating t appliances. E. Arrange conduit supports to prevent distortion of alignment by wire pulling operations. Fasten conduit using ' galvanized straps, lay -in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, or bolted split stamped galvanized hangers. IF. Group conduit in parallel runs where practical and use conduit racks constructed of steel channel with conduit straps or clamps. Provide space for 25 percent additional conduit. 1 G. Do not fasten conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove all wire used for temporary conduit support during ' construction, before conductors are pulled. 3.02 CONDUIT INSTALLATION ' A. Cut conduit square using a saw or pipecutter; de -burr cut ends. ' B. Bring conduit to the shoulder of fittings and couplings and fasten securely. IC. Use conduit hubs or sealing locknuts for fastening conduit to cast boxes, and for fastening conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp or wet locations. D. Install no more than the equivalent of four 90 degree bends between boxes. I I MEFW0362 16111 - 3 E. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. F. Use hydraulic one-shot conduit bender or factory elbows for bends in conduit larger than 2 inch size. G. Avoid moisture traps where possible; where unavoidable, provide junction box with drain fittings at conduit low point. H. use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. I. Provide No. 12 AWG insulated conductor or suitable pull string in empty conduit, except sleeves and nipples. 3. Install expansion joints where conduit crosses building ' expansion joints. K. Where conduit penetrates fire -rated walls and floors, seal opening around conduit with UL listed foamed silicone elastomers compound. L. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork t where possible; otherwise, route through roof jack with pitch pocket. ' M. All underground steel conduit not encased in concrete and in wet locations where steel conduit enters concrete or ground, apply a field coat of bitumastic material No. 550 after installation. Coating shall cover conduit and ' fittings and be completely dry before backfilling. 3.03 CONDUIT INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Underground installations more than five feet from foundation wall: Rigid steel conduit, intermediate metal ' conduit. H. Installations in or under concrete slab, or underground within five feet of foundation wall: Rigid steel conduit, intermediate metal conduit. C. In slab above grade: Rigid steel conduit or intermediate ' metal conduit. D. Exposed outdoor locations: Rigid steel conduit, intermediate ' metal conduit tubing. E. Wet interior locations: Rigid steel or intermediate metal conduit. 1 I 16120 - 1 DIVISION NO. SIXTEEN - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16120 - WIRE AND CABLE PART I GENERAL WORK INCLUDED Building wire. Wiring connections and terminations. PART II PRODUCTS BUILDING WIRE Thermoplastic -insulated Building Wire: NEMA WC 5. Rubber -insulated Building Wire: NEMA WC 3. Feeders and Branch Circuits Larger Than 8 AWG: Copper, stranded conductor, 600 volt insulation, THHN/THWN, XHHW. Feeders and Branch Circuits 8 AWG and Smaller: Copper conductor, 600 volt insulation. THHN/THWN; or XHHW if conduit size is increased. All conductors to be stranded. Control Circuits: Copper, stranded conductor 600 volt insulation, TRW. REMOTE CONTROL AND SIGNAL CABLE Control Cable for Class 1 Remote Control and Signal Circuits: Copper conductor, 600 volt insulation, rated 60 degree C, individual conductors twisted together and covered with a PVC jacket. Control Cable for Class 2 or Class 3 Remote Control and Signal Circuits: Copper conductor, 300 volt insulation, rated 60 degree C. individual conductors twisted together and covered with a PVC jacket; UL listed. PART III EXECUTION GENERAL WIRING METHODS Use no wire smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits, and no smaller than 14 AWG for control wiring. I MEFW0362 16120 - 2 B. Place an equal number of conductors for each phase of a circuit in same raceway or cable. C. Splice only in junction or outlet boxes. ' D. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards. E. Make Conductor lengths for parallel circuits equal. 3.02 WIRING INSTALLATION IN RACEWAYS A. Pull all conductors into a raceway at the same time. Use UL listed wire pulling lubricant for pulling 4 AWG and larger wires. B. Install wire in raceway after interior of building has been physically protected from the weather and all mechanical work likely to injure conductors has been completed. C. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system before installing conductors. 3.03 WIRING CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS ' A. Splice only in accessible junction boxes. ' B. Use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for copper wire splices and taps, 8 AWG and smaller. C. Use compression type connectors for copper wire splices and ' taps, 6 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated conductors and connectors with electrical tape to 150 percent of the insulation value of conductor. ' D. Thoroughly clean wires before installing lugs and connectors. E. Make splices, taps and terminations to carry full ampacity of ' conductors without perceptible temperature rise. F. Terminate spare conductors with electrical tape. U3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ' A. Inspect wire and cable for physical damage and proper connection. B. Compress test conductor connections and terminations to 'Manufacturer's recommended values. C. Perform continuity test on all power and equipment branch circuit conductors. Verify proper phasing connections. MEFW0362 16120 - 3 D. Make insulation check of all feeder, service, and branch circuit conductors utilizing 600 volt Meggar Test. E. Log Meggar results and submit to Engineer or make tests in presence of Engineer or his Representative. 3.05 WIRE AND CABLE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Concealed Interior Locations: Building wire in raceways and/or non-metallic sheathed cable as approved by local authorities. B. Exposed Interior Locations: Building wire in raceways. C. Above Accessible Ceilings: Building wire in raceways and/or non-metallic sheathed cable as approved by local authorities. D. Wet or Damp Interior Locations: Building wire in raceways. E. Exterior Locations: Building wire in raceways. F. Underground Locations: Building wire in raceways. END OF SECTION I I P1 I I MEFW0362 1 I I H 7 I P I I ii n I I DIVISION NO. SIXTEEN - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16130 - BOXES PART I GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Wall and ceiling outlet boxes. B. Floor boxes. C. Pull and junction boxes. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ANSI/NEMA OS 1 Covers and Box B. ANSI/NEMA OS 2 Covers and Box C. NEMA 250 - Enc Maximum). PART II PRODUCTS 2.01 OUTLET BOXES 16130 - 1 - Sheet -Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Supports. - Non-metallic Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Supports. Losures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts A. Cast Boxes: Cast feralloy, deep type, gasketed cover, threaded hubs. 2.02 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Cast Metal Boxes for Outdoor and Wet Location Installations: NEMA 250; Type 4 and Type 6, flat -flanges, surface -mounted junction box. UL listed as raintight. Galvanized cast iron box and cover with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws. B. Cast Metal Boxes for Underground Installations: NEMA 250; Type 4. outside or inside flanged, recessed cover box for flush mounting. UL listed as raintight. Galvanized cast iron box and plain cover with neoprene gasket and stainless steel cover screws. I I MEFW0362 16130 - 2 ' PART III EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION OF BOX LOCATIONS IA. Provide electrical boxes as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and code compliance. ' B. Electrical box locations shown on Contract Drawings are approximate unless dimensioned. IC. Locate and install boxes to allow access. Where installation is inaccessible, coordinate locations and sizes of required access doors. ' D. Locate and install to maintain headroom and to present a neat appearance. ' 3.02 OUTLET BOX INSTALLATION A. Do not install boxes back-to-back in walls. Provide minimum '6 inch separation. B. Locate boxes in masonry walls to require cutting of masonry ' unit corner only. Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat openings for boxes. C. Provide knockout closures for unused openings. D. Support boxes independently of conduit. E. Use multiple -gang boxes where more than one device is mounted together; do not use sectional boxes. Provide barriers to separate wiring of different voltage systems. F. Install boxes in walls without damaging wall insulation. IC. Position outlets to locate luminaries as shown on Drawings. H. Align wall -mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices. I. Provide cast outlet boxes in exterior and interior locations exposed to the weather and wet locations. ' 3.03 PULL AND JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION A. Support pull and junction boxes independent of conduit from structure of bracket anchored to structure. END OF SECTION I MEFW0362 DIVISION NO. SIXTEEN - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16141 - WIRING DEVICES 16141 - 1 PART I GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Wall switches. B. Receptacles. C. Device plates and box covers. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NEMA WD 1 - General -Purpose Wiring Devices. B. NEMA WD 5 - Specific -Purpose Wiring Devices. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 16010. B. Provide product data showing configurations, finishes, dimensions, and Manufacturer's instructions. PART II PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - WALL SWITCHES A. Arrow -Hart. B. General Electric. C. Hubbell. D. Leviton. E. Pass & Seymour. F. Slater. G. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 16010. 2.02 WALL SWITCHES A. Wall Switches for Lighting Circuits and Motor Loads Under 1/2 HP: NEMA WD; AC general use snap switch with toggle handle, rated 20 amperes and 120-277 volts AC. Handle: Ivory plastic. B. Pilot Light Type: Lighted handle. I 1 1 1 I LJ I I C_. I [1 I [I C I I MEFW0362 16141 - 2 2.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - RECEPTACLES A. Arrow -Hart. B. General Electric. C. Hubbell. D. Leviton. E. Pass & Seymour. F. Slater. G. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 16010. 2.04 RECEPTACLES A. Convenience and Straight -blade Receptacles: NEMA WD 1. B. Locking -Blade Receptacles: NEMA WD 5. C. Convenience Receptacle Configuration: NEMA WD 1; Type 5-15 R for circuits with more than one receptacle and Type 5-20 R for circuits with one receptacle, ivory plastic face. D. Specific -use Receptacle Configuration: NEMA WD 1 or WD 5; type as indicated on Drawings, ivory plastic face. E. GFCI Receptacles: Duplex convenience receptacle with integral ground fault current interrupter. 2.05 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - WALL PLATES A. Arrow -Hart. B. General Electric. C. Hubbell. D. Leviton. E. Pass & Seymour. F. Slater. G. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 16010. 2.06 WALL PLATES A. Weatherproof Cover Plate: Gasketed cast metal with hinged gasketed device covers. PART III EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install wall switches 48 inches above floor unless noted otherwise, "OFF" position down. B. Install convenience receptacles 12 inches above floor unless noted otherwise, grounding pole on bottom. I I MEFW0362 I n I I 16141 - 3 C. Install specific -use receptacles 12 inches above floor unless noted otherwise. D. Drill opening for poke -through fitting installation in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. E. Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas, using jumbo size plates for outlets installed in masonry walls. F. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes on surface -mounted outlets. 1 G. Install devices and wall plates flush and level. H II H I PART IV PRODUCTS 4.01 SWITCHES A. Branch circuit switches shall be specification grade rated 20A 120/277V AC as follows (where required): Single Pole Quiet Switch Hubbell 1221 Manual Motor Switch with Pilot Light and Thermal overload element Allen Bradley Bulletin 600 4.02 RECEPTACLES I A. Outlet devices shall be grounding -type specification grade as follows: [_J I I 11 I rJ Twist -Lock Receptacles As manufactured by Hubbell Duplex Receptacle 20A 125V Hubbell 5362 Weatherproof GFI Receptacle 20A 125V Hubbell GF-5362 4.03 PLATES A. Furnish and install wall plates for all devices. B. Where devices are installed on exposed fittings or boxes, the plates shall be galvanized steel and of a type designed to fit the outlet box. Install blank covers on all boxes without devices or fixtures. Blank covers shall be of same type as installed on devices in that same room or area. C. Wet Areas; install weather proof covers to match device. MEFW0362 16141 - 4 4.04 COLOR A. Color of wiring devices and coverplates shall be as directed by the Architect. 4.05 APPROVAL A. Wiring devices or plates as manufactured by Hubbell, Levition, General Electric, or P & S of equal quality with the features specified may be substituted if approved by the Engineer before installation. B. Any device or plates which are found to be not as specified shall be removed and replaced with the specified device or plate at the Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION I I I I I I I I MEFW0362 16190 - 1 DIVISION NO. SIXTEEN - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16190 - SUPPORTING DEVICES PART I GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Conduit and equipment supports. B. Fastening hardware. 1.02 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size, shape and location of concrete pads with Cast -in -Place Concrete Section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Support systems shall be adequate for weight of equipment and conduit. including wiring, which they carry. PART II PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL Support Channel: Galvanized, painted steel, aluminum or stainless steel as determined by location and conditions. B. Hardware: Corrosion resistant. PART III EXECUTION INSTALLATION Fasten hanger rods, conduit clamps, and outlet and junction boxes to building structure. Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners in hollow masonry, plaster, or gypsum board partitions and walls; expansion anchors or preset inserts in solid masonry walls; self - drilling anchors or expansion anchor on concrete surfaces. Do not fasten supports to piping, ductwork, mechanical equipment. or conduit. Do not use powder -actuated anchors. Do not drill structural steel members. MEFW0362 16190 - 2 F. Fabricate supports from structural steel or steel channel, rigidly welded or bolted to present a neat appearance. Use hexagon head bolts with spring lock washers under all nuts. G. install free-standing electrical equipment on concrete pads. H. Install surface -mounted cabinets and panelboards with a minimum of four anchors. END OF SECTION I I I I II I MEFW0362 16195 - 1 DIVISION NO. SIXTEEN - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16195 - ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART I GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Nameplates and tape labels. B. Wire and cable markers. PART II PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Nameplates: Engraved three -layer laminated plastic, white letters on a black background. B. Tape Labels: Embossed adhesive tape, with 3/16 inch white letters on black background. C. Wire and Cable Markers: Cloth markers, split sleeve or tubing type. PART III EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates. B. Install nameplates parallel to equipment lines. ' C. Secure nameplates to equipment fronts using screws, rivets, or adhesive. Secure nameplate to inside face of recessed t panelboard doors in finished locations. D. Use embossed tape only for identification of individual wall switches, receptacles, and control device stations where noted on the Drawings. 3.02 WIRE IDENTIFICATION ' A. Provide wire markers on each conductor in panelboard gutters, pull boxes, and at load connection. Identify with branch circuit or feeder number for power and lighting circuits, and with control wire number as indicated for control wiring. I MEFW0362 16195 - 2 3.03 NAMEPLATE ENGRAVING SCHEDULE A. Provide nameplates of minimum letter heights as scheduled below. B. Panelboards: 1/4 inch; identify equipment designation. 1/8 inch; identify voltage rating and source. C. Individual Circuit Breakers, or Switches In Panelboards: 1/8 inch letters on nameplate or typed circuit directory; identify circuit and load served, including location. D. Individual Circuit Breakers, Enclosed Switches, and Motor Starters: 1/8 inch; identify load served. END OF SECTION I MEFW0362 16401 - 1 I DIVISION NO. SIXTEEN - ELECTRICAL USECTION 16401 MOTOR STARTERS PART I GENERAL 1.01 A. Motor starters specified herein refer to those individually mounted devices not furnished as an integral part of building equipment packages or included in group mounted motor control centers. B. Submit shop drawings for review. C. The function of each starter shall be coordinated with the motor served to afford proper voltage, phase, and type. Reduced voltage type, reversing type and two speed starters shall be scheduled on the drawings. PART II PRODUCTS ' 2.01 A. Each starter shall be provided with its own enclosure, ' general purpose NEMA 1 except: Outdoors - NEMA 3R raintight ' Wet areas - NEMA 4 B. Manual motor starters for manual "on -off" operation shall t have overload protection in each phase. and a pilot light which protrudes through the cover. Mechanism shall be horsepower rated. I C. Magnetic starters shall have: 1. Overload protection for each phase consisting of ' ambient compensated heater operated or CT operated relays. 2. Integral fused or non -fused safety switch or motor ' circuit protector breaker where required by NEC 430-74. 3. "Hand -off -automatic" switch or "stop -start" push-button in cover. ' 4. Red run light in cover. 5. Defeatable door interlock. 6. Pad lockable externally operable handle. 7. Extra normally open and normally closed interlocks to ' provide interlocking functions specified. 8. Epoxy encapsulated 120V holding coil. 9. Engraved nameplate. MEFW0362 16401 - 2 1 D. Construction features of magnetic starters shall include ' heavy duty silver contacts. Coil and contacts shall be replaceable without disconnecting line or load conductors, or removing contactor from enclosure. ' E. Manufacturers: Square -D, Cutler -Hammer. General Electric, Westinghouse, Allen Bradley. PART III 3.01 ' A. Coordinate enclosure types with the classification of room .space. ' B. Coordinate overload heater ratings with recommendations of motor manufacturer. ' C. Starters shall be installed so that operating devices or handles are no higher than 6 foot 6 inches above floor or finished grade. Where more than one starter is mounted in ' the same location, mount starters on 1/2 inch thick plywood backboard. Paint backboard two coats of flat black paint. ' D. Fusible combination units shall be provided with KR -1 low - peak fuses at minimum 125 percent of full load current. E. Manual motor starters shall be used only on motors 1/2 hp or ' less that require only manual "on -off" operation. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 END OF SECTION MEFW0362 DIVISION NO. SIXTEEN - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16421 - SERVICE ENTRANCE 16421 - 1 PART I GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Arrangement with Utility Company for permanent electric service. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. System Voltage: 120/240 volts, single phase, three -wire, 60 Hertz. PART II PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. Furnish all required material in compliance with Utility Company's requirements. PART III EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Make arrangements with Utility Company to obtain permanent electric service to the Project and install service entrance in accordance with Utility Company's rules and regulations. END OF SECTION MEFW0362 DIVISION NO. SIXTEEN - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16430 - METERING 16430 - 1 PART I GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Electrical Service Metering. 1.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Work shall be governed by the National Electric Code, unless superseded by local ordinances or other legal authority. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data to Utility Company for approval. PART II PRODUCTS 2.01 Provide meter cabinet and metering equipment as directed by Utility Company. PART III EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install metering items in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION MEFW0362 16440 - 1 DIVISION NO. SIXTEEN - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16440 - DISCONNECT SWITCHES PART I GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Disconnect switches. B. Fuses. C. Enclosures. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 16010. B. Include outline drawings with dimensions, and equipment ' ratings for voltage, capacity, horsepower, and short circuit. PART II PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Cutler Hammer. B. General Electric. • C. Square D. D. Westinghouse. ' E. I -T -E. F. Sylvania/Challenger. G. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 16010. 2.02 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Fusible Switch Assemblies: Type HD; quick -make. quick -break, load interrupter enclosed knife switch with externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in "ON" position. Handle lockable in "OFF" position. Fuse Clips: Designed to accommodate Class R 'fuses. B. Non -fusible Switch Assemblies: Type HD; quick -make, quick- , break, load interrupter enclosed knife switch with externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in "ON" position. Handle lockable in "OFF" ' position. C. Enclosures: Type as indicated on Drawings. I MEFW0362 16440 - 2 2.03 FUSES A. Fuses 600 Amperes and Less: Bussman Class RK1; RK5; as indicated on Drawings; dual element, current limiting, time delay, one-time fuse, 250 volt. B. Interrupting Rating: 200,000 rms amperes. PART III EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install disconnect switches where indicated on Drawings. B. Install fuses in fusible disconnect switches. END OF SECTION MEFW0362 DIVISION NO. SIXTEEN - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16470 - PANELBOARDS 16470 - 1 PART I GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Service and distribution panelboards. 1 B. Lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboards. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings for equipment and component devices ' under provisions of Section 16010. B. Include outline and support point dimensions, voltage, main bus ampacity, integrated short circuit ampere rating, circuit breaker and fusible switch arrangement and sizes. 1.03 SPARE PARTS ' A. Keys (All locks shall be keyed alike): Furnish two each to Owner. B. Fuses: Furnish to Owner three spare fuses of each type and rating installed. C. Fuse Pullers: Furnish one fuse puller to Owner. PART II PRODUCTS ' 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - PANELBOARDS A. Cutler Hammer. Be General Electric. C. I -T -E. D. Westinghouse. ' E. Square D. F. Sylvania/Challenger. G. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01630. 2.02 MAIN AND DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A. Panelboards: Circuit breaker type or fusible switch type ' as indicated on the Drawings. B. Enclosure: Type 1. L u MEFW0362 16470 - 2 C. Provide cabinet front with concealed trim clamps, screw cover, and hinged door with flush lock. Finish in ' Manufacturer's standard gray enamel. D. Provide panelboards with copper bus, ratings as scheduled on Drawings. Provide copper ground bus in all panelboards. E. Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: As shown on Drawings. ' F. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: Provide circuit breakers with integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in ' each pole. 2.03 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS ' A. Lighting and Appliance Branch Circuit Panelboards: Circuit breaker type. ' B. Enclosure: Type 1. C. Provide cabinet front with concealed trim clamps, concealed ' hinge and flush lock all keyed alike. Finish in Manufacturer's standard gray enamel. D. Provide panelboards with copper bus, ratings as scheduled ' on Drawings. Provide copper ground bus in all panelboards. E. Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: 10,000 amperes ' rms symmetrical for 240 volt panelboards; or as shown on Drawings. IF. Circuit Breakers: Plug -on or bolt -on type thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers, with common trip handle for all poles. Provide circuit breakers UL listed as Type SWD for lighting circuits. Provide UL Class A ground fault interrupter circuit breakers where scheduled on Drawings. PART III EXECUTION ' 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install panelboards plumb. B. Height: 6 ft. to top of circuit breaker panelboards. ' C. Provide filler plates for unused spaces in panelboards. D. Provide typed circuit directory for each branch circuit t panelboard. Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes required to balance phase loads. Li MEFW0362 16470 - 3 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ' A. Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder. Should the difference at any panelboard between ' phases exceed 20 percent, rearrange circuits in the panelboard to balance the phase loads within 20 percent. Take care to maintain proper phasing for multi -wire branch ' circuits. B. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: Inspect for physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage, and grounding. Check ' proper installation and tightness of connections for circuit breakers, fusible switches, and fuses. I END OF SECTION I I I I P I I LJ I MEFW0362 I DIVISION NO. SIXTEEN - ELECTRICAL 16500 - 1 SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING PART I PRODUCTS 1.01 LAMPS A. Incandescent lamps shall be rated at 130 volts and of size and type as indicated on the Drawings. B. All lamps shall be manufactured by Sylvania, General Electric. or Westinghouse. 1.02 INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Furnish and install all lighting fixtures and lamps as indicated on the Drawings under the base bid. Fixtures of similar design and quality may be proposed by the Contractor as a substitute, provided the manufacturer and catalog number of the fixture to be substituted is submitted with the Contractor's proposal along with an ' appropriate add or deduct, or as otherwise permitted by the General Conditions and Special or Supplementary Conditions. B. All fixtures and their electrical components shall bear the UL Label. Fluorescent ballasts shall be "P" rated high power factor, class A sound rated, CBM certified and ETL approved. ' C. Verify all ceiling and wall details. All fixtures furnished shall be complete with the proper mounting ' arrangements for the ceiling or wall construction encountered. ' 1.03 EXTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Furnish and install all lighting fixtures and lamps as indicated on the Drawings. Fixtures shall be as specified on Lighting Fixture Schedule. ' END OF SECTION [I I I MEFW0362 DIVISION NO. SIXTEEN - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16510 - LIGHTING FIXTURES 16510 - 1 PART I GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Interior luminaries and accessories. B. Exterior luminaries and accessories. C. Lamps. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 16010. B. Include outline drawings. lamp data, support points, and accessory information for each luminaire type. PART II PRODUCTS 2.01 INTERIOR LUMINARIES AND ACCESSORIES A. As scheduled on the Drawings. 2.02 EXTERIOR LUMINARIES AND ACCESSORIES A. Enclosures: Complete with gaskets to form weatherproof assembly. 2.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - LAMPS A. Sylvania. B. General Electric. C. North American Phillips/Westinghouse. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 16010. 2.04 LAMPS A. General Use Incandescent Lamps: As scheduled on the Drawings, rated 130 volts. MEFW0362 16510 - 2 PART III EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install lamps in luminaries and lampholders. B. Support surface -mounted luminaries directly from building structure. 3.02 RELAMPING A. Relamp luminaries which have failed lamps at completion of work. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Align luminaries and clean lenses and diffusers at completion of Work. Clean paint splatters, dirt, and debris from installed luminaries. B. Touch up luminaire finish at completion of work. END OF SECTION ' MEFW0362 16601 - 1 DIVISION NO. SIXTEEN - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16601 - STANDBY ENGINE GENERATOR PART I PRODUCTS 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. It is the intent of these specifications to secure for the ' purchaser a generator set of the latest commercial design, together with all accessories necessary for complete installation as shown on the Plans and Drawings and ' specified herein. The equipment supplied and the installation shall meet the requirements of the National Electric Code and all applicable local codes and ' regulations. All equipment shall be new, of current production of a national firm which manufacturers the engine -generator set as a matched unit, and the manufacturer together with its authorized representative, shall have full ' responsibility for the performance of the generator set, automatic transfer switch, and accessories, the rating of the standby generator shall be 10 KW, 10.0 KVA, at .8 power ' factor, 120/240 volt, single phase, 60 hertz. The system shall be a package of new and current equipment consisting of• a. An engine driven electric generating set to provide standby power. ' b. An engine start/stop solid state system mounted on the generating set. ' c. An automatic load transfer control to provide automatic starting and stopping of the engine and switching the load. ' d. Mounted accessories as specified. 1.02 RESPONSIBILITY ' A. Each generator set shall be built, tested, and shipped by the Manufacturer, who has been regularly engaged in the production of the engine alternator sets and associated controls for a minimum of ten years so there is one source of supply and responsibility. ' 1.03 MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATION A. A firm regularly engaged in manufacturing and design of ' engine generator sets for not less than ten years.' The firm shall have produced engine generator sets of the type and I L MEFW0362 16601 - 2 size specified for not less than five years and has essentially identical engine generator sets that have been in continuous satisfactory operation for not less than three years in similar service. Manufacturer must have a local service firm that has been factory authorized in the local area of responsibility. 1.04 MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS A. Single manufacturer responsibility for the complete engine generator set including the manufacture of the engine and/or the alternator, building of the set, factory test, factory ' warranty and shipping. Coordination between Manufacturer, Distributor and Contractor is essential. The Manufacturer shall have printed literature and brochures ' describing the standard series offered (not a one of a kind fabrication). The Manufacturer shall provide schematic and wiring diagrams for the complete standby power system. ' 1.05 SUPPLIER QUALIFICATION IA. Firm engaged in supervising installation of and servicing engine generator sets. A firm who maintains a factory authorized service organization with factory trained service technicians, The firm must be domiciled within a 200 mile ' radius of the project, maintain a stock of standard spare parts and offer 24 hour service availability, seven days a week. ' PART II PRODUCTS ' 2.01 ENGINE A. The engine shall be natural gas fueled, four cycle, water cooled with mounted radiator, fan, water pump and closed t recovery system. The radiator shall be capable of providing sufficient cooling capabilities for operation in a 110 degree Fahrenheit ambient temperature. It shall have four ' cylinders with a minimum cubic inch displacement of 73 and shall have minimum BHP of 20. B. The engine shall have hard faced exhaust valves with ' rotators. Lubrication shall be full pressure as supplied by a positive displacement lube oil pump. The engine shall be equipped with a dry type air cleaner and oil filter with ' replaceable elements. C. Engine speed shall be controlled by a mechanical governor to ' maintain alternator frequency within 3 hertz from no load to rated alternator output. The engine shall have a 12 or 24 I IMEFW0362 16601 - 3 volt battery charging DC alternator with a transistorized voltage regulator. Remote starting shall be by a 12 or 24 volt solenoid shift electric starter. D. The generator set shall contain a complete solid state ' start/stop control which starts the engine on closing contact and stops the engine of opening contact. Cycle cranking shall be provided to open the start circuit after eight attempts to start the engine have failed. ' 2.02 ALTERNATOR IA. The alternator shall be a four pole revolving field design with a temperature compensated SCR voltage regulator and brushless excitation system. The stator shall be directly ' connected to the engine flywheel housing and the rotor shall be driven through a semi -flexible flange to insure alignment. The insulation shall be Class F as defined by NEMA MG -1.65. The three phase alternator shall be 12 lead treconnectable for all voltages. B. Frequency regulation shall not exceed 3 hertz from no load Ito rated load. Voltage regulation shall be within (+( or (-) 18 of rated voltage at 60 hertz from no load to full load. The instantaneous voltage dip shall be less than 12.5% of rated voltage when full three phase load at rated ' power factor is applied to the alternator. Recovery to stable operation shall occur within 2 seconds. A rheostat shall provide a minimum of (+) or (-) 5% voltage adjustment. Temperature rise shall be within NEMA MG1-22.40 definition. 2.03 INSTRUMENT PANEL IA. The alternator instrument panel shall be housed in a NEMA 1 enclosure, wired, tested, and shock mounted on the generator set by the Manufacturer of the alternator. It shall include ' panel lighting, manual reset circuit breaker, oil pressure gauge, coolant temperature gauge, DC battery charge ammeter, frequency meter. running rime meter. voltage adjusting rheostat, three position switch (AUTO/OFF/MANUAL). AC voltmeter, AC ammeter and phase selector switch for voltmeter and ammeter. In addition, it will have the ' following shutdowns and indicator lights which will latch in the "ON" position should a fault occur until manually reset. A test switch shall also be provided to test the operation of the lights. a. Low oil pressure. b. High coolant temperature. c. Low coolant level. 'd. Overcrank. En LT. MEFW0362 16601 - 4 ' e. Overspeed. f. RPM Sensor loss. 'g. Switch not in automatic. 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT A. The standby power system shall also have the following: ' a. Critical type muffler. b. Flex exhaust connection. c. Starting batteries. Id. Battery rack. e. Battery cables. f. Flexible fuel lines. g. Main line circuit breaker. h. Block heater. i. Gas pressure regulator. 2.05 BATTERY CHARGER A. A 2 amp, 12 volt, SCR controlled, mounted, self-regulating ' battery charger will be provided to maintain the starting batteries in a fully charged condition. It shall also have a DC output ammeter. 2.06 WEATHER HOUSING A. The generating set shall be enclosed in a weather protective zinc coated sheet metal housing with removable side panels. Finish shall be baked enamel. PART III AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 1 3.01 GENERAL IA. The complete automatic transfer control shall be designed, built and tested by the Manufacturer of the alternator. The switch shall be rated 105 amps, 250 volts, and have three ' poles. The standard control components shall be compatible with the requirements of the standby set and provide the following features: '• a. UL 1008 listed. b. 100% equipment rated. Can be used at rated current, continuous duty with deration. ' c. NEMA 1 enclosure or NEMA 3R if Plans indicate transfer switch will be located outdoors. d. Contacts shall be electrically operated and mechanically held. e. There shall be front access to all solid state control boards. f. Control boards are to be protected in a separate 1 I I MEFW0362 16601 - 5 I I I I I I I I I L I I I II Li H lockable enclosure located in the door of the automatic transfer switch. It shall have a transparent cover to allow visual reading of voltage settings and time delays. g. The automatic transfer switch shall contain a neutral block suitable for the connection of all neutral conductors. h. The transfer time shall be 160 milliseconds or less. i. The normal source voltage shall be monitored across all phases of normal power with drop out and pick up points adjustable from 70% to 90%. j. The switch must contain a manual operating handle. k. Utility interrupt delay shall be adjustable from 5 seconds to 3 minutes. 1. The automatic transfer switch shall have an engine warm up timer with a bypass switch. m. Standby voltage required before transfer shall be adjustable from 70% to 90% or nominal, standby frequency required before transfer shall be adjustable from 808 to 90% of nominal. n. Return to utility delay shall be adjustable from 1 to 30 minutes. o. Engine cooldown timer shall be adjustable from 1 to 30 minutes. p. Minimum run timer shall be adjustable from 5 to 30 minutes. q. The automatic transfer switch shall include a 7 day exerciser. r. The automatic transfer switch shall have stator lights to provide a visual read out of operation sequence including: Utility on. engine warm up, engine warm up bypass, standby voltage ready, standby frequency ready, standby operating, return to utility, engine cooldown, engine minimum run. switch in fast test mode. s. A time delay neutral adjustable from 1 to 10 seconds shall be provided. PART IV EXECUTION 4.01 MISCELLANEOUS A. The Contractor shall install the complete electrical generating system including all fuel connections between the main fuel supply, engine, etc. all in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations. The Contractor shall supply the Owner's operating personnel with detailed operation and maintenance manuals including complete parts lists. Manuals shall contain the engine Manufacturer's maintenance recommendations as well as the alternator's operating instructions. I MEFW0362 ' 4.02 WARRANTY 16601 - 6 IA. Standby electric generating components including the complete electric plant (engine and alternator), instrument panel and any accessories shall be warranted by the ' Manufacturer against defects in materials and factory workmanship for a period of one year. Such defective parts shall be repaired or replaced at the Manufacturer's option, free of charge for a period of one year with travel time and mileage free of charge for the first year of operation. The warranty period shall commence when the standby power system is first placed into service. ' 4.03 SUBMITTALS IA. Provide six sets of submittals for engineering review and approval prior to production release. The submittals shall include engine data, installation Drawings, all wiring and interconnect diagrams., the Manufacturer's published ' warranty, specification sheets, and all other pertinent information relative to this unit. ' 4.04 CHECK OUT AND START UP A. The supplier of the electric generating plant and associated ' items covered herein shall provide a factory trained technician to check out the complete installation and perform the initial start-up of the system. The technician shall meet with the Owner's operating personnel to review the operation of the complete standby system. Once the system is operational, the load will be transferred to the standby generator system to demonstrate the ability of the standby generator to assume the emergency load. END OF SECTION I I C L I 1 1 1 I H J fl H H I I [I U I MEFW0362 16921 - 1 DIVISION NO. SIXTEEN - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16921 - MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROLS PART I GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Mechanical equipment controls. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 16111 - B. Section 16120 - C. Section 16483 - D. All control com, E. Connection from by Division 16. Conduit. Wires and Cables. Motor Starters. ponents to be provided by Division 16. control terminal cabinet to control devices F. Control connections to be remote mounted individual starters by Division 16 unless otherwise specifically noted. PART II PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. As specified in other Sections. PART III EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide remote control connection to remote devices as required. Coordinate with equipment supplier prior to construction. END OF SECTION I